ML17164A254: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:c T076698 Page 43 Of 112 )
{{#Wiki_filter:c     T076698
Distribution Transmittal/
        ~-------------------------------------~
Acknowledgement Station Number: 1078 Station Level : 2 Station Location : MAILO UT Station Name : NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION Station Description
Page     43   Of     112     )
: NRC PUBLIC DOCUMENT DESK, 1 WHITE FLINT NORTH 11555 Transmittal Number: ROCKVILLE PIKE ROCKVILLE, MD 20852-2738 Distribution Date : TR1700001893 06/05/2017 Special Instructions
Distribution Transmittal/Acknowledgement Station Number:           1078 Station Level :           2 Station Location :       MAILO UT Station Name :
: Sub/ Sec Document No/Amend No Unit Sheet Rev Supp Class Media Copy Instructions  
Station Description :
-----------ANNEX W PROC-11 0 14 u 8X11 DESTROY ANNEX W PROC-11 0 15 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-12 0 10 u 8X11 DESTROY ANNEX W PROC-12 0 11 u 8X11 .. 1 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-13 0 10 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-13 0 9 u 8X11 DESTROY ANNEX W PROC-14 0 16 u 8X11 DESTROY ANNEX W PROC-14 0 17 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-20 0 8 u 8X11 DESTROY ANNEX W PROC-20 0 9 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-21 0 10 u 8X11 INSERT . ANNEX W PROC-21 0 9 u 8X11 DESTROY ANNEX W PROC-22
Transmittal Number:
* 0 10 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-22 0 9 u 8X11 DESTROY ANNEX W PROC-24 0 10 u 8X11 DESTROY Instructions:  
Distribution Date :
'Follow the instructions above. If any questions, please contact Document Control. ATIENTION:
NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION NRC PUBLIC DOCUMENT DESK, 1 WHITE FLINT NORTH 11555 ROCKVILLE PIKE ROCKVILLE, MD 20852-2738 TR1700001893 06/05/2017 5o-    'f78/ i'l(
SIGNATURE IS NOT REQUIRED FOR LEVEL TWO STATIONS.
Special Instructions :
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN. Signature of Recipient STPNOC Mailing Address STPNOC Document Control P.O. Box289 Wadsworth, Texas 77483 Date ( "This report is SOA level 2 oer OPGP07-ZA-0014J 5o-REVISED REVISED REVISED REVISED REVISED REVISED REVISED REVISED 'f78/ i'l( 
Sub/   Sec Document No/Amend No                             Unit Sheet Rev   Supp   Class Media       Copy   Instructions
                                                    -     - - - - ---       ---
ANNEX W PROC-11                                     0         14           u     8X11             DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-11                                     0         15           u     8X11             INSERT ANNEX W PROC-12                                     0         10           u     8X11             DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-12                                     0         11           u     8X11       .. 1   INSERT ANNEX W PROC-13                                     0         10           u     8X11             INSERT ANNEX W PROC-13                                     0         9           u     8X11             DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-14                                     0         16           u     8X11             DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-14                                     0         17           u     8X11             INSERT ANNEX W PROC-20                                     0         8           u     8X11             DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-20                                     0         9           u     8X11             INSERT ANNEX W PROC-21                                     0         10           u     8X11             INSERT
. ANNEX W PROC-21                                     0         9           u     8X11             DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-22
* 0         10           u     8X11             INSERT ANNEX W PROC-22                                     0         9           u     8X11             DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-24                                     0         10           u     8X11             DESTROY REVISED Instructions:
'Follow the instructions above. If any questions, please contact Document Control.
ATIENTION: SIGNATURE IS NOT REQUIRED FOR LEVEL TWO STATIONS. PLEASE DO NOT RETURN.
Signature of Recipient                             Date STPNOC Mailing Address STPNOC Document Control P.O. Box289 Wadsworth, Texas 77483
( "This report is SOA level 2 oer OPGP07-ZA-0014J


_________________________
(~_T_0_7_6_69_s_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Pa_g_e_ _ _4_4__o_f__1_1_2_ _~)
Pa_g_e ___ 4_4 __ o_f __ 1_1_2 __ Distribution Transmittal/Acknowledgement Station Number: Station Level : Station Location : Station Name : Station Description
Distribution Transmittal/Acknowledgement Station Number:           1078 Station Level :           2 Station Location :       MAILO UT Station Name :           NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION Station Description :     NRC PUBLIC DOCUMENT DESK, 1 WHITE FLINT NORTH 11555 Transmittal Number:      ROCKVILLE PIKE ROCKVILLE, MD 20852-2738 Distribution Date :      TR 1700001893 06/05/2017 Special Instructions :
: Transmittal Number: Distribution Date : Special Instructions
Sub/   Sec Document No/Amend No                             Unit Sheet Rev   Supp   Class Media     Copy Instructions
: 1078 2 MAILO UT NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION NRC PUBLIC DOCUMENT DESK, 1 WHITE FLINT NORTH 11555 ROCKVILLE PIKE ROCKVILLE, MD 20852-2738 TR 1700001893 06/05/2017 Sub/ Sec Document No/Amend No Unit Sheet Rev Supp Class Media -----------ANNEX W PROC-24 0 11 u 8X11 ANNEX W PROC-30 0 7 u 8X11 ANNEX W PROC-30 0 8 u 8X11 Instructions:
                                                  -     - - - - --- ---
Follow the instructions above. If any questions, please contact Document Control. Copy Instructions INSERT DESTROY INSERT ATTENTION:
ANNEX W PROC-24                                     0         11           u     8X11           INSERT ANNEX W PROC-30                                     0         7           u     8X11           DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-30                                     0         8           u     8X11           INSERT
SIGNATURE IS NOT REQUIRED FOR LEVEL lWO STATIONS.
                                                                                                                      ,"-
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN. Signature of Recipient STPNOC Mailing Address STPNOC Document Control P.O. Box 289 Wadsworth, Texas 77483 Date ( "This report is SOA level 2 per OPGP07-ZA-0014J REVISED ,"-
Instructions:
* *
Follow the instructions above. If any questions, please contact Document Control.
* 4-t.1007 STI 34452386 Z1808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ........................................................................................
ATTENTION: SIGNATURE IS NOT REQUIRED FOR LEVEL lWO STATIONS. PLEASE DO NOT RETURN.
: .............................................
Signature of Recipient                             Date STPNOC Mailing Address STPNOC Document Control P.O. Box 289 Wadsworth, Texas 77483
P-11-2 2.0 Discussion  
( "This report is SOA level 2 per OPGP07-ZA-0014J
.................................................................................................................................
 
P-11-2 3.0 References  
4-t.1007
.................................................................................................................................
* STI 34452386 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 Table of Contents 1.0     Purpose ........................................................................................ :............................................. P-11-2 2.0     Discussion ................................................................................................................................. P-11-2 3.0     References ................................................................................................................................. P-11-4 4.0     Equipment Required ................................................................................................................. P-11-4 5.0     Precautions and Limitations ...................................................................................................... P-11-5 6.0     Prerequisites .............................................................................................................................. P-11-5
P-11-4 4.0 Equipment Required .................................................................................................................
* 7.0     Procedure .................................................................................................................................. P-11-5 8.0   Attachments .............................................................................................................................. P-11-5 Attachment 1 - EmegencyManagement Coordinator Checklist.. ............................................. P-11-7 Attachment 2 - Briefing Sheet ................................................................................................ P-11-24 Attachment 3 -Recovery Activities List.. .............................................................................. P-11-25 Attachment 4 - Initial Disaster Report ................................................................................... P-11-26 Attachment 5- Operational Situation Report ......................................................................... P-11-27 Attachment 6 - Acronyms List ............................................................................................... P-11-31 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
P-11-4 5.0 Precautions and Limitations  
County Judge
......................................................................................................
* P-11-1                                                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 15
P-11-5 6.0 Prerequisites  
 
..............................................................................................................................
                                                                  !
P-11-5 7.0 Procedure  
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
..................................................................................................................................
* 1.0 Purpose 1.1 Procedure 11 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Emergency Management Coordinator in the Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center (EOC) during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
P-11-5 8.0 Attachments  
1.2   This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Managemen~
..............................................................................................................................
Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
P-11-5 Attachment 1 -EmegencyManagement Coordinator Checklist..  
2.0 Discussion                                                                                       '
.............................................
I I
P-11-7 Attachment 2 -Briefing Sheet ................................................................................................
2.1   The Emergency Management Coordinator and alternate to the Coordinator are appointed by the County Judge.                                                           I I 2.2   The Emergency Management Coordinator will assist the Emergency Management Director in all phases of the emergency preparedness effort.
P-11-24 Attachment 3 -Recovery Activities List.. ..............................................................................
* 2.3 2.4 In the event Matagorda County Dispatch office receives an Accelerated Phone Call based on a Hostile Action Based event, the Emergency Management Director should consider activating the Emergency Operations Center.
P-11-25 Attachment 4 -Initial Disaster Report ...................................................................................
The Emergency Management Coordinator will serve as day-to-day liaison between the County, Cities, and State emergency management organizations, and the STPEGS.
P-11-26 Attachment 5-Operational Situation Report .........................................................................
2.5   The Emergency Management Coordinator is responsible for the preparation of procedures for the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) as well as maintenance of other applicable procedures, charts, rosters, maps, and supplies necessary for the operation of the EOC, including documents such as the emergency call out list, updated quarterly.
P-11-27 Attachment 6 -Acronyms List ...............................................................................................
2.6   The Emergency Management Coordinator will respond to the EOC at an Alert or higher emergency classification and direct the activities of the EOC Administrative Assistant and Communications Officer to prepare the EOC for activation and operation.
P-11-31 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
r 2.7   Event-related responsibilities of the Emergency Management Coordinator include, but are not limited to the following:
County Judge P-11-1 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
2.7.l     Coordinate County activities and operations during
* 1.0 2.0 * * ! EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 Purpose 1.1 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Emergency Management Coordinator in the Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center (EOC) during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
* emergencies .
1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
P-11-2                                       June 1, 2017 l
Discussion 2.1 The Emergency Management Coordinator and alternate to the Coordinator are appointed by the County Judge. 2.2 The Emergency Management Coordinator will assist the Emergency Management Director in all phases of the emergency preparedness effort. 2.3 In the event Matagorda County Dispatch office receives an Accelerated Phone Call based on a Hostile Action Based event, the Emergency Management Director should consider activating the Emergency Operations Center. 2.4 The Emergency Management Coordinator will serve as day-to-day liaison between the County, Cities, and State emergency management organizations, and the STPEGS. 2.5 The Emergency Management Coordinator is responsible for the preparation of procedures for the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) as well as maintenance of other applicable procedures, charts, rosters, maps, and supplies necessary for the operation of the EOC, including documents such as the emergency call out list, updated quarterly.
* Revision 15
2.6 The Emergency Management Coordinator will respond to the EOC at an Alert or higher emergency classification and direct the activities of the EOC Administrative Assistant and Communications Officer to prepare the EOC for activation and operation.
 
r 2.7 Event-related responsibilities of the Emergency Management Coordinator include, but are not limited to the following:
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
2.7.l Coordinate County activities and operations during emergencies . P-11-2 June 1, 2017
* 2.7.2 Procedure 11 Act as a liaison between the Direction and Control Group and other emergency resources.
* Revision 15 ' I I I I l 
2.7.3     Assist the Emergency Management Director with EOC staff briefings.
* *
2.7.4    . Ensure Public Information Staff at the Joint Information Center are provided updates on Matagorda County response activities.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR 2.7.2 2.7.3 2.7.4 2.7.5 2.7.6 2.7.7 2.7.8 2.7.9 2.7.10 Procedure 11 Act as a liaison between the Direction and Control Group and other emergency resources.
2.7.5      Coordinate response efforts with nearby communities, industry, and State and Federal emergency management agencies.
Assist the Emergency Management Director with EOC staff briefings. . Ensure Public Information Staff at the Joint Information Center are provided updates on Matagorda County response activities.
2.7.6      Ensure sufficient staff and equipment are available to support emergency response activities.
Coordinate response efforts with nearby communities, industry, and State and Federal emergency management agencies.
2.7.7      Ensure status boards are kept up to date and staff are informed of major event changes.
Ensure sufficient staff and equipment are available to support emergency response activities.
2.7.8      Oversee field operations ensuring sufficient staff and resources are available to support deployment of field personnel.
Ensure status boards are kept up to date and staff are informed of major event changes. Oversee field operations ensuring sufficient staff and resources are available to support deployment of field personnel.
* 2.7.9 2.7.10 Coordinate emergency and recovery actions for the Emergency Management Director.
Coordinate emergency and recovery actions for the Emergency Management Director.
Coordinate with Reception Center Coordinator, the need for staffing and activation of a Matagorda County Reception Center.
Coordinate with Reception Center Coordinator, the need for staffing and activation of a Matagorda County Reception Center. 2.8 Day-to-day responsibilities of the Emergency Management Coordinator include, but are not limited to the following:
2.8 Day-to-day responsibilities of the Emergency Management Coordinator include, but are not limited to the following:
2.8.1 Coordinate with and receive assistance from County/City departments, schools, Reception Center Coordinator, hospitals, etc., in the development of the Emergency Management Basic Plan. 2.8.2 Coordinate other agencies' emergency plans, i.e., schools, Reception Center Coordinator, hospitals, private utilities, and industries with the Emergency Management Basic Plan. 2.8.3 . Maintain liaison with nearby communities, industry, and State 2.8.4. and Federal emergency management agencies.
2.8.1      Coordinate with and receive assistance from County/City departments, schools, Reception Center Coordinator, hospitals, etc., in the development of the Emergency Management Basic                    i I Plan.
Provide training for local emergency response agencies and personnel.
2.8.2      Coordinate other agencies' emergency plans, i.e., schools, Reception Center Coordinator, hospitals, private utilities, and industries with the Emergency Management Basic Plan.
P-11-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 15 i I 
2.8.3    . Maintain liaison with nearby communities, industry, and State and Federal emergency management agencies.
* *
2.8.4. Provide training for local emergency response agencies and
* 2.8.5 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 Coordinate funding for the County emergency response program. 2.8.6 Coordinate an annual assessment of County/City resources.
* personnel.
2.8.7 Coordinate an annual assessment of Functional Needs populations and maintain a list. 2.8.8 Coordinate the activities oflocal volunteer groups. 2.9 An Initial Disaster Report is a short report designed to provide State officials with basic information about an emergency situation.
P-11-3                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 15
2.10 An Operational Situation Report (SITREP) is a report compiled daily and forwarded to the Disaster District in order to keep State officials informed about the current status of operations.
 
2.11 Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable level for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency . 2.12 Re-entry refers to temporary entry of an individual into a restricted zone under controlled conditions.
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
2.13 Relocation refers to a protective action, taken in the post-emergency phase, through which individuals not evacuated during the emergency phase are asked to vacate a contaminated area to avoid chronic radiation exposure from deposited radioactive material.
* 2.8.5 Procedure 11 Coordinate funding for the County emergency response program.
2.14 Return refers to reoccupation of areas cleared for unrestricted residence or use by previously evacuated or relocated populations.
2.8.6     Coordinate an annual assessment of County/City resources.
3.0 References 4.0 3 .1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City and Palacios.
2.8.7     Coordinate an annual assessment of Functional Needs populations and maintain a list.
* 3 .2 Emergency Management Plan, Ann(fx W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
2.8.8     Coordinate the activities oflocal volunteer groups.
3 .3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W Procedure 13, "Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation." 3 .4 Emergency Communications Directory . Equipment Required P-11-4 June 1,2017 Revision 15
2.9   An Initial Disaster Report is a short report designed to provide State officials with basic information about an emergency situation.
*
2.10   An Operational Situation Report (SITREP) is a report compiled daily and forwarded to the Disaster District in order to keep State officials informed about the current status of operations.
* EM:ERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 4.1 None. 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None. 6.0 Prerequisites 7.0 6.1 An emergency has been declared by the STPEGS Emergency Director.
2.11   Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable level for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the
Procedure  
* emergency phase of a radiological emergency.
/ 7 .1 When notified of an Unusual Event at the STPEGS by the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher, then; 7.1.1 Verify the Dispatcher is implementing the call list for an Unusual Event. 7 .1.2 If a fire was the cause of event, verify Bay City and Palacios Fire Departments have been notified.
2.12   Re-entry refers to temporary entry of an individual into a restricted zone under controlled conditions.
7.1.3 If required to leave the area or if you become unavailable to respond should the event escalate in severity, request the Dispatcher to contactthe alternate Emergency Management Coordinator.
2.13   Relocation refers to a protective action, taken in the post-emergency phase, through which individuals not evacuated during the emergency phase are asked to vacate a contaminated area to avoid chronic radiation exposure from deposited radioactive material.
7.2 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency, at the STPEGS by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher, report to the EOC and implement Section I of Attachment 1, Emergency Management Coordinator Checklist.
2.14   Return refers to reoccupation of areas cleared for unrestricted residence or use by previously evacuated or relocated populations.
Use this checklist as to assist in performing position responsibilities.
3.0 References 3 .1   Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City and Palacios.
* 3 .2   Emergency Management Plan, Ann(fx W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
3 .3   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W Procedure 13, "Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation."
* 3 .4   Emergency Communications Directory.
4.0 Equipment Required P-11-4                                       June 1,2017 Revision 15
 
EM:ERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* 5.0 4.1   None.
Precautions and Limitations Procedure 11 5.1   None.
6.0 Prerequisites 6.1   An emergency has been declared by the STPEGS Emergency Director.
7.0 Procedure
                                                                                      /
7 .1   When notified of an Unusual Event at the STPEGS by the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher, then; 7.1.1     Verify the Dispatcher is implementing the call list for an Unusual Event.
7 .1.2     If a fire was the cause of event, verify Bay City and Palacios Fire Departments have been notified.
7.1.3     If required to leave the area or if you become unavailable to respond should the event escalate in severity, request the Dispatcher to contactthe alternate Emergency Management Coordinator.
7.2   When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency, at the STPEGS by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher, report to the EOC and implement Section I of Attachment 1, Emergency Management Coordinator Checklist. Use this checklist as a~ to assist in performing position responsibilities.
NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the EOC, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the EOC, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, Emergency Management Coordinator Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, Briefing Sheet 8.3 8.4 Attachment 3, Recovery Activities List Attachment 4, Initial Disaster Report P-11-5 June 1,2017 Revision 15 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
8.0 Attachments 8.1   Attachment 1, Emergency Management Coordinator Checklist 8.2   Attachment 2, Briefing Sheet
* Procedure 11 8.5 Attachment 5, Operational Situation Report 8.6 Attachment 6, Acronyms List *
* 8.3 8.4 Attachment 3, Recovery Activities List Attachment 4, Initial Disaster Report P-11-5                                     June 1,2017 Revision 15
* P-11-6 June 1,2017 Revision 15 i ! I 
 
* *
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 17) ACTION TIME/LOG I. ALERT NOTE If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, it is IMPORTANTthat resources, law enforcement, fire, and medical services are priority.
* Procedure 11 8.5 Attachment 5, Operational Situation Report 8.6 Attachment 6, Acronyms List
In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) is established as appropriate.
* i
: 1. Report to the EOC Security Post, sign in, and receive a badge. 2. If the Sheriff is not available and the EOC has not been setup, then supervise the setup of the EOC, utilizing Procedure 13, 'EOC Concept of Operations and Activation, Attachment 1, EOC Activation/De-Activation Checklist.
                                                              ! I
: 3. If the Sheriff is not available, verify with the Sheriff1s Office Dispatcher the status of notification of personnel on the call list for an Alert. Reassign this task to the Communications Officer upon his/her arrival. 4. Obtain the Offsite Agency Notification Message Forms received by the Dispatcher from STPEGS and review with the Emergency Management Director.
* P-11-6       June 1,2017 Revision 15
: 5. Initiate and maintain an Emergency Action Log. LOG a. Track telephone calls, key information obtained, actions taken, and other information needed to document the response actions taken. b. Maintain the log until termination of the emergency.
 
NOTE If the STPEGS, Matagorda County/DPS, Pierce ringdown line is inoperable or becomes inoperable ensure the County Sheriffs Office dispatcher forwards STPEGS telephone calls to the STPEGS Liaison. Then inform the Sheriff of the problem. P-11-7 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* ACTION 6. 7. *
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 17)
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCYi MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 17) TIME/LOG Direct support staff to send a test Email to the National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM as designated in the Communications Directory ensuring equipment is functioning properly; IF NOT: a. Inform the Emergency Management Director of the malfunction and discuss an alternate solution.
ACTION                                                                           TIME/LOG I. ALERT NOTE If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, it is IMPORTANTthat resources, law enforcement, fire, and medical services are priority. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) is established as appropriate.
Ensure a News Advisory is prepared informing the public of the STPEGS emergency.
: 1.     Report to the EOC Security Post, sign in, and receive a badge.
: 2.     If the Sheriff is not available and the EOC has not been setup, then supervise the setup of the EOC, utilizing Procedure 13,
              'EOC Concept of Operations and Activation, Attachment 1, EOC
* Activation/De-Activation Checklist.
: 3.     If the Sheriff is not available, verify with the Sheriff1s Office Dispatcher the status of notification of personnel on the call list for an Alert. Reassign this task to the Communications Officer upon his/her arrival.
: 4.     Obtain the Offsite Agency Notification Message Forms received by the Dispatcher from STPEGS and review with the Emergency Management Director.
: 5.     Initiate and maintain an Emergency Action Log.                         LOG
: a.       Track telephone calls, key information obtained, actions taken, and other information needed to document the response actions taken.
: b.       Maintain the log until termination of the emergency.
NOTE If the STPEGS, Matagorda County/DPS, Pierce ringdown line is inoperable or becomes inoperable ensure the County Sheriffs Office dispatcher forwards
* STPEGS telephone calls to the STPEGS Liaison. Then inform the Sheriff of the problem.
P-11-7                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 15
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCYi MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 17)
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG
: 6. Direct support staff to send a test Email to the National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM as designated in the Communications Directory ensuring equipment is functioning properly; IF NOT:
: a.     Inform the Emergency Management Director of the malfunction and discuss an alternate solution.
: 7. Ensure a News Advisory is prepared informing the public of the           LOG STPEGS emergency.
: a. Review the content of message with the Emergency Management Director.
: a. Review the content of message with the Emergency Management Director.
: b. Verify with Support Staff the Emailing of the advisory to the National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM as designated in the Communications Directory, and if necessary, the County Joint Information Center. c. Verify with Support Staff the Emergency Alert Sources National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.5FM (as designated in the Communications Directory) and if necessary, the County Joint Information Center received the Email for immediate broadcast.
: b.     Verify with Support Staff the Emailing of the advisory to
: 1. With NWS Representative, coordinate the sounding of sirens with the broadcasting of BAS Messages.
* the National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM as designated in the Communications Directory, and if necessary, the County Joint Information Center.
Sounding of sirens must occur prior to the EAS Message being broadcast.
: c. Verify with Support Staff the Emergency Alert Sources National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.5FM (as designated in the Communications Directory) and if necessary, the County Joint Information Center received the Email for immediate broadcast.
NOTE LOG If the event occurs during hours other than normal working hours, the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) staff may not arrive for up to one hour. The Offsite Agency Notification Form; item 3 identifies the location, i.e., the Control Room (CR), Technical Support Center (TSC), or Emergency Operations Facility (EOF), where the Emergency Director can be found. If necessary, contact the Emergency Director at the indicated facility for clarification of plant conditions.
: 1.       With NWS Representative, coordinate the sounding of sirens with the broadcasting of BAS Messages. Sounding of sirens must occur prior to the EAS Message being broadcast.
P-11-8 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
NOTE If the event occurs during hours other than normal working hours, the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) staff may not arrive for up to one hour.
* ACTION 8. 9. 10. 11.
The Offsite Agency Notification Form; item 3 identifies the location, i.e., the Control Room (CR), Technical Support Center (TSC), or Emergency Operations Facility (EOF), where the Emergency Director can be found. If necessary,
* 12. 13.
* contact the Emergency Director at the indicated facility for clarification of plant conditions.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 17) TIME/LOG If directed by the Emergency Management Director, contact STPEGS to obtain current plant status and the potential for the situation to escalate to a Site Area Emergency.
P-11-8                                       June 1, 2017 Revision 15
Review status of personnel, (e.g.; Police Department, Fire Depariment, Public Works, etc.) supplies and equipment with the Mayors of Bay City/Palacios and the Precinct Commissioner.
 
Based on the emergency, determine with the Emergency Management Director which additional organizations or personnel should be notified and/or activated.
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
Ensure the Communication Officer contacts, industrial, recreational and special facilities within the 10-mile EPZ of the STPEGS, etc. to determine status of the facilities and provide them with the status of the emergency situation.
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 17)
Ensure Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas are notified their assistance may be required in fire services, evacuation, route alerting, and at traffic and access control point locations.
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG
Provide a briefing of key information.
: 8. If directed by the Emergency Management Director, contact STPEGS to obtain current plant status and the potential for the situation to escalate to a Site Area Emergency.
Contact DPS Pierce and provide a briefing of the status of the County Response actions. a. Verify that DPS, Pierce has a current EOC telephone number for future contact. b. Obtain the name and telephone number of the contact person at the Disaster District at DPS, Pierce. c. fuform DPS, Pierce that the EOC is either partially or fully activated at this time. d. Request equipment and supplies as required to support the emergency situation using form State of Texas Assistance Request (STAR) . P-11-9 LOG LOG LOG June 1,2017 Revision 15
: 9. Review status of personnel, (e.g.; Police Department, Fire               LOG Depariment, Public Works, etc.) supplies and equipment with the Mayors of Bay City/Palacios and the Precinct Commissioner.
* *
: 10. Based on the emergency, determine with the Emergency                     LOG Management Director which additional organizations or personnel should be notified and/or activated.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 1 7) ACTION TIME/LOG 14. 15. Notify the District Coordinator of the event and status of actions. As required, periodically contact the National Weather Service (NWS) and receive weather updates. NOTE When time permits, fill out Attachment 4, Initial Disaster Report and Attachment 5, Operational Situation Report and fax them to the District Coordinator, DPS, Pierce. If the emergency is oflong duration, continue to provide the Operational Situation Report on a daily basis. 16. Periodically contact the Support Organization Director in the EOF and review the following:
: 11. Ensure the Communication Officer contacts, industrial,                   LOG recreational and special facilities within the 10-mile EPZ of the
: 17. a. Obtain. a status of plant conditions and activities.
* 12.
: b. Provide the Support Organization Director a status of EOC response activities. (e.g.; EOC activation, news advisory issuance, response activities, road impediments, if any, etc.) Ensure status boards are maintained current and accurate.
STPEGS, etc. to determine status of the facilities and provide them with the status of the emergency situation.
: 18. Instruct personnel that if they are required to leave the facility to assign another member of the EOC staff to temporarily fill their position until they return and to inform the Emergency Management Director when this occurs . P-11-10 LOG LOG NIA June 1,2017 Revision 15 i --_J 
Ensure Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas are notified their assistance may be required in fire services, evacuation, route alerting, and at traffic and access control point locations. Provide a briefing of key information.
* *
: 13. Contact DPS Pierce and provide a briefing of the status of the County Response actions.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of 17) ACTION TIME/LOG NOTE If shift rotation is necessary, assign times to each position for the turnover.
: a.     Verify that DPS, Pierce has a current EOC telephone number for future contact.
The times should be staggered over a 2 to 4 hour period. Have the shift change information posted on the Staffing Status Board. 19. If the emergency condition continues for an extended period, direct all personnel to contact their alternates and assist the EOC Administrative Assistant in establishing a 12-hour shift schedule.
: b.       Obtain the name and telephone number of the contact person at the Disaster District at DPS, Pierce.
: 20. Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
: c.     fuform DPS, Pierce that the EOC is either partially or fully activated at this time.
P-11-11 NIA June!, 2017 Revision 15 I I , I 
: d.     Request equipment and supplies as required to support the emergency situation using form State of Texas Assistance Request (STAR) .
* *
* P-11-9                                   June 1,2017 Revision 15
* i L __ _ EMERGENCY MANA9EMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6 of 17) ACTION TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY
 
: 1. 2 . NOTE If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, it is IMPORTANT that resources, law enforcement, fire, and medical services are priority.
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) are established as appropriate.
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 17)
Complete the activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed, including the setup of the BOC. Ensure the emergency classification is updated on the Event Status Board. NOTE Inform the Emergency Management Director, if telephone contact with Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory cannot be established.
ACTION                                                                         TIME/LOG
: 3. When an EAS message is to be issued, .complete the following steps: a. Quickly review the content of the EAS message with the Emergency Management Director.
: 14. Notify the District Coordinator of the event and status of actions.
: b. Verify activation of the sirens by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and the auto dialer system by the Communications Officer . P-11-12 NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 15 t ' I EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
: 15. As required, periodically contact the National Weather Service           LOG (NWS) and receive weather updates.
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 17) ACTION TIME/LOG c. Verify emailing of the approved BAS message to the Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and Back-Up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory and if necessary, the county Joint fuformation staff. d. Vetj.fy activation of the BAS system, including alert radios, and issuance of the BAS message has been confirmed by the BOC Support Staff. e. Verify with the Communications Officer that special facilities, recreational facilities and industry within the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone of STPEGS have been notified. 4 . Contact the STPEGS Support Organization Director to perform
NOTE When time permits, fill out Attachment 4, Initial Disaster Report and Attachment 5, Operational Situation Report and fax them to the District Coordinator, DPS, Pierce. If the emergency is oflong duration, continue to provide the Operational Situation Report on a daily basis.
* the following:
* 16. Periodically contact the Support Organization Director in the EOF and review the following:
NOTE During a site evacuation, ensure all EOC staff understand whether or not the plant requires a designated evacuation route and/or a Reception Center. I. a. Determine if STPEGS requires assistance during the evacuation of non-essential personnel from the site. If yes, I obtain the evacuation scheme (e.g., Alpha, Charlie, etc.) I and when the Reception Center will be needed to support site evacuation.
a.
I b. Request STPEGS provide the BOC with additional information using the Supplemental Notification Form for I the duration of the emergency.
b.
Obtain. a status of plant conditions and activities.
Provide the Support Organization Director a status of EOC response activities. (e.g.; EOC activation, news LOG advisory issuance, response activities, road impediments, if any, etc.)
: 17. Ensure status boards are maintained current and accurate.               NIA
: 18. Instruct personnel that if they are required to leave the facility to assign another member of the EOC staff to temporarily fill their position until they return and to inform the Emergency Management Director when this occurs .
* P-11-10                                   June 1,2017 Revision 15 i
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of 17)
ACTION                                                                         TIME/LOG NOTE If shift rotation is necessary, assign times to each position for the turnover. The times should be staggered over a 2 to 4 hour period. Have the shift change information posted on the Staffing Status Board.
: 19. If the emergency condition continues for an extended period, direct all personnel to contact their alternates and assist the EOC Administrative Assistant in establishing a 12-hour shift schedule.
: 20. Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency       NIA            I I
*
                                                                                                  , I escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
* P-11-11                                 June!, 2017 Revision 15
 
EMERGENCY MANA9EMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6 of 17)
ACTION                                                                         TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY NOTE If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, it is IMPORTANT that resources, law enforcement, fire, and medical services are priority. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) are established as appropriate.
: 1. Complete the activities in Section I, Alert, if not already           NIA completed, including the setup of the BOC.
*
: 2. Ensure the emergency classification is updated on the Event Status Board.
NOTE t '
Inform the Emergency Management Director, if telephone contact with Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather                     I Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory cannot be established.
: 3. When an EAS message is to be issued, .complete the following steps:
: a.       Quickly review the content of the EAS message with the Emergency Management Director.
: b.       Verify activation of the sirens by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and the auto dialer system by the Communications Officer.
* P-11-12                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 15 L ___
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 17)
ACTION                                                                         TIME/LOG
: c.     Verify emailing of the approved BAS message to the Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and Back-Up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory and if necessary, the county Joint fuformation staff.
: d.     Vetj.fy activation of the BAS system, including alert radios, and issuance of the BAS message has been confirmed by the BOC Support Staff.
: e.     Verify with the Communications Officer that special facilities, recreational facilities and industry within the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone of STPEGS have been notified.
*
: 4. Contact the STPEGS Support Organization Director to perform the following:
NOTE During a site evacuation, ensure all EOC staff understand whether or not the plant requires a designated evacuation route and/or a Reception Center.
I.
: a. Determine if STPEGS requires assistance during the                             ~
evacuation of non-essential personnel from the site. If yes,                   I obtain the evacuation scheme (e.g., Alpha, Charlie, etc.)
and when the Reception Center will be needed to support site evacuation.                                                               I
: b.     Request STPEGS provide the BOC with additional information using the Supplemental Notification Form for II the duration of the emergency.
: c. Inform the Emergency Operations Facility that the BOC is fully activated.
: c. Inform the Emergency Operations Facility that the BOC is fully activated.
: d. Provide a status update ofEOC response activities. 5. Notify DPS, Pierce Office that the Matagorda County EOC is
: d. Provide a status update ofEOC response activities.
* fully activated . P-11-13 . June 1, 2017 Revision 15 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
~y
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8 of 17) ACTION TrnE/LOG 6. Ensure the EOC Staff continuously updates the Public LOG Information group on emergency response activities.
: 5. Notify DPS, Pierce Office that the Matagorda County EOC is
: 7. Ensure contact is maintained with County Public Information staff LOG at the Joint Information Center and personnel are informed of County response activities.
* fully activated.
I ! 8. Ensure Radiological Officer establishes contact with the LOG Department of State Health Services (DSHS) in Austin or the DSHS EOC Liaison and discusses the radiological implications of the emergency condition.
P-11-13                                 . June 1, 2017 Revision 15
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8 of 17)
ACTION                                                                       TrnE/LOG
: 6. Ensure the EOC Staff continuously updates the Public                   LOG Information group on emergency response activities.
: 7. Ensure contact is maintained with County Public Information staff       LOG at the Joint Information Center and personnel are informed of County response activities.
: 8. Ensure Radiological Officer establishes contact with the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) in Austin or the LOG          I !
DSHS EOC Liaison and discusses the radiological implications of the emergency condition.
: 9. Activate the Functional Needs Program by contacting those individuals identified on the Functional Needs list maintained by
: 9. Activate the Functional Needs Program by contacting those individuals identified on the Functional Needs list maintained by
* the Matagorda County Emergency Management office to determine if assistance will be required should an evacuation be recommended.
* the Matagorda County Emergency Management office to determine if assistance will be required should an evacuation be recommended. In addition, coordinate evacuation assistance with the Transportation Coordinator and special lodging provisions with the Hospital Administrator.
In addition, coordinate evacuation assistance with the Transportation Coordinator and special lodging provisions with the Hospital Administrator.
: 10. Ensure the Sheriff and Radiological Officer coordinate delivery of       LOG dosimetry to identified industrial locations (chemical plants), if required.
: 10. Ensure the Sheriff and Radiological Officer coordinate delivery of LOG dosimetry to identified industrial locations (chemical plants), if required.
: 11. Keep the STPEGS Support Organization Director informed of               LOG EOC activities, including siren and EAS activation, and traffic control points established, etc.
: 11. Keep the STPEGS Support Organization Director informed of LOG EOC activities, including siren and EAS activation, and traffic control points established, etc. 12. Ensure the status boards are kept current, concise and accurate NIA with information on activities underway by the EOC and with information provided by the STPEGS EOC Liaison. 13. When requested by the Emergency Management Director to LOG provide a status update at the hourly EOC briefing, provide the information in Attachment 2, "Briefing Sheet" plus any additional information of value to the EOC staff. 14 . Notify District Coordinator of event status.
: 12. Ensure the status boards are kept current, concise and accurate         NIA with information on activities underway by the EOC and with information provided by the STPEGS EOC Liaison.
* P-11-14 June!, 2017 Revision 15
: 13. When requested by the Emergency Management Director to                 LOG provide a status update at the hourly EOC briefing, provide the information in Attachment 2, "Briefing Sheet" plus any additional information of value to the EOC staff.
* ACTION 15. 16.
: 14. Notify District Coordinator of event status.
* 17. 18.
* P-11-14                                   June!, 2017 Revision 15
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9 of 17) TIME/LOG Evaluate with the Emergency Management Director the need to supplement County resources.
 
: a. b. c. If State and Federal assistance is needed, bontact DPS, Pierce. If STPEGS assistance is required, contact the Support Organization Director in the EOF. Request support from surrounding counties through DPS, Pierce. Keep DPS, Pierce informed of County activities and information received from STPEGS . If the emergency is of long duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section IV. Shift Turner of this checklist.
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9 of 17)
P-11-15 LOG LOG LOG LOG NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 15
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
* *
: 15. Evaluate with the Emergency Management Director the need to supplement County resources.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10of17) ACTION TIME/LOG ID. GENERAL EMERGENCY
: a. If State and Federal assistance is needed, bontact DPS,     LOG Pierce.
: 1. Complete the activities in Section II, Site Area Emergency, if not already completed.  
: b.      If STPEGS assistance is required, contact the Support       LOG Organization Director in the EOF.
' 2. Ensure the emergency classification is updated on the Event 3. Status Board. When an BAS message is issued, complete the following steps. a. b. c. d. e. Quickly review the content of the BAS message with the Emergency Management Director.
: c. Request support from surrounding counties through DPS,     LOG Pierce.
NOTE Inform the Emergency Management Director, if telephone contact with the Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory has not been established.
: 16. Keep DPS, Pierce informed of County activities and information       LOG received from STPEGS .
Upon approval of the message, verify activation of the sirens by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and auto dialer system by the Communications Officer. Verify Emailing of the approved EAS message to the Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and Back-Up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory and if necessary, County Joint Information Center by the EOC Support Staff. Verify activation of the EAS system, including alert radios, and issuance of the EAS message has been confirmed by the EOC Support Staff. Verify with Communications Officer that special facilities, industry, etc. within the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone of STPEGS have been notified.
* 17.
P-11-16 NIA LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 15
18.
* ACTION 4. . 5. *
If the emergency is of long duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section IV. Shift Turner of this checklist.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11 of17) TIME/LOG f. g. Verify with the Sheriff that appropriate traffic and access control points have been or are inthe process of being established.
Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the NIA NIA appropriate sections of this checklist.
Ensure personnel, who are assigned to missions in the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone, are provided the appropriate briefings (i.e., bus drivers, TCP/ACP personnel, etc.) Notify the District Coordinator of the event status and County response actions. Monitor the status of the protective actions being implemented.
* P-11-15                               June 1, 2017 Revision 15
Keep the Emergency Management.Director and Public Information staff updated and the status boards' current on the following information.
 
: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. 1. Protective Response Zones evacuating Protective Response Zones sheltering Status of notifications to the public Status of evacuation Estimated time to complete evacuation Availability of the Reception Center and/or Congregate Care Facilities Road and weather conditions Closure of tourist and recreational areas Closure and evacuation of schools Closure and evacuation of affected industries Security of the evacuated area Status of Traffic and Access Control Points m. Evacuation status of Functional Needs individuals NOTE In addition, if STPEGS provides a recommendation of a PAR beyond 10-miles, refer to Procedure 14, Protection Actions Guides for additional procedure guidance.
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
P-11-17 LOG LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 15 ! I I I I I I
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10of17)
* ACTION 6.
ACTION                                                                       TIME/LOG ID. GENERAL EMERGENCY
* 7. 8. 9. 10.
: 1. Complete the activities in Section II, Site Area Emergency, if not     NIA already completed.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 12 of 17) TIME/LOG NOTE More timely actions may be needed to restrict water traffic. In this case, ask the Sheriff if the Sheriffs Office boat can be used to notify boaters on the Intercoastal Waterway and ask the Fish and Game Wardens if there are staff or volunteers with boats that could notify boaters on the Colorado River. Evaluate the need to request assistance from the Division of Emergency Management (DEM) via DPS, Pierce to restrict air, rail, and iJ?.tercoastal waterway traffic. If necessary, request DEM via DPS, Pierce take appropriate actions . Ensure the Radiological Officer contacts and confers with the DSHS BOC Liaison or the STPEGS Radiological Director in the EOF to determine if Potassium Iodide (KI) should be ingested by
                                                '
* County Emergency Workers. Ensure status boards are kept current with information on activities underway by the EOC and with information provided by the STPEGS Emergency Director and/or EOC Liaison. Periodically check with the Reception Center Coordinator or Reception Center Director on the operations of the Reception Center and Congregate Care Facilities.
: 2. Ensure the emergency classification is updated on the Event Status Board.
Determine if support is needed. When requested by the Emergency Management Director to provide a status update at the hourly EOC briefing, provide the information in Attachment 2, Briefing Sheet plus any additional information of value to the BOC staff . P-11-18 LOG LOG LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 15
: 3. When an BAS message is issued, complete the following steps.           LOG
* *
: a.     Quickly review the content of the BAS message with the Emergency Management Director.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 13of17) ACTION TINCE/LOG
* NOTE Inform the Emergency Management Director, if telephone contact with the Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory has not been established.
: 11. 12. 13. Evaluate with the Emergency Management Director the need to supplement County resources.
: b.      Upon approval of the message, verify activation of the sirens by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and auto dialer system by the Communications Officer.
: a. b. c. If State and Federal assistance is needed, contact DPS, Pierce. If STPEGS assistance is required, contact the Support Organization Director in the EOF. Request support from surrounding counties through their respective Emergency Management Offices, if necessary.
: c.      Verify Emailing of the approved EAS message to the Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and Back-Up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory and if necessary, County Joint Information Center by the EOC Support Staff.
Keep DPS, Pierce (District Coordinator) informed of County activities and information received from STPEGS . Track activities of the DSHS/DPS Field Monitoring teams with the assistance of the DSHS EOC Representative.
: d.      Verify activation of the EAS system, including alert radios, and issuance of the EAS message has been confirmed by the EOC Support Staff.
Provide this information to DPS, Pierce via the Communications Officer. 14. Direct all departments to ensure Emergency Workers are debriefed at the end of their shifts and all radiological dose provided to the Radiological Officer, if applicable.
: e.      Verify with Communications Officer that special facilities,
Direct the departments to provide briefmgs of key information to the EOC 15. staff.
* industry, etc. within the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone of STPEGS have been notified.
* Maintain the EOC General Emergency classification activities until the emergency is terminated and recovery activities are implemented . P-11-19 LOG LOG LOG LOG LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 15
P-11-16                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 15
* *
 
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 14of17) ACTION TIME/LOG IV. SIDFT TURNOVER 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11 of17)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
: f. Verify with the Sheriff that appropriate traffic and access control points have been or are inthe process of being established.
: g.      Ensure personnel, who are assigned to missions in the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone, are provided the appropriate briefings (i.e., bus drivers, TCP/ACP personnel, etc.)
: 4. Notify the District Coordinator of the event status and County       LOG response actions.
      . 5. Monitor the status of the protective actions being implemented.       LOG Keep the Emergency Management.Director and Public
* Information staff updated and the status boards' current on the following information.
a.
b.
c.
Protective Response Zones evacuating Protective Response Zones sheltering Status of notifications to the public
: d.      Status of evacuation
: e.      Estimated time to complete evacuation
: f. Availability of the Reception Center and/or Congregate Care Facilities
: g. Road and weather conditions                                                 !
I I
: h.      Closure of tourist and recreational areas                                   I
: i.      Closure and evacuation of schools
: j.      Closure and evacuation of affected industries
: k.      Security of the evacuated area
: 1.      Status of Traffic and Access Control Points
: m.     Evacuation status of Functional Needs individuals NOTE In addition, if STPEGS provides a recommendation of a PAR beyond 10-miles, refer to Procedure 14, Protection
* I Actions Guides for additional procedure guidance.
I P-11-17                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 15 I
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 12 of 17)
ACTION                                                                            TIME/LOG NOTE More timely actions may be needed to restrict water traffic. In this case, ask the Sheriff if the Sheriffs Office boat can be used to notify boaters on the Intercoastal Waterway and ask the Fish and Game Wardens if there are staff or volunteers with boats that could notify boaters on the Colorado River.
: 6. Evaluate the need to request assistance from the Division of Emergency Management (DEM) via DPS, Pierce to restrict air, rail, and iJ?.tercoastal waterway traffic. If necessary, request DEM via DPS, Pierce take appropriate actions .
* 7. Ensure the Radiological Officer contacts and confers with the DSHS BOC Liaison or the STPEGS Radiological Director in the EOF to determine if Potassium Iodide (KI) should be ingested by
* County Emergency Workers.
LOG
: 8. Ensure status boards are kept current with information on activities underway by the EOC and with information provided by the STPEGS Emergency Director and/or EOC Liaison.
: 9. Periodically check with the Reception Center Coordinator or             LOG Reception Center Director on the operations of the Reception Center and Congregate Care Facilities. Determine if support is needed.
: 10. When requested by the Emergency Management Director to                   LOG provide a status update at the hourly EOC briefing, provide the information in Attachment 2, Briefing Sheet plus any additional information of value to the BOC staff.
* P-11-18                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 15
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 13of17)
ACTION                                                                     TINCE/LOG
: 11. Evaluate with the Emergency Management Director the need to supplement County resources.
: a.       If State and Federal assistance is needed, contact DPS,   LOG Pierce.
: b.      If STPEGS assistance is required, contact the Support     LOG Organization Director in the EOF.
: c.      Request support from surrounding counties through their   LOG respective Emergency Management Offices, if necessary.
: 12. Keep DPS, Pierce (District Coordinator) informed of County         LOG activities and information received from STPEGS .
* 13.
14.
Track activities of the DSHS/DPS Field Monitoring teams with the assistance of the DSHS EOC Representative. Provide this information to DPS, Pierce via the Communications Officer.
Direct all departments to ensure Emergency Workers are LOG debriefed at the end of their shifts and all radiological dose provided to the Radiological Officer, if applicable. Direct the departments to provide briefmgs of key information to the EOC staff.                         *
: 15. Maintain the EOC General Emergency classification activities       NIA until the emergency is terminated and recovery activities are implemented .
* P-11-19                               June 1, 2017 Revision 15
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 14of17)
ACTION                                                                     TIME/LOG IV. SIDFT TURNOVER
: 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
: a. Review completed checklist
: a. Review completed checklist
: b. Review log c. Review status boards 2. Inform the BOC staff of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
: b. Review log
: 3. Update Staffing Board. 4 . Agree to your return time. 5 . Document names, date, and time of turnover.
: c. Review status boards
P-11-20 LOG June 1, 2017
: 2. Inform the BOC staff of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
* Revision 15
: 3. Update Staffing Board.
* *
* 4.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 15of17) ACTION TIME/LOG V. RECOVERY/RE-ENTRY/RETURN
5.
Agree to your return time.
Document names, date, and time of turnover.                         LOG
* P-11-20                                 June 1, 2017
* Revision 15
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 15of17)
ACTION                                                                     TIME/LOG V. RECOVERY/RE-ENTRY/RETURN
: 1. Develop a list of activities and tasks which should be completed as part of the recovery effort using Attachment 3, Recovery Activities List. The following items should be considered.
: 1. Develop a list of activities and tasks which should be completed as part of the recovery effort using Attachment 3, Recovery Activities List. The following items should be considered.
: a. If an evacuation has taken place, temporarily designate these areas as 'restricted zones' until DSHS assessment actions are complete and restoration plans made. b. If 'restricted zones' are established, Law Enforcement should be coordinated to maintain around the clock access control points in conjunction with DSHS who will staff these points for radiological controls.
: a.     If an evacuation has taken place, temporarily designate these areas as 'restricted zones' until DSHS assessment actions are complete and restoration plans made.
: c. If necessary, coordinate with the DSHS and Reception Center to identify members of the general public who may require re-entry into the restricted zones and temporary identification as an Emergency Worker (e.g., ranchers with livestock in the zones). d. Ensure Reception Center is ready to support temporary Emergency Worker processing.
: b.       If 'restricted zones' are established, Law Enforcement should be coordinated to maintain around the clock access control points in conjunction with DSHS who will staff these points for radiological controls.
: e. Ensure congregate care is maintained until relocation plans take effect for those evacuees unable to return to their homes. f. Ensure clear communications and instructions are provided to those evacuees who reside of 'restricted zones' prior to returning to their homes. g. If any County Emergency Workers were exposed to a radiological releas*e from STPEGS, ensure they receive a medical screening and examination as provided by the DSHS or STPEGS. h. Ensure media operations are continued in order to assure affected persons receive periodic information updates . P-11-21 June 1, 2017 Revision 15 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* c.     If necessary, coordinate with the DSHS and Reception Center to identify members of the general public who may require re-entry into the restricted zones and temporary identification as an Emergency Worker (e.g., ranchers with livestock in the zones).
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 16 of 17) ACTION TIME/LOG 2. Collect Attachment 3, Recovery Activities Lists from the EOC staff and begin organizing activities and assigning priorities.
: d.     Ensure Reception Center is ready to support temporary Emergency Worker processing.
: e.     Ensure congregate care is maintained until relocation plans take effect for those evacuees unable to return to their homes.
: f.     Ensure clear communications and instructions are provided to those evacuees who reside outsid~ of
                    'restricted zones' prior to returning to their homes.
: g.     If any County Emergency Workers were exposed to a radiological releas*e from STPEGS, ensure they receive a medical screening and examination as provided by the DSHS or STPEGS.
: h.     Ensure media operations are continued in order to assure affected persons receive periodic information updates .
* P-11-21                               June 1, 2017 Revision 15
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 16 of 17)
ACTION                                                                     TIME/LOG
: 2. Collect Attachment 3, Recovery Activities Lists from the EOC staff and begin organizing activities and assigning priorities.
: 3. Evaluate the planned recovery activities with the Emergency Management Director and appropriate State and Federal Agencies.
: 3. Evaluate the planned recovery activities with the Emergency Management Director and appropriate State and Federal Agencies.
: 4. Assign recovery activities and track progress I / 5. Maintain logs until termination of the event 6. Recommend termination of the County recovery activities to the Emergency Director, in conjunction with the termination of State (DSHS) recovery activities, when the following conditions have
I
* been met: a. All portions of the 'restricted zones' have been surveyed byDSHS. b. Work under the State's decontamination plan has been completed to a stage where continued effort does not appear to be cost effective.
: 4. Assign recovery activities and track progress                                     /
: c. Long-term exposures have been calculated by DSHS for residences and places of employment where the potential for exposure continues to exist. d. Occupancy or use limitations have been posted for all buildings and areas where continued restrictions are necessary.
: 5. Maintain logs until termination of the event
: e. Residents and workers have been afforded the opportunity to return to all areas for which restrictions have been lifted. f. Relocation to permanent or long-term temporary facilities has been accomplished for those persons who could be allowed to return following completion of work under the formal decontamination plan .
: 6. Recommend termination of the County recovery activities to the Emergency Director, in conjunction with the termination of State (DSHS) recovery activities, when the following conditions have
* P-11-22 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
* been met:
* *
a.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 -EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 17 of 17) ACTION TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION
b.
All portions of the 'restricted zones' have been surveyed byDSHS.
Work under the State's decontamination plan has been completed to a stage where continued effort does not appear to be cost effective.
: c. Long-term exposures have been calculated by DSHS for residences and places of employment where the potential for exposure continues to exist.
: d. Occupancy or use limitations have been posted for all buildings and areas where continued restrictions are necessary.
: e. Residents and workers have been afforded the opportunity to return to all areas for which restrictions have been lifted.
: f.     Relocation to permanent or long-term temporary facilities has been accomplished for those persons who could be allowed to return following completion of work under the formal decontamination plan.
* P-11-22                               June 1, 2017 Revision 15
 
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11
          -EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 17 of 17)
ACTION                                                                     TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION
: 1. Provide list of supplies or forms needing replenishing to the BOC Administrative Assistant.
: 1. Provide list of supplies or forms needing replenishing to the BOC Administrative Assistant.
: 2. Collect and organize in chronological order all documents checklists, and logs. a. Sign checklists and logs. 3. Submit all documents generated during the emergency to the BOC Administrative Assistant.
: 2. Collect and organize in chronological order all documents checklists, and logs.
: 4. Deactivate the EOC in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 13 "EOC Concept of Operations and Activation," when directed by the Emergency Management Director . P-11-23 NIA June I, 2017 Revision 15
: a. Sign checklists and logs.
* *
: 3. Submit all documents generated during the emergency to the BOC Administrative Assistant.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 1) 1. Discuss mobilization of personnel (complete or incomplete).
: 4. Deactivate the EOC in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 13         NIA
: 2. Provide updates on contacts with STPEGS, DPS Pierce, National Weather Services, etc. 3. Review times of current news advisories and/or Emergency Alert System messages.
*
: 4. Discuss any outstanding or unmet needs with the EOC staff . 5. Remind staff to continue filling out procedures, Emergency Action Logs, etc. 6. Remind staff to ensure status boards are updated by providing information to the Board Keepers. 7. Remind the EOC to continue providing informational updates to the Public Information staff for transfer to the Joint Information Center. 8. Remind the staff to ensure to check with you if they need to leave the EOC. Replacement staff will receive briefing on the status of the Emergency . P-11-24 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
            "EOC Concept of Operations and Activation," when directed by the Emergency Management Director.
* (Name) ITEM# LOCATION *
* P-11-23                                 June I, 2017 Revision 15
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 RECOVERY ACTIVITIES LIST Attachment 3 (Page 1 ofl) (EOC Position)
 
ACTION/DESCRIPTION P-11-25 (Date) ASSIGNED TO PRIORITY June!, 2017 Revision ts
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* *
* Procedure 11 BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 1)
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 INITIAL DISASTER REPORT Attachment 4 (Page 1 of 1) 1. What happened:  
: 1. Discuss mobilization of personnel (complete or incomplete).
---------,---------------------
: 2. Provide updates on contacts with STPEGS, DPS Pierce, National Weather Services, etc.
: 2. Whenilhappened:
: 3. Review times of current news advisories and/or Emergency Alert System messages.
: 3. Where it happened:  
: 4. Discuss any outstanding or unmet needs with the EOC staff.
-------------------------
* 5. Remind staff to continue filling out procedures, Emergency Action Logs, etc.
: 4. Extent of Damage of Loss:
: 6. Remind staff to ensure status boards are updated by providing information to the Status-Board Keepers.
: 5. Best estimate of injured, homeless, fatalities:  
: 7. Remind the EOC to continue providing informational updates to the Public Information staff for transfer to the Joint Information Center.
----------------
: 8. Remind the staff to ensure to check with you if they need to leave the EOC. Replacement staff will receive briefing on the status of the Emergency.
: 6. Type and extent of assistance required, if known: ---------------
* P-11-24                               June 1, 2017 Revision 15
: 7. Additional remarks pertinent to situation:  
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 RECOVERY ACTIVITIES LIST Attachment 3 (Page 1 ofl)
-----------------
(Name)                    (EOC Position)              (Date)
P-11-26 J Jwie 1, 2017 Revision 15
ITEM# LOCATION        ACTION/DESCRIPTION       ASSIGNED TO  PRIORITY
* *
* P-11-25                             June!, 2017 Revision ts
* FROM: EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page 1of4) (Content and Format, Standard Daily Situation Report) Matagorda County TO: Disaster District Sub 2C, DPS, Pierce, Texas  
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
* Procedure 11 INITIAL DISASTER REPORT Attachment 4 (Page 1 of 1)
: 1. What happened: - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
: 2. Whenilhappened: ------------~------------
: 3. Where it happened: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
: 4. Extent of Damage of Loss: ---------------------~
: 5. Best estimate of injured, homeless, fatalities: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
* 6. Type and extent of assistance required, if known: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
: 7. Additional remarks pertinent to situation: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
* P-11-26                         Jwie 1, 2017 Revision 15 J
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page 1of4)
(Content and Format, Standard Daily Situation Report)
FROM:      Matagorda County (Date)
TO:         Disaster District Sub 2C, DPS, Pierce, Texas


==SUBJECT:==
==SUBJECT:==
Situation Report No._ 1. TYPE OF EMERGENCY (Date) a. Identify the type of emergency, by name if it is due to a tropical storm or hurricane.
Situation Report No._
: b. Describe whe:i:e it happened and when, or if it is likely to happen . 2. DAMAGE a. Determine the number of dead and injured and their location(s).
: 1. TYPE OF EMERGENCY
: a. Identify the type of emergency, by name if it is due to a tropical storm or hurricane.
: b. Describe whe:i:e it happened and when, or if it is likely to happen .
* 2. DAMAGE
: a. Determine the number of dead and injured and their location(s).
: b. Determine the type and extent of property damage, especially as to how this directly affects people (e.g., major highways, bridges, rail routes, airports, deep water ports), or military facilities.
: b. Determine the type and extent of property damage, especially as to how this directly affects people (e.g., major highways, bridges, rail routes, airports, deep water ports), or military facilities.
: c. Determine any additional damage potential as a result of the emergency . P-11-27 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
: c. Determine any additional damage potential as a result of the emergency.
* *
* P-11-27                                         June 1, 2017 Revision 15
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page 2 of 4) 3. STATE AND LOCAL ACTIONS a. Describe major emergency management actions, such as dissemination of warning, activation and of BOC, activation of the Reception Center and Congregate Care facilities, coordination of rescue operations, management of evacuations, arranging for needed emergency supplies, and work with mass media to get official information to the people. b. Include requests for assistance from state and/or federal civil agencies . c. Include military support requests and whether support actions are to be performed by National Guard or Federal Active Duty Forces. (Make clear whether such requests are anticipated or actually have been made.) d. Include Disaster Declarations.
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page 2 of 4)
: 4. FEDERAL ACTIONS Describe participation by FEMA Regional Staff members in assisting the affected localities . P-11-28 June 1, 2017 Revision 15 I
: 3. STATE AND LOCAL ACTIONS
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
: a. Describe major emergency management actions, such as dissemination of warning, activation and us~ of BOC, activation of the Reception Center and Congregate Care facilities, coordination of rescue operations, management of evacuations, arranging for needed emergency supplies, and work with mass media to get official information to the people.
: 5. MILITARY ACTION Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page 3of4) -
*
: a. State whether State National Guard or Federal Active Duty Forces are involved, describe in terms of number of trips and type of equipment committed, and the mission( s ). b. Describe action by Army Corps of Engineers.
: b. Include requests for assistance from state and/or federal civil agencies .
* 6. OTHER FEDERAL AGENCIES
: c. Include military support requests and whether support actions are to be performed by National Guard or Federal Active Duty Forces. (Make clear whether such requests are anticipated or actually have been made.)
* List actions by other Federal Government Civil Agencies in support of operations.
: d. Include Disaster Declarations.
: 7. ORGANIZED VOLUNTEER ACTION Identify volunteer agency participation in emergency actions, and describe major actions they have taken . P-11-29 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
: 4. FEDERAL ACTIONS I
* 8. OTHER *
Describe participation by FEMA Regional Staff members in assisting the affected localities .
* P-11-28                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 15
 
                                                                                    ------------~
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page 3of4)
: 5. MILITARY ACTION
: a. State whether State National Guard or Federal Active Duty Forces are involved, describe in terms of number of trips and type of equipment committed, and the mission(s).
: b. Describe action by Army Corps of Engineers.
* 6. OTHER FEDERAL AGENCIES List actions by other Federal Government Civil Agencies in support of operations.
: 7. ORGANIZED VOLUNTEER ACTION Identify volunteer agency participation in emergency actions, and describe major actions they have taken.
* P-11-29                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 15
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page4of4)
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page4of4)
P-11-30 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
: 8. OTHER
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 6 (Page 1of1) Acronym A:m21ies To ACP Access Control Point DHS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director EOC Emergency Operations Center EOF Emergency Operations Facility * \ EPA Environmental Protection Agency EPD Electronic Personal Dosimeter EPZ Emergency Planning Zone FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD Independent School District JIC Joint Information Center KI Potassium Iodide NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS National Weather Service ORO Offsite Response Organization PAD Protective Action Decision PAG Protective Action Guide PAR Protective Action Recommendation PIO Public Information Officer soc State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP Traffic Control Point
*
* TLD Thermoluminescent Dosimeter P-11-3,l June 1,2017 Revision 15
* P-11-30             June 1, 2017 Revision 15
* Change Number 1. 2. 3. *
* EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 6 (Page 1of1)
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 11 Emergency Operations Center Emergency Management Coordinator (Procedure 11, Rev 15) Reference Number Global ( ' '-Change Reason Matagorda County Reception Center N rune Change Care.Director to Matagorda County Reception Center Director \:>-\ \ \J'LD\\  
Acronym         A:m21ies To ACP     Access Control Point DHS     Department of Homeland Security DPS     Department of Public Safety DRD     Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS   Department of State Health Services EAS     Emergency Alert System EMC     Emergency Management Coordinator EMD     Emergency Management Director EOC     Emergency Operations Center
\
* EOF     Emergency Operations Facility
* *
    \
* STI 34452607 Zl808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ......................................................................................................................................
EPA     Environmental Protection Agency EPD     Electronic Personal Dosimeter EPZ     Emergency Planning Zone FEMA   Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD     Independent School District JIC     Joint Information Center KI     Potassium Iodide NRC     Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS     National Weather Service ORO     Offsite Response Organization PAD     Protective Action Decision PAG     Protective Action Guide PAR     Protective Action Recommendation PIO     Public Information Officer soc     State Operations Center STPEGS   South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM   Texas Division of Emergency Management
P-12-2 2.0 Discussion  
* TCP     Traffic Control Point TLD     Thermoluminescent Dosimeter P-11-3,l                   June 1,2017 Revision 15
.................................................................................................................................
 
P-12-2 3.0 References  
Matagorda County Annex W Procedure
.................................................................................................................................
* Change Number Reference Number Procedure 11 Emergency Operations Center Emergency Management Coordinator (Procedure 11, Rev 15)
P-12-2 4.0 Equipment Required .................................................................................................................
Change                           Reason
P-12-2 5.0 Precautions and Limitations  
: 1. Global          Matagorda County Reception Center N rune Change Care.Director to Matagorda County Reception Center Director 2.
......................................................................................................
3.
P-12-3 6.0 Prerequisites  
(
..............................................................................................................................
*                      '
P-12-3 7.0 Procedure  
                      '-
..................................................................................................................................
*                                    \:>- \ \                             *-:::;u.~ \J'LD\\
P-12-3 8.0 Attachments  
                                                                                \)-.c.D\~\o'/\ \ ~
..............................................................................................................................
* STI 34452607 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Zl808 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 Table of Contents 1.0     Purpose ...................................................................................................................................... P-12-2 2.0     Discussion ................................................................................................................................. P-12-2 3.0     References ................................................................................................................................. P-12-2 4.0     Equipment Required ................................................................................................................. P-12-2 5.0     Precautions and Limitations ...................................................................................................... P-12-3 6.0   Prerequisites .............................................................................................................................. P-12-3 7.0   Procedure .................................................................................................................................. P-12-3
P-12-3 Attachment 1 -EOC Administrative Assistant Checklist  
* 8.0   Attachments .............................................................................................................................. P-12-3 Attachment 1 - EOC Administrative Assistant Checklist ......................................................... P-12-4 Attachment 2 - EOC Staffing Sheet ........................................................................................ P-12-14 Attachment 3 - 24 Hour Shift Rotation ................................................................................... P-12-16 Attachment 4 - Facsmile Log .................................................................................................. P-12-17 Attachment 5 -Acronyms List. ............................................................................................... P-12-18 Effective Date:   June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
.........................................................
yti~
P-12-4 Attachment 2 -EOC Staffing Sheet ........................................................................................
Assistant
P-12-14 Attachment 3 -24 Hour Shift Rotation ...................................................................................
                                                                                                  ~~    County Judge
P-12-16 Attachment 4 -Facsmile Log ..................................................................................................
* P-12-1                                                           June I, 2017 Revision 11
P-12-17 Attachment 5 -Acronyms List. ...............................................................................................
 
P-12-18 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
Assistant P-12-1 County Judge June I, 2017 Revision 11
* 1.0 Purpose 1.1 Procedure 12 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) Administrative Assistant in the Matagorda County EOC during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
* * * ..:..____
1.2   This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
___ -1.0 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 Purpose 1.1 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) Administrative Assistant in the Matagorda County EOC during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
2.0 Discussion 2.1   The EOC Administrative Assistant responds to the EOC at an Alert and assists the Emergency Management Coordinator with EOC activities.
1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
2.2   The Administrative Assistant is responsible for preparing the EOC for activation and operation, including ensuring necessary equipment, materials and supplies are in place. If assistance is needed with preparation of the EOC for activation,
2.0 Discussion 2.1 The EOC Administrative Assistant responds to the EOC at an Alert and assists the Emergency Management Coordinator with EOC activities.
* administrative support from the City or County staffs may be obtained.
2.2 The Administrative Assistant is responsible for preparing the EOC for activation and operation, including ensuring necessary equipment, materials and supplies are in place. If assistance is needed with preparation of the EOC for activation, administrative support from the City or County staffs may be obtained . 2.3 Responsibilities of the EOC Administrative Assistant include the following:
2.3   Responsibilities of the EOC Administrative Assistant include the following:
2.3 .1 Respond to EOC organization needs and ensure availability of necessary supplies, meals, etc. 2.3.2 Keep a log of incoming and outgoing facsimiles (faxes). Ensure prompt delivery of faxes. 2.3 .3 Assist in other EOC functions as needed. 3.0 References 3 .1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
2.3 .1     Respond to EOC organization needs and ensure availability of necessary supplies, meals, etc.
3 .2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
2.3.2     Keep a log of incoming and outgoing facsimiles (faxes). Ensure prompt delivery of faxes.
3.3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 13, "Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation." 4.0 Equipment Required 4.1 None . P-12-2 June 1, 2017 Revision 11
2.3 .3     Assist in other EOC functions as needed.
* *
3.0 References 3 .1   Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
* EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None. 6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 An emergency has been declared by STPBGS and notification received from Matagorda County to mobilize.
3 .2   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
7.0 Procedure 7 .1 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at the STPBGS by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher report to the BOC 11'n.d assist in the implementation of Annex W, Procedure 13, 'BOC Concept of Operations and Activation.'
3.3   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 13, "Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation."
7.2 Upon completion of preparation of the BOC for activation, implement Attachment 1, BOC Administrative Assistant Checklist.
4.0 Equipment Required
Use this checklist as a guide in performing position responsibilities.
* 4.1   None.
8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, BOC Administrative Assistant Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, BOC Staffing Sheet 8.3 Attachment 3, 24-Hour Shift Rotation 8.4 Attachment 4, Facsimile Log 8.5 Attachment 5, Acronyms List P-12-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 11 i I 
P-12-2                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* *
 
* ACTION EOC ADlVIINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 10) Name Date I. ALERT 1. Report to the EOC Security Post, sign in and receive a badge. 2. Report to the Emergency Management Coordinator for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
: 3. Assist in preparation of the EOC using the "EOC Activation Checklist" and "EOC Floor Plan" attachments to Annex W, Procedure 13, 'Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation,'
* 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1   None.
Attachment 1, EOC Activation Checklist and Attachment 2, EOC Floor Plan. a. Ensure position name tags and telephones are in the required positions.
Procedure 12 6.0 Prerequisites 6.1   An emergency has been declared by STPBGS and notification received from Matagorda County to mobilize.
: b. Ensure equipment is functioning properly; IF NOT, inform Emergency Management Coordinator.
7.0 Procedure 7 .1   When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at the STPBGS by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher report to the BOC 11'n.d assist in the implementation of Annex W, Procedure 13, 'BOC Concept of Operations and Activation.'
: c. Test the telephones, facsimile machines, and wireless microphone system in accordance with Procedure 13, Emergency Operations Center, Concept of Operations and Activation.
7.2   Upon completion of preparation of the BOC for activation, implement i I Attachment 1, BOC Administrative Assistant Checklist. Use this checklist as a guide in performing position responsibilities.
8.0 Attachments
* 8.1 8.2 8.3 Attachment 1, BOC Administrative Assistant Checklist Attachment 2, BOC Staffing Sheet Attachment 3, 24-Hour Shift Rotation 8.4   Attachment 4, Facsimile Log 8.5   Attachment 5, Acronyms List
* P-12-3                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
EOC ADlVIINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 10)
Name                                                         Date ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG I. ALERT
: 1. Report to the EOC Security Post, sign in and receive a badge.
: 2. Report to the Emergency Management Coordinator for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
: 3. Assist in preparation of the EOC using the "EOC Activation Checklist" and "EOC Floor Plan" attachments to Annex W, Procedure 13, 'Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation,' Attachment 1, EOC Activation Checklist and Attachment 2, EOC Floor Plan.
* a.
b.
Ensure position name tags and telephones are in the required positions.
Ensure equipment is functioning properly; IF NOT, inform Emergency Management Coordinator.
: c.     Test the telephones, facsimile machines, and wireless microphone system in accordance with Procedure 13, Emergency Operations Center, Concept of Operations and Activation.
: d.
: d.
* Send a test Email to the Emergency Alert Sources:
* Send a test Email to the Emergency Alert Sources:
* National Weather Service at sr-hgx.nws@noaa.gov
* National Weather Service at sr-hgx.nws@noaa.gov
* KKHA Radio Station at news@kkhafm.com
* KKHA Radio Station at news@kkhafm.com
: e. Confirm the above BAS sources have received their Email copy by contacting them via phone line as follows:
: e.     Confirm the above BAS sources have received their Email copy by contacting them via phone line as follows:
* National Weather Service 1-800-846-1828 (Emergency Line) or 1-281-534-2157 (Back-up Line) for verification
* National Weather Service 1-800-846-1828 (Emergency Line) or 1-281-534-2157 (Back-up Line) for verification
* KKHA Radio Station, 979-323-7771 P-12-4 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 11 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* KKHA Radio Station, 979-323-7771
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 10) ACTION TIME/LOG '-f. Distribute materials
* P-12-4                               June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 10)
ACTION                                                                     TIME/LOG
                                                                    '-
: f.     Distribute materials
* Set out clipboards for:
* Set out clipboards for:
* EAS Messages
* EAS Messages
Line 313: Line 539:
* Check copier paper and toner
* Check copier paper and toner
* Position Manuals
* Position Manuals
* Emergency Action Logs with clipboards (if hard copy) I
* Emergency Action Logs with clipboards (if hard copy)
* Supplies needed for Status Board Keeper i ' I
* Supplies needed for Status Board Keeper                           Ii I
* WEB EOC Computers or I
* WEB EOC Computers or '                                          Ii
* Eraser i Wide black and red erasable markers i
* Eraser                                                           ~
* I *
i
* Board cleaner I
* Wide black and red erasable markers                             I
* Camera from the Emergency Management Coordinator, if required g. Ensure that necessary plans and procedures are available.
* g.
: h. Retrieve magnetic Protective Response Zone Map overlays.
* Board cleaner
: i. Have EOC staff synchronize their watches, facsimile machines and facility clock with the County Dispatcher.
* Camera from the Emergency Management Coordinator, if required Ensure that necessary plans and procedures are available.
: 4. Issue the EOC Security Officer a copy of his or her checklist, necessary forms to begin logs, and a copy of the EOC layout. 5. Notify the Emergency Management Coordinator when the set-up of the EOC is complete.
I
: 6. Complete Attachment 2, the "EOC Staffing Sheet," using information from the EOC Security Log. Distribute completed staffing sheet to: I a. Emergency Management Director b. Emergency Management Coordinator i I c. STPEGS Representative I I
: h.     Retrieve magnetic Protective Response Zone Map overlays.
* d. Public Information Officer/Writer I e. Joint Information Center, as soon as activated I P-12-5 June 1, 2017 i Revision 11 l
: i.     Have EOC staff synchronize their watches, facsimile machines and facility clock with the County Dispatcher.
* *
: 4. Issue the EOC Security Officer a copy of his or her checklist, necessary forms to begin logs, and a copy of the EOC layout.
* ACTION 7. EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 10) Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator if any positions are unfilled.
: 5. Notify the Emergency Management Coordinator when the set-up of the EOC is complete.
: 8. Update and redistribute as significant changes in staffing occur and at shift changes. 9. EAS Messages and News Advisories must be scanned and Emailed to the following:
: 6. Complete Attachment 2, the "EOC Staffing Sheet," using information from the EOC Security Log. Distribute completed staffing sheet to:
a.
b.
Emergency Management Director Emergency Management Coordinator Ii I
: c.     STPEGS Representative                                                       I
* d.     Public Information Officer/Writer I
: e.     Joint Information Center, as soon as activated                             I I
P-12-5                             June 1, 2017 Revision 11 i
l
 
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 10)
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG
: 7. Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator if any positions are unfilled.
: 8. Update and redistribute as significant changes in staffing occur and at shift changes.
: 9. EAS Messages and News Advisories must be scanned and                 LOG Emailed to the following:
* National Weather Service at sr-hgx.nws@noaa.gov
* National Weather Service at sr-hgx.nws@noaa.gov
* KKHA Radio Station at news@kkhafin.com
* KKHA Radio Station at news@kkhafin.com
: a. Confirm the above EAS sources have received their Email copy by contacting them via phone line as follows:
                                                                                            !
It .I
: a. Confirm the above EAS sources have received their Email                       I copy by contacting them via phone line as follows:
* National Weather Service
* National Weather Service
*
* 1-800-846-1828 (Emergency Line) or
* 1-800-846-1828 (Emergency Line) or
* 281-534-2157 (Back-up Line) for verification
* 281-534-2157 (Back-up Line) for verification
Line 339: Line 583:
* If conducting a drill or exercise, stamp message with THIS IS A DRILL priorto emailing or faxing.
* If conducting a drill or exercise, stamp message with THIS IS A DRILL priorto emailing or faxing.
* Keep log of transmitted email or faxes using Attachment 4, Facsimile Log.
* Keep log of transmitted email or faxes using Attachment 4, Facsimile Log.
* If you have a backlog of documents to email or fax and a new document is initiated, stop sending the older message and send the newer one instead. If you do send a message out of sequence, let those receiving it know this is going to happen . P-12-6 TIME/LOG LOG June 1, 2017 Revision II ! t I I . I l 
* If you have a backlog of documents to email or fax and a new document is initiated, stop sending the older message and send the newer one instead. If you do send a message out of sequence, let those receiving it know this is going to happen.
* *
* P-12-6 l
* ACTION 10. 11. 12. 13. EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 10) NOTE The email or fax should be quickly reviewed by the Emergency Management Coordinator to determine if any essential information (e.g., change in emergency classification or radiation release) should be immediately announced to the EOC staff and then returned to you so that copies can be made. Log emails and faxes. Immediately give incoming email and faxes to Emergency Management Coordinator.
June 1, 2017 Revision II
NOTE Refer to Emergency Communications Directory for a prioritized list of locations requiring EAS messages, news advisories and the applicable facsimile telephone numbers If scanner and/or fax machine malfunctions, inform the Emergency Management Coordinator, then: a. Use the scanner or fax machine at the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher or, if necessary, telephone the Emergency Alert Station(s) as designated in the Communications Directory to broadcast the EAS message live over the air. b. Request Communications Officer to notify the STPEGS Support Organization Director of the malfunction and request support to fix the facsimile machine immediately.
 
Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
P-12-7 TIME/LOG LOG NIA NIA June I, 2017 Revision II
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 10)
* *
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG NOTE The email or fax should be quickly reviewed by the Emergency Management Coordinator to determine if any essential information (e.g., change in emergency classification or radiation release) should be immediately announced to the EOC staff and then returned to you so that copies can be made.
* ACTION EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of 10) TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY
LOG
: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Complete the activities in Section I. Alert, if already completed.
: 10. Log incom~ng emails and faxes.
NIA Maintain adequate supplies to meet BOC staff needs. NIA Respond to facility personnel needs. NI A Deliver BAS message to the Status Board Keeper after EAS NI A messages are sent. Assist the Status Board Keeper in maintaining the BOC boards up-NI A to-date, concise and accurate.
: 11. Immediately give incoming email and faxes to Emergency                 NIA Management Coordinator.
If requested, obtain names and telephone numbers of key utility positions from STPEGS BOC Liaison for the following and provide to Emergency Management Coordinator.
* NOTE Refer to Emergency Communications Directory for a prioritized list of locations requiring EAS messages, news advisories and the applicable facsimile telephone numbers
: a. Emergency Director b. Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Offsite Communicator
: 12. If scanner and/or fax machine malfunctions, inform the Emergency Management Coordinator, then:
: c. Support Organization Director (EOF) d. Radiological Director (EOF) e. Technical Support Center (TSC) Manager f. Security Manager (TSC) g. Shift Manager (of affected unit) 7. If directed by the Emergency Management Director or Emergency Management Coordinator, develop a two shift rotational schedule using Attachment 3, 24-Hour Shift Rotation . P-12-8 / June 1,2017 Revisionll
: a.     Use the scanner or fax machine at the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher or, if necessary, telephone the Emergency Alert Station(s) as designated in the Communications Directory to broadcast the EAS message live over the air.
* ACTION 8.
: b.       Request Communications Officer to notify the STPEGS Support Organization Director of the malfunction and request support to fix the facsimile machine immediately.
* 9. 10.
: 13.          Maintain the Alert classification activities until the       NIA emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
* EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6 of 10) If the shift is scheduled to pass a normal meal time frame, order meals as follows: a. Solicit approval from the Emergency Management Director.
* P-12-7                             June I, 2017 Revision II
: b. Request Matagorda County Reception Center Coordinator provide meal count for entire Reception Center Staff including Radiological Officer and Department of State Health Services (DSHS) personnel.
 
: c. Includy field teams. Communications Officer can provide count.
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* d. Place order for meals and ask the Transportation Officer to coordinate delivery of the meals to the EOC field teams and Reception Center. In the event the emergency is oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section N. Shift Turnover of this checklist.
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of 10)
Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY
P-12-9 TIME/LOG NIA NIA
: 1. Complete the activities in Section I. Alert, if ~ot already completed. NIA
* June 1, 2017 Revisionll
: 2. Maintain adequate supplies to meet BOC staff needs.                       NIA
* *
: 3. Respond to facility personnel needs.                                     NIA
* ACTION EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 10) ID. GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 4. Deliver BAS message to the Status Board Keeper after EAS                 NIA messages are sent.
: 1. 2. 3. 4 . 5. 6. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, and Section II, Site Area Emergency, if not already completed.
: 5. Assist the Status Board Keeper in maintaining the BOC boards up-         NIA to-date, concise and accurate.
Update Protective Response Zone map using colored overlays (use only if electronic projection of the 10 mile EPZ map fails). a. Yell ow -Shelter in Place b. Red-Evacuation Assist the Status Board Keeper in maintaining the status boards up-to-date, concise, and accurate.
: 6. If requested, obtain names and telephone numbers of key utility
Assist in secretarial support. If EOC supplies are near depletion, obtain necessary material from local sources, with approval of Emergency Management Coordinator.
* positions from STPEGS BOC Liaison for the following and provide to Emergency Management Coordinator.
Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the emergency has ended and recovery has commenced, then proceed to Section V. Recovery of this checklist.
a.
P-12-10 TIME/LOG NIA NIA NIA N/A N/A N/A June 1, 2017 Revision 11 I I I I I 
b.
* *
Emergency Director Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Offsite Communicator
* ACTION EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8 of 10) IV. SHIFT TURNOVER f 1. Provide briefing of events to the relief person on the current status of: a. EOC Operations and problems including any supplies needed.
: c. Support Organization Director (EOF)
* b. Status of meals in conjunction with the Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management.
: d. Radiological Director (EOF)
: e. Technical Support Center (TSC) Manager
: f. Security Manager (TSC)
: g. Shift Manager (of affected unit)
: 7. If directed by the Emergency Management Director or Emergency Management Coordinator, develop a two shift rotational schedule using Attachment 3, 24-Hour Shift Rotation.
* P-12-8
                                                              /
June 1,2017 Revisionll
 
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6 of 10)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
: 8. If the shift is scheduled to pass a normal meal time frame, order meals as follows:
: a.       Solicit approval from the Emergency Management Director.
: b.     Request Matagorda County Reception Center Coordinator provide meal count for entire Reception Center Staff including Radiological Officer and Department of State Health Services (DSHS) personnel.
: c.     Includy field teams. Communications Officer can provide count. *
: d.     Place order for meals and ask the Transportation Officer to
* coordinate delivery of the meals to the EOC field teams and Reception Center.
: 9. In the event the emergency is oflong duration, perform shift           NIA turnovers in accordance with Section N. Shift Turnover of this checklist.
: 10. Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until       NIA the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
* P-12-9
* June 1, 2017 Revisionll
 
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 10)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG ID. GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, and Section II, Site Area   NIA Emergency, if not already completed.
: 2. Update Protective Response Zone map using colored overlays           NIA (use only if electronic projection of the 10 mile EPZ map fails).
: a. Yellow - Shelter in Place
: b.     Red- Evacuation
: 3. Assist the Status Board Keeper in maintaining the status boards       NIA up-to-date, concise, and accurate.
* 4.
5.
Assist in secretarial support.
If EOC supplies are near depletion, obtain necessary material from local sources, with approval of Emergency Management Coordinator.
N/A N/A
: 6. Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the   N/A emergency has ended and recovery has commenced, then proceed to Section V. Recovery of this checklist.
I I
II
* P-12-10                             June 1, 2017 I
Revision 11
 
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8 of 10)
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG IV. SHIFT TURNOVER f
: 1. Provide briefing of events to the relief person on the current status of:
: a. EOC Operations and problems including any supplies needed.                       *
: b.     Status of meals in conjunction with the Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management.
: 2. fuform the Emergency Management Coordinator of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
: 2. fuform the Emergency Management Coordinator of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
: 3. Update Staffing Board. 4 . Agree to your return time. 5 . Document names, date, and time of turnover.
: 3. Update Staffing Board.
P-12-11 TIME/LOG LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 11
*
* *
: 4. Agree to your return time.
* ACTION EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9 of 10) V. RECOVERY 1. Maintain adequate supplies to meet BOC staff needs. 2. Respond to facility personnel needs. 3. Keep event status board current. 4 . Maintain fax operations.
: 5. Document names, date, and time of turnover.                             LOG
P-12-12 TIME/LOG NIA NIA NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 11 ----------, 
* P-12-11                                 June 1, 2017 l
* *
Revision 11
* ACTION EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (PagelO of 10) VI. TERMINATION
 
: 1. 2. Collect all documents generated during the emergency and combine into groups (e.g., all EOC documents, all Reception Center documents, all traffic control documents).
                                                                                --- --- -
: a. fuclude forms, checklists, supplies required, logs, summary reports, etc. b. Recovery Activities Lists. c. Attachment 4, Facsimile Log and copies of faxes generated during the emergency.
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
: d. Request the Matagorda County Reception Center Coordinator and Radiological Officer provide all the Reception Center documentation.
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9 of 10)
ACTION                                                      TIME/LOG V. RECOVERY
: 1. Maintain adequate supplies to meet BOC staff needs. NIA
: 2. Respond to facility personnel needs.                   NIA
: 3. Keep event status board current.                       NIA
: 4. Maintain fax operations.                               NIA
*
* P-12-12                 June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (PagelO of 10)
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION
: 1. Collect all documents generated during the emergency and             NIA combine into groups (e.g., all EOC documents, all Reception Center documents, all traffic control documents).
: a. fuclude forms, checklists, supplies required, logs, summary reports, etc.
: b. Recovery Activities Lists.
: c. Attachment 4, Facsimile Log and copies of faxes generated during the emergency.
: d. Request the Matagorda County Reception Center
* Coordinator and Radiological Officer provide all the Reception Center documentation.
: e. Request the Emergency Alert Station(s) as designated in the Emergency Communications Directory to submit checklists and copies of the station logs that show when BAS messages were broadcast and personnel shift changes occurred.
: e. Request the Emergency Alert Station(s) as designated in the Emergency Communications Directory to submit checklists and copies of the station logs that show when BAS messages were broadcast and personnel shift changes occurred.
Submit the assembled documents to the Emergency Management Coordinator . P-12-13 TIME/LOG NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 11 I I I I EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSIST ANT I
: 2. Submit the assembled documents to the Emergency Management           NIA Coordinator.
* Procedure 12 EOC STAFFING SHEET Attachment 2 Page 1 of2 As of-Date: Time: x POSITION NAME Emergency Mgmt. Director Emergency Mgmt. Coordinator Matagorda County Sheriff Precinct Commissioner Public Info Officer Radiological Officer Reception Center Coordinator Transportation Officer Communications Officer Mayor Bay City
* P-12-13                             June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* Mayor Palacios Hospital District Administrator Bay City Police Dept. Palacios Police Dept. STPEGS Liaison TDEM Liaison DSHS Liaison Federal Liaison Coast Guard Rep. Runner EMD/EMC Assistant Amateur Radio Operator Fire Service Coordinator
 
* X -Denotes change in staff P-12-14 June 1,2017 Revision 11 I ! I ! ! i I 
I I
**
I I
* EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSIST ANT :Procedure 12 EOC STAFFING SHEET Attachment 2 Page 2 of2 As of-Date: Time: x POS1'.TION EOC Admin Assistant EAS Generator Staff Status Board Keeper IT Communications EOC Security FEMA Liaison NRC Liaison Industry Liaison Status Board Keeper 0N ebEOC) Reception Center -Bay City Director ,, Mon/Decon Supervisor Reception Center Manager Reception Center -Palacios Director Mon/Decou Supervisor Reception Center Manager
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* X -Denotes change in staff P-12-15 NAME , I I ! I I I June I, 2017
* I Procedure 12 EOC STAFFING SHEET Attachment 2 Page 1 of2 I
* Revision 11
As of-Date:                             Time:                           !
* *
x                 POSITION                         NAME Emergency Mgmt. Director Emergency Mgmt. Coordinator Matagorda County Sheriff Precinct Commissioner Public Info Officer Radiological Officer Reception Center Coordinator Transportation Officer
* IPOSffiON:
* Communications Officer Mayor Bay City Mayor Palacios Hospital District Administrator Bay City Police Dept.
*Emergency Mgmt. Director EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 24 HOUR SIDFT ROTATION Attachment 3 (Page_ of__) lSTSHIFT START TIME: START TIME: NAME TELEPHONE#
Palacios Police Dept.
NAME *Emergency Mgmt. Coordinator
STPEGS Liaison TDEM Liaison DSHS Liaison Federal Liaison Coast Guard Rep.
*Matagorda County Sheriff !+Precinct Commissioner  
Runner EMD/EMC Assistant Amateur Radio Operator
*Public Information Officer *Radiological Officer *Reception Center Coordinator  
* Fire Service Coordinator I
*Transportation Officer *Communications Officer *Security Officer Hospital District Administrator Fire Services Coordinator BOC Admin Assistant EMD/EMC Assistant STPEGS Representative Public Information Officer IDEM Liaison DSHS Liaison Coast Guard Rep. Amateur Radio Operator FEMA Liaison NRCLiaison  
                                                                            !
.. . .
X - Denotes change in staff                                             !i P-12-14       June 1,2017 Revision 11 I
* Minimum staffing pos1t1ons . 2NDSHIFT TELEPHONE#
 
--.) +Note: The Precinct Commissioner becomes a minimum staffing position when the Emergency Management Director position is not filled by the County Judge. Signature P-12-16 June 1, 2017 Revision 11
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
* *
**                                      :Procedure 12 EOC STAFFING SHEET Attachment 2 Page 2 of2 As of-Date:                             Time:
* TO* FROM EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 FACSIMILE LOG Attachment 4 (Page_ of__) SUBJECT * "Broadcast" (BC) sends to ten locations.
x                     POS1'.TION                     NAME EOC Admin Assistant EAS Generator Staff Status Board Keeper IT Communications EOC Security FEMA Liaison NRC Liaison Industry Liaison Status Board Keeper 0NebEOC)
See list on fax machine. P-12-17 INCOMING Date: _____ _ OUTGOING TIME June I. 2017 Revision 11
* Reception Center - Bay City Director     ,,
* EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 5 (Page 1 of 1) Acronym A12121ies To ACP Access Control Point DHS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System ) EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director BOC Emergency Operations Center EOF Emergency Operations Facility EPA Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                            ,
* EPD Electronic Personal Dosimeter EPZ Emergency Planning Zone FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD Independent School District JIC Joint Information Center KI Potassium Iodide MCOEM Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS National Weather Service ORO Offsite Response Organization PAD Protective Action Decision PAG Protective Action Guide PAR Protective Action Recommendation PIO Public Information Officer soc State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP Traffic Control Point
                                                                            !
* TLD Theimoluminescent Dosimeter ) P-12-18 June I, 2017 Revision II
I I
* Change Reference Number Number 1. Global 2. Global 3. Global 4. Global 5. Attachment 1 II, 6.g 5. Attachment 2 4. Attachment 3
I Mon/Decon Supervisor Reception Center Manager                                       I Reception Center - Palacios Director I
* 5. Attachment 5 6. Attachment 5
Mon/Decou Supervisor Reception Center Manager
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 12 Emergency Operations Center Administrative Assistant (Procedure 12, Rev 11) Change Replaced:
* X - Denotes change in staff P-12-15         June I, 2017
American Red Cross With: Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management Removed: KMKS Matagorda County Reception Center Care Director to Matagorda County Reception Center Director Replaced:
* Revision 11
979-244-5542 With: 979-323-7771 Replaced:
 
Supervisor With: Manager Updated: Entire Table Replaced:
EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
ARC Director With: Reception Center Director Updated: Entire Table Remove: ARC American Red Cross Added: MCOEM Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management
* Procedure 12 24 HOUR SIDFT ROTATION Attachment 3 (Page_ of__)
?-\'2..-\°\
lSTSHIFT                                       2NDSHIFT IPOSffiON:                          START TIME:                               START TIME:
Reason To identify correct ownership KKHA is our backup Name Change To identify correct telephone number. Title Change To better align with EOC Sign in Board To identify correct ownership To better align with EOC Sign in Board ARC is not called-out in Procedure 12 To identify acronym in procedure T u_,'-S>. \ I 'l...D \I
NAME        TELEPHONE#                    NAME                 TELEPHONE#
\\   
  *Emergency Mgmt. Director
. ,*, *
  *Emergency Mgmt. Coordinator
* STI 34483154 Zl808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ...........................................................................................................................
  *Matagorda County Sheriff
P-13-2 2.0 Discussion  
  !+Precinct Commissioner
......................................................................................................................
  *Public Information Officer
P-13-2 3.0 References  
  *Radiological Officer
......................................................................................................................
  *Reception Center Coordinator
P-13-6 4.0 Equipment Required ............................................................................... ......................
  *Transportation Officer
P-13-7 5.0 Precautions and Limitations  
  *Communications Officer
...........................................................................................
  *Security Officer Hospital District Administrator Fire Services Coordinator
P-13-7 6.0 Prerequisites  
* BOC Admin Assistant EMD/EMC Assistant STPEGS Representative Public Information Officer IDEM Liaison
...............................................
                                                                                                                                --.)
: ...................................................................
DSHS Liaison Coast Guard Rep.
P-13-7 7.0 Procedure  
Amateur Radio Operator FEMA Liaison NRCLiaison
.......................................................................................................................
      .. staffing pos1t1ons
P-13-7 8.0 Attachments  
  *Minimum             .. .
...................................................................................................................
  +Note:   The Precinct Commissioner becomes a minimum staffing position when the Emergency Management Director position is not filled by the County Judge.
P-13-7 Attachment 1-EOC Activation/De-Activation Checklist..  
* Signature P-12-16                                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 11
..........................................
* EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 FACSIMILE LOG Attachment 4 (Page_ of__)             Date: _ _ _ _ __
P-13-8 Attachment 2-EOC Floor Plan ..................................................................................
TO*                    FROM                                SUBJECT   INCOMING OUTGOING    TIME
P-13-11 Attachment 3-EOC Task Groups ..............................................................................
*
P-13-12 Attachment 4 -Emergency Operations Center Security Control Point Checklist  
  * "Broadcast" (BC) sends to ten locations. See list on fax machine.
...... P-13-13 Attachment 5 -EOC Entry Log ...................................................................................
P-12-17                       June I. 2017 Revision 11
P-13-19 Attachment 6-Status Board Keeper Checklist..  
*
.........................................................
* EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 5 (Page 1 of 1)
P-13-20 Attachment 7 -EMD/EMC Assistant Checklist  
Acronym               A12121ies To ACP     Access Control Point DHS     Department of Homeland Security DPS     Department of Public Safety DRD     Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS   Department of State Health Services EAS     Emergency Alert System                                         )
.........................................................
EMC     Emergency Management Coordinator EMD     Emergency Management Director BOC     Emergency Operations Center EOF     Emergency Operations Facility
P-13-22 Effective Date: June, 1, 2017 APPROVED:
* EPA     Environmental Protection Agency EPD     Electronic Personal Dosimeter EPZ     Emergency Planning Zone FEMA   Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD     Independent School District JIC     Joint Information Center KI     Potassium Iodide MCOEM   Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management NRC     Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS     National Weather Service ORO     Offsite Response Organization PAD     Protective Action Decision PAG     Protective Action Guide PAR     Protective Action Recommendation PIO     Public Information Officer soc     State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM   Texas Division of Emergency Management
County Judge P-13-1 Junel,2017 Revision IO I l .
* TCP     Traffic Control Point TLD     Theimoluminescent Dosimeter                     )
* *
P-12-18               June I, 2017 Revision II
* 1.0 Purpose EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 1.1 This procedure specifies the concept of operations and the process for activating the Emergency Operations Center (EOC). 1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response specific to EOC activation and operation.
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 12 Emergency Operations Center Administrative Assistant (Procedure 12, Rev 11)
2.0 Discussion 2.1 Setup of the Emergency Operations Center (EOC), which is located in the Matagorda County Sheriffs Office, is the responsibility of the Emergency Management Coordinator or the Sheriff.
Change    Reference                    Change                                Reason Number    Number
* The first of these to arrive should perform Section 7.0. 2.2 2.3 The EOC is to be set up at and activated at a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, unless directed otherwise by the Emergency Management Director . Concept of Operations 2.3 .1 The County Judge will assume overall direction and control of EOC staff activities as the Emergency Management Director.
: 1. Global       Replaced: American Red Cross                To identify correct ownership With: Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management
: 2. Global       Removed: KMKS                                KKHA is our backup
: 3. Global      Matagorda County Reception Center Care      Name Change Director to Matagorda County Reception Center Director
: 4. Global      Replaced: 979-244-5542                       To identify correct telephone With: 979-323-7771                           number.
: 5. Attachment 1 Replaced: Supervisor                         Title Change II, 6.g      With: Manager
: 5. Attachment 2 Updated: Entire Table                       To better align with EOC Sign in Board
: 4. Attachment 3 Replaced: ARC Director                       To identify correct ownership With: Reception Center Director
* 5.
6.
Attachment 5 Attachment 5 Updated: Entire Table Remove: ARC American Red Cross Added: MCOEM Matagorda County Office To better align with EOC Sign in Board ARC is not called-out in Procedure 12 To identify acronym in of Emergency Management                      procedure
*                                      ?-\'2..-\°\                               T u_,'-S>. \ I 'l...D \I
                                                                                  \~.e._1._)\~lOV\ \\
 
  .
,*,
STI 34483154                                                                                                                           Zl808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 Table of Contents 1.0     Purpose ........................................................................................................................... P-13-2 2.0     Discussion ...................................................................................................................... P-13-2 3.0     References ...................................................................................................................... P-13-6 4.0     Equipment Required ............................................................................... ~ ...................... P-13-7 5.0     Precautions and Limitations ........................................................................................... P-13-7 6.0     Prerequisites ............................................... :................................................................... P-13-7 7.0     Procedure ....................................................................................................................... P-13-7 8.0     Attachments ................................................................................................................... P-13-7
* Attachment 1-EOC Activation/De-Activation Checklist.. .......................................... P-13-8 Attachment 2- EOC Floor Plan .................................................................................. P-13-11 Attachment 3-EOC Task Groups .............................................................................. P-13-12 Attachment 4 - Emergency Operations Center Security Control Point Checklist ...... P-13-13 Attachment 5 - EOC Entry Log................................................................................... P-13-19 Attachment 6- Status Board Keeper Checklist.. ......................................................... P-13-20 Attachment 7 - EMD/EMC Assistant Checklist ......................................................... P-13-22 Effective Date:   June, 1, 2017 APPROVED:
c:y2-;:-];i~
County Judge
* P-13-1                                                               Junel,2017 Revision IO I l.
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 1.0 Purpose 1.1   This procedure specifies the concept of operations and the process for activating the Emergency Operations Center (EOC).
1.2   This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response specific to EOC activation and operation.
2.0 Discussion 2.1   Setup of the Emergency Operations Center (EOC), which is located in the Matagorda County Sheriffs Office, is the responsibility of the Emergency Management Coordinator or the Sheriff.
* The first of these to arrive should perform Section 7.0.
2.2    The EOC is to be set up at Ale~t and activated at a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, unless directed otherwise by the Emergency Management
* Director.
2.3   Concept of Operations 2.3 .1     The County Judge will assume overall direction and control of EOC staff activities as the Emergency Management Director.
The Emergency Commissioner will serve as alternate or as relief if shifts are established.
The Emergency Commissioner will serve as alternate or as relief if shifts are established.
2.3 .2 The Emergency Management Coordinator is responsible for the ongoing EOC operations.
2.3 .2     The Emergency Management Coordinator is responsible for the ongoing EOC operations. The County Judge is responsible for designating the Emergency Management Coordinator and alternates.
The County Judge is responsible for designating the Emergency Management Coordinator and alternates.
2.3 .3     The Emergency Management Coordinator will serve as the primary operational liaison between the EOC and outside governmental agencies.
2.3 .3 The Emergency Management Coordinator will serve as the primary operational liaison between the EOC and outside governmental agencies.
2.4   Heads of agencies, departments, and organizations are responsible for emergency functions as assigned in the Emergency Management Basic Plan or by Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs).
2.4 Heads of agencies, departments, and organizations are responsible for emergency functions as assigned in the Emergency Management Basic Plan or by Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). 2.5 Emergency operations will be conducted by government agency personnel augmented, as required, by trained auxiliaries, volunteer groups, and personnel supplied through mutual aid agreements . P-13-2 June I, 2017 Revision 10 l
2.5   Emergency operations will be conducted by government agency personnel augmented, as required, by trained auxiliaries, volunteer groups, and personnel
* 2.6 2.7 *
* supplied through mutual aid agreements .
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 The BOC will operate on a 24-hour basis during an emergency.
l P-13-2                                   June I, 2017 Revision 10
Typically, staffs will be assigned to work 12-hour shifts. Task Groups 2.7.1 Direction and Control: This group is responsible for overall direction of the governmental response to an emergency.
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.6 The BOC will operate on a 24-hour basis during an emergency. Typically, staffs will be assigned to work 12-hour shifts.
2.7.1.1 Primary functions include: a. Emergency policy decisions
2.7 Task Groups 2.7.1     Direction and Control: This group is responsible for overall direction of the governmental response to an emergency.
: b. Emergency purchases/
2.7.1.1       Primary functions include:
allocations
: a. Emergency policy decisions
: b.     Emergency purchases/allocations
: c. Declaration of a state of emergency
: c. Declaration of a state of emergency
: d. Invocation of emergency powers e. Requesting/directing outside assistance
: d. Invocation of emergency powers
: f. Activating the BOC g. Recommending and implementing protective actions to the public h. Requesting a Presidential disaster declaration
: e. Requesting/directing outside assistance
: i. Law Enforcement decisions 2.7.1.2 Group Members include: a. Matagorda County Judge b. The Mayors of Bay City and Palacios
* f. Activating the BOC
* c. County Commissioners
: g. Recommending and implementing protective actions to the public
: h.     Requesting a Presidential disaster declaration
: i.     Law Enforcement decisions 2.7.1.2       Group Members include:
: a. Matagorda County Judge
: b.     The Mayors of Bay City and Palacios *
: c. County Commissioners
: d. Emergency Management Coordinator
: d. Emergency Management Coordinator
: e. Matagorda County Sheriff or Designee June 1,2017 Revision 10
: e. Matagorda County Sheriff or Designee
*
* June 1,2017 I
* 2.7.2
Revision 10
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.7.1.3 Special Considerations:
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.7.1.3       Special Considerations:
: a. Only the Chief Executive of a County or City may declare an emergency for that jurisdiction, except the County Judge may declare a county-wide emergency.
: a.     Only the Chief Executive of a County or City may declare an emergency for that jurisdiction, except the County Judge may declare a county-wide emergency.
: b. State assistance procedures require requests for State or Federal assistance be made by the Chief Executive, or by another official specifically authorized to perform the function in the name of the Chief Executive.
: b.     State assistance procedures require requests for State or Federal assistance be made by the Chief Executive, or by another official specifically authorized to perform the function in the name of the Chief Executive. In Matagorda County, the Emergency Commissioner may transmit such requests if the County Judge is not available.
In Matagorda County, the Emergency Commissioner may transmit such requests if the County Judge is not available.
: c.     The Emergency Management Director is responsible for the activation of the EOC .
: c. The Emergency Management Director is responsible for the activation of the EOC . Operations Group: This group is responsible for mobilizing and coordinating personnel and resources in response tg an emergency.
* 2.7.2    Operations Group: This group is responsible for mobilizing and coordinating personnel and resources in response tg an emergency. Representatives from this group may or may not locate in the BOC.
Representatives from this group may or may not locate in the BOC. 2.7.2.1 Functions include: a. Law Enforcement actions b. Fire Services c. Search & Rescue d. Emergency Medical/Hospital
2.7.2.1       Functions include:
: e. Monitoring  
: a. Law Enforcement actions
& Decontamination
: b.     Fire Services
: f. Transportation
: c. Search & Rescue
: g. Shelter -evacuee registration
: d.     Emergency Medical/Hospital
: h. Public Information 1 . Security P-13-4. June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: e. Monitoring & Decontamination
* 2.7.3 *
: f.     Transportation
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.7.2.2 Group Members include: a. Fire Services Coordinator
: g. Shelter - evacuee registration
: b. Hospital District Administrator or designee c. Radiological Officer or designee d. Transportation Officer e. Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management
: h.     Public Information Security
: f. Public Information Officer/Writer
* 1.
: g. Communications Officer h. EOC Security Officer Administrative Group: This group provides administrative and logistical support for EOC operations . 2.7.3.1 2.7.3.2 Functions include: a. Procurement of supplies b. General administrative activities
P-13-4.                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: c. Updating the Status Boards d. Maintaining logs and documentation of EOC response activities.
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.7.2.2       Group Members include:
Group Members include: a. EMD/EMC Assistant
: a.     Fire Services Coordinator
: b. EOC Administrative Assistants
: b.     Hospital District Administrator or designee
: c. Status Board Keepers d. Runners P-13-5 June I, 2017 Revision 10 ! i 
: c.     Radiological Officer or designee
* *
: d.     Transportation Officer
* 2.7.4 3.0 References EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 Support Group: Representatives of other jurisdictions (Federal, State, other cities/counties, industry advisors, etc.) This group is responsible for assisting Matagorda County with resources and technical support during an emergency.
: e.     Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management
This group may provide support services from remote locations.
                                                                                        ! i
It is expected, however, that in the event of an incident at the STPEGS, technical advisors from the Department of State Health Services and the STPEGS will report to the EOC. 2.7.4.1 2.7.4.2 Functions include: a. Providing technical advice and support. b. Provide supplies and resources from outside the County. Group Members may include: a. b. Texas Division of Emergency Management (DEM) Liaison Department of State Health Services (DSHS) EOC Liaison c. STPEGS EOC Liaison d. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Liaison e. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Liaison f. U.S. Coast Guard g. Others, as requested by the Emergency Management Director 3 .1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
: f.     Public Information Officer/Writer
3.2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response . P-13-6 June 1, 2017 Revision 10 I I l
: g.     Communications Officer
* *
: h.     EOC Security Officer 2.7.3    Administrative Group: This group provides administrative and
* 4.0 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 Equipment Required 4.1 All equipment for the Emergency Operations Center is stored in the BOC with additional office supplies available in the supply cabinet of the Sheriffs Office. 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None. 6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 An Alert or higher Emergency Classification has been declared by the STPEGS or the Emergency Management Director has ordered activation of the BOC. 7.0 Procedure 7.1 Activation of the BOC is supervised by the Matagorda County Sheriff or the Emergency Management Coordinator and carried out with assistance from BOC Staff members, including the Administrative Assistant and the Communications Officer. Matagorda County jail trustees can also be utilized to assist in the setup oftheEOC.
* logistical support for EOC operations .
7.2 The BOC is to be setup using Attachment 1, EOC Activation Checklist, Section I. 7.3 BOC activation is declared by the Emergency Management Director in accordance with Procedure 10, 'Emergency Management Director.'
2.7.3.1       Functions include:
7.4 The BOC is to be deactivated using Attachment 1, BOC Deactivation, Section II. 8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, BOC Activation Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, EOC Floor Plan 8.3 Attachment 3, EOC Task Groups 8 .4 Attachment 4, BOC Security Control Point Checklist 8.5 Attachment 5, BOC Entry Log 8.6 Attachment 6, Status Board Keeper Checklist 8.7 Attachment 7, EMD/EMC Assistant Checklist P-13-7 June 1,2017 Revision*
: a.     Procurement of supplies
10
: b.     General administrative activities
* *
: c.     Updating the Status Boards
* ACTION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ACTIVATION/DE-ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of3) Name Date I. EOC SET-UP 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Establish security at the EOC entrance in accordance with Attachment 4, EOC Security Control Point Checklist.
: d.     Maintaining logs and documentation of EOC response activities.
Set up furnishings in accordance with Attachment 2, EOC Floor Plan. Verify telephones are operational by checking for a dial tone after each phone is plugged in to its designated outlet. Obtain EOC radio from the dispatch office and ensure operability by doing a radio check with the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.
2.7.3.2      Group Members include:
Ensure all maps and status boards have been erased or cleared of any old information and only current data has been posted. Ensure computer equipment is available to support WebEOC. Of the available personnel, establish a status board keeper to maintain the status boards in accordance with Attachment 6, EOC Status Board Keeper Checklist.
: a.     EMD/EMC Assistant
Check with the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher to ensure all Emergency Response Call List personnel have been notified and at least a primary or alternate has been reached for each of the minimum staffmg positions listed in Attachment 3, EOC Task Groups. P-13-8 TIME/LOG June 1,2017 Revision 10 ; i' i i t ! I i I I [ I I I l 
: b.     EOC Administrative Assistants
* *
: c.       Status Board Keepers
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ACTIVATION/DE-ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of3) ACTION TIME/LOG 9. Verify the Prompt Notification System equipment is operational if time permits (i.e., a fast breaking emergency has not occurred) as follows:
: d.     Runners
* a. b. c. Fax Machine by sending a test fax to the Emergency Alert Stations(s) as designated in the Communications Directory.
* P-13-5                                     June I, 2017 Revision 10
Sirens (by doing a growl test of the STPEGS Siren System). Alert Radios (by calling the EAS source and verifying availability).
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.7.4      Support Group: Representatives of other jurisdictions (Federal, State, other cities/counties, industry advisors, etc.) This group is responsible for assisting Matagorda County with resources and technical support during an emergency. This group may provide support services from remote locations. It is expected, however, that in the event of an incident at the STPEGS, technical advisors from the Department of State Health Services and the STPEGS will report to the EOC.
NOTE If telephone contact cannot be established with National Weather Service, ensure the Emergency Management Director is made aware of the situation.
2.7.4.1       Functions include:
: 10. Verify operability of the fax machine 'Broadcast' capability by faxing a test message to each of the agencies, with a follow-up phone call. NOTE Ensure Sheriffs Department staff discontinues use of facsimile for the duration of the emergency condition.
: a.     Providing technical advice and support.
: b.       Provide supplies and resources from outside the County.
2.7.4.2        Group Members may include:
: a.     Texas Division of Emergency
* Management (DEM) Liaison
: b.      Department of State Health Services (DSHS) EOC Liaison
: c.     STPEGS EOC Liaison
: d.     Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Liaison
: e.     Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)
Liaison
: f.     U.S. Coast Guard
: g.     Others, as requested by the Emergency Management Director 3.0 References 3 .1   Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
3.2   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response .
* P-13-6                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 10 I
I l
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 4.0 Equipment Required 4.1   All equipment for the Emergency Operations Center is stored in the BOC with additional office supplies available in the supply cabinet of the Sheriffs Office.
5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1   None.
6.0 Prerequisites 6.1   An Alert or higher Emergency Classification has been declared by the STPEGS or the Emergency Management Director has ordered activation of the BOC.
7.0 Procedure 7.1   Activation of the BOC is supervised by the Matagorda County Sheriff or the Emergency Management Coordinator and carried out with assistance from BOC Staff members, including the Administrative Assistant and the Communications
* Officer. Matagorda County jail trustees can also be utilized to assist in the setup oftheEOC.
7.2   The BOC is to be setup using Attachment 1, EOC Activation Checklist, Section I.
7.3   BOC activation is declared by the Emergency Management Director in accordance with Procedure 10, 'Emergency Management Director.'
7.4   The BOC is to be deactivated using Attachment 1, BOC Deactivation, Section II.
8.0 Attachments 8.1   Attachment 1, BOC Activation Checklist 8.2   Attachment 2, EOC Floor Plan 8.3   Attachment 3, EOC Task Groups 8 .4   Attachment 4, BOC Security Control Point Checklist 8.5   Attachment 5, BOC Entry Log 8.6   Attachment 6, Status Board Keeper Checklist 8.7   Attachment 7, EMD/EMC Assistant Checklist
* P-13-7                                     June 1,2017 Revision* 10
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ACTIVATION/DE-ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of3)
Name                                                           Date ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG I. EOC SET-UP
                                                                                                  ;
i' i
: 1. Establish security at the EOC entrance in accordance with                           i t
Attachment 4, EOC Security Control Point Checklist.
: 2. Set up furnishings in accordance with Attachment 2, EOC Floor Plan.
: 3. Verify telephones are operational by checking for a dial tone after each phone is plugged in to its designated outlet.
* 4.
5.
Obtain EOC radio from the dispatch office and ensure operability by doing a radio check with the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.
Ensure all maps and status boards have been erased or cleared of any old information and only current data has been posted.
: 6. Ensure computer equipment is available to support WebEOC.
: 7. Of the available personnel, establish a status board keeper to maintain the status boards in accordance with Attachment 6, EOC                     ~
Status Board Keeper Checklist.                                                     !
: 8. Check with the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher to ensure all                           I Emergency Response Call List personnel have been notified and                       i at least a primary or alternate has been reached for each of the                   I minimum staffmg positions listed in Attachment 3, EOC Task Groups.
I
[
I I
* P-13-8                                   June 1,2017 Revision 10 I l
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ACTIVATION/DE-ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of3)
ACTION                                                                       TIME/LOG
: 9. Verify the Prompt Notification System equipment is operational if time permits (i.e., a fast breaking emergency has not occurred) as follows:       *
: a. Fax Machine by sending a test fax to the Emergency Alert Stations(s) as designated in the Communications Directory.
: b.      Sirens (by doing a growl test of the STPEGS Siren System).
: c. Alert Radios (by calling the EAS source and verifying availability).
* NOTE If telephone contact cannot be established with National Weather Service, ensure the Emergency Management Director is made aware of the situation.
: 10. Verify operability of the fax machine 'Broadcast' capability by a
faxing a test message to each of the agencies, with follow-up phone call.
NOTE Ensure Sheriffs Department staff discontinues use of facsimile for the duration of the emergency condition.
: 11. Verify operability of the wireless microphone system by testing all frequencies.
: 11. Verify operability of the wireless microphone system by testing all frequencies.
: 12. Check administrative supplies and food stock for availability with assistance from the jail supervisor.
: 12. Check administrative supplies and food stock for availability with assistance from the jail supervisor.
: 13. Perform operability test of the backup emergency generator.
: 13. Perform operability test of the backup emergency generator.
: 14. Report any problems or unmet needs to the Emergency Management Director . P-13-9 Junel,2017 Revision IO
: 14. Report any problems or unmet needs to the Emergency
* *
* Management Director.
* ACTION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ACTIVATION/DE-ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of3) II. EOC DEACTIVATION
P-13-9                                 Junel,2017 l
: 1. When directed by the Emergency Management Director, deactivate the EOC at the termination of the STPEGS emergency response activities as follows: a. Ensure all messages, logs, and event documentation is assembled and forwarded to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
Revision IO
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ACTIVATION/DE-ACTIVATION CHECKLIST                                       !
Attachment 1 (Page 3 of3)                                         I ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG II. EOC DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the Emergency Management Director, deactivate the EOC at the termination of the STPEGS emergency response activities as follows:
: a. Ensure all messages, logs, and event documentation is assembled and forwarded to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
: b. Clear all EOC status boards of event information.
: b. Clear all EOC status boards of event information.
: c. d. Store all EOC plans, procedures, and position manuals in designated location . Ensure equipment and supplies are stored properly in the designated areas.
: c. Store all EOC plans, procedures, and position manuals in
* e. Assemble all EOC survey meters, remove batteries, and store in designated area.
* designated location.
* f. Check EOC inventory using the posted list and inform the Emergency Management Coordinator of any missing/damaged equipment or shortages in supplies.
: d. Ensure equipment and supplies are stored properly in the designated areas. *
: 2. Once all personnel have exited the ask a member of the Sheriffs Office to lock the EOC entrance . P-13-10 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10 ! I 
: e. Assemble all EOC survey meters, remove batteries, and store in designated area.                             *
* ..,..-.--.---------
: f. Check EOC inventory using the posted list and inform the Emergency Management Coordinator of any missing/damaged equipment or shortages in supplies.
EMERGENCY .TIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC Floor Plan Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 1) [] l'l :1! s [] :ii EBi* m [] :;; :;: :;: []£ P-13-11 0 0 D:: u 0 w 0 " "' i D ::
: 2. Once all personnel have exited the BOC~ ask a member of the Sheriffs Office to lock the EOC entrance .
0 .... -u:a Z:c:, :I: Si -U'I 5 i e; D June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* P-13-10                               June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* Revisions
* EMERGENCY .TIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13
* *
* EOC Floor Plan Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 1) l'l
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC TASK GROUPS Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1) Direction and Control
[ ] ~@ ~            ~~i
                                                        *-q~
0
:1!         ~          ~
                                                                    "
[ ] EBi* 0
                                          ~    s                  "'
:ii
                                          ~
                                          ~
m
                                                ~  0  ~~1~ D
                                                        ~          i D::            ::
u ~EB!s 0
                                          ~    ~
[ ] ~@*:;;
                                          ~
:;:
:;:
                                                        .... -u:a Z:c:,
:I:
Si i~
                                                                    ~
[]£            0 ~EIY~
                                          ~        w i ~    - U'I 5 e;
D P-13-11                              June 1, 2017 Revision 11 Revisions
..,..-.--.---------
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC TASK GROUPS Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1)
Direction and Control
* Emergency Management Director
* Emergency Management Director
* Emergency Management Coordinator
* Emergency Management Coordinator
* Matagorda County Sheriff Precinct Commissioner (See Note) Operations Group
* Matagorda County Sheriff Precinct Commissioner (See Note)
Operations Group
* Public Information Officer Fire Services Coordinator Hospital District Administrator
* Public Information Officer Fire Services Coordinator Hospital District Administrator
* Radiological Officer or designee
* Radiological Officer or designee
Line 536: Line 963:
* Transportation Officer
* Transportation Officer
* Communications Officer
* Communications Officer
* Security Officer Administrative Group BOC Administrative Assistant EMD/EMC Assistant Status Board Keeper Runner Support Group
* Security Officer
* Texas Division of Emergency Management Liaison Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Liaison South Texas Project Electric Generating Station Representative Federal Emergency Management Agency Liaison Nuclear Regulatory Commission Liaison U. S. Coast Guard Amateur Radio Operators Others, as necessary Minimum staffing required to activate BOC Note: This becomes a minimum staffing position when the Emergency Management Director position is not filled by the County Judge . EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER P-13-12 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* Administrative Group BOC Administrative Assistant EMD/EMC Assistant Status Board Keeper Runner Support Group Texas Division of Emergency Management Liaison Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Liaison South Texas Project Electric Generating Station Representative Federal Emergency Management Agency Liaison Nuclear Regulatory Commission Liaison U. S. Coast Guard Amateur Radio Operators Others, as necessary
* I. *
* Minimum staffing required to activate BOC Note: This becomes a minimum staffing position when the Emergency Management Director position is not filled by the County Judge.
* ACTION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 Name SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 1of6) Date ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER P-13-12                             June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ACTION Sign in on the EOC 'Entry Log' and issue a badge. Report to the Emergency Management Coordinator for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 1of6)
Obtain the following material from the EOC.
Name                                                              Date ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG I. ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY
: 1. Sign in on the EOC 'Entry Log' and issue a badge.
: 2. Report to the Emergency Management Coordinator for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
: 3. Obtain the following material from the EOC.
*
* EOC Security Control Point Manual
* EOC Security Control Point Manual
* Pens
* Pens
* Roster
* Roster
* Identification Badges If any staff are already present in the EOC, have them sign in on Attachment 5, EOC Entry Log. Establish access control near the entrance of the EOC (refer to Attachment 2, BOC Floor Plan). a. Verify arriving personnel are part of the emergency response organization as listed on the call list or roster. b. Have arriving personnel sign in on the EOC Entry Log. c. Provide an identification badge. d. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 2 of6) For arriving personnel not on the call list or roster, radio the Communications Officer or go to the EOC entrance P-13-13 . TIME/LOG TIME/LOG June!, 2017 Revision 10
* Identification Badges
* *
: 4. If any staff are already present in the EOC, have them sign in on Attachment 5, EOC Entry Log.
: 5. Establish access control near the entrance of the EOC (refer to Attachment 2, BOC Floor Plan).
: a.     Verify arriving personnel are part of the emergency response organization as listed on the call list or roster.
: b.     Have arriving personnel sign in on the EOC Entry Log.
: c.     Provide an identification badge.
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 2 of6)
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG
* d.      For arriving personnel not on the call list or roster, radio the Communications Officer or go to the EOC entrance P-13-13 .                                   June!, 2017 Revision 10*
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 and direct the EOC Administrative Assistant to notify the Emergency Management Coordinator or Sheriff to obtain approval for their entry. DO NOT get out of visual range of or otherwise leave the security control point unattended.
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 and direct the EOC Administrative Assistant to notify the Emergency Management Coordinator or Sheriff to obtain approval for their entry. DO NOT get out of visual range of or otherwise leave the security control point unattended.
: 6. Request the Administrative Assistant regularly provide you with copies of EAS messages, press releases and Offsite Agency Notification Message Forms. 7. Log people out as they leave EOC (ifleaving building) . P-13-14 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: 6. Request the Administrative Assistant regularly provide you with copies of EAS messages, press releases and Offsite Agency Notification Message Forms.
* * * \ \ ACTION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 3of6) II. GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 7. Log people out as they leave EOC (ifleaving building) .
: 1. Obtain a survey instrument from Radiological Officer. 2. Validate ,the survey instrument is in working order. a. Do a battery check and obtain new batteries if the battery check fails. b. Turn the instrument to the xlscale. c. d. Allow 15 seconds for the instrument to stabilize, before taking reading . Open window on probe. e. Place probe near the check source obtained from the Radiological Officer. f. Make sure the instrument responds with the indicator moving upscale. g. Notify Radiological Officer ifinstrument is not working properly and obtain a replacement.
*
P-13-15 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10 D i I
* P-13-14                               June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* I l
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 3of6)
* ACTION 3. *
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG II. GENERAL EMERGENCY
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 . EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 4of6) Before allowing people into the BOC, question them to see if they have been inside the 10 mile EPZ. If they have, survey them before they enter the BOC. a. Verify meter is turned on to the xl scale b. c. NOTE A whole body frisk should take approximately one minute. Instruct the individual to stand with arms at side, palms facing out, and legs together.
: 1. Obtain a survey instrument from Radiological Officer.
Then scan the individual with the survey probe held about one-half inch away from the surface, moving at a rate of about 2 to 3 inches per second. Frisk the individual's head, face, and shoulders, then scan the front of the body from the top to bottom using a single sweep, frisk the elbows, hands, and buttocks, then scan the back of the body from top to bottom using a single sweep. Finally frisk the feet and soles of shoes. Perform a whole body survey, emphasizing the head, nose area, hands and bottom of shoes. If a reading above background is detected while performing the survey, immediately notify the Radiological Officer . P-13-16 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: 2. Validate ,the survey instrument is in working order.
* *
: a. Do a battery check and obtain new batteries if the battery check fails.
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 5 of6) ACTION TIME/LOG III. SHIFT TURNOVER 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
: b. Turn the instrument to the xlscale.
: c. Allow 15 seconds for the instrument to stabilize, before
* d.
e.
taking reading.
Open window on probe.
Place probe near the check source obtained from the Radiological Officer.
: f. Make sure the instrument responds with the indicator moving upscale.
: g. Notify Radiological Officer ifinstrument is not working properly and obtain a replacement.
*
\
P-13-15                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 10 D
i I*
I l
  \
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 .
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 4of6)
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG
: 3. Before allowing people into the BOC, question them to see if they have been inside the 10 mile EPZ.
If they have, survey them before they enter the BOC.
: a.     Verify meter is turned on to the xl scale NOTE A whole body frisk should take approximately one minute.
* Instruct the individual to stand with arms at side, palms facing out, and legs together. Then scan the individual with the survey probe held about one-half inch away from the surface, moving at a rate of about 2 to 3 inches per second. Frisk the individual's head, face, and shoulders, then scan the front of the body from the top to bottom using a single sweep, frisk the elbows, hands, and buttocks, then scan the back of the body from top to bottom using a single sweep. Finally frisk the feet and soles of shoes.
: b.      Perform a whole body survey, emphasizing the head, nose area, hands and bottom of shoes.
: c.      If a reading above background is detected while performing the survey, immediately notify the Radiological Officer.
* P-13-16                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 5 of6)
ACTION                                                                       TIME/LOG III. SHIFT TURNOVER
: 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
: a. Review completed checklist
: a. Review completed checklist
: b. Review Entry Log 2. Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator of the transfer of responsibilities to the incoming shift replacement. 3 . 4. Update Staffing Board Document names, date and time of turnover. (The log entry should be made on the Sheriffs Emergency Action Log.) P-13-17 LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: b. Review Entry Log
* *
: 2. Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator of the transfer of responsibilities to the incoming shift replacement.
* ACTION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 6of6) IV. TERMINATION
* 3.
4.
Update Staffing Board Document names, date and time of turnover. (The log entry should be made on the Sheriffs Emergency Action Log.)
LOG
* P-13-17                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 6of6)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG IV. TERMINATION
: 1. Provide a list of any supplies or forms needing replenishing to the Administrative Assistant.
: 1. Provide a list of any supplies or forms needing replenishing to the Administrative Assistant.
: 2. Collect, and organize in chronological order, all documents, checklists, and logs. a. Sign checklists and logs 3. Turnover all documents generated during the emergency to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
: 2. Collect, and organize in chronological order, all documents, checklists, and logs.
: 4. Return your area to pre-event status . P-13-18 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: a.     Sign checklists and logs
* DATE: PRINTED NAME Last First \ J
: 3. Turnover all documents generated during the emergency to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 MI EOC ENTRY LOG Attachment 5 (Page_ of_) Department Time In P-13-19 Time Out R:\EMERGENCY
* 4. Return your area to pre-event status .                                 NIA
_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans  
* P-13-18                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 10
& Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 13 -EOC Concept of Operation  
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER
& Activation\AN-W-P13 RI O.docx Signature
                                                                                          *
* June I, 2017 Revision 10
* CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ENTRY LOG Attachment 5 (Page_ of_)
* ACTION 1. 2. 3.
DATE:
* 4. 5.
PRINTED NAME Last                    First                MI                Department                     Time In             Time Out                        Signature
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 Name STATUS BOARD KEEPER CHECKLIST Attachment 6 (Page 1 of2) Sign in at the BOC Security Post and obtain a badge. Date Report to the Emergency Management Coordinator (EMC) for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
                                          \
Obtain the following materials (ifWebEOC and electronic status boards are unavailable).
J P-13-19                                                                         June I, 2017 R:\EMERGENCY_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 13 - EOC Concept of Operation & Activation\AN-W-P13 RI O.docx           Revision 10
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 STATUS BOARD KEEPER CHECKLIST Attachment 6 (Page 1 of2)
Name                                                            Date ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
: 1. Sign in at the BOC Security Post and obtain a badge.
: 2. Report to the Emergency Management Coordinator (EMC) for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
: 3. Obtain the following materials (ifWebEOC and electronic status boards are unavailable).
* Broad tip, black and red erasable markers
* Broad tip, black and red erasable markers
*
* Erasers
* Erasers
* Status board cleaner Print legibly and use concise statements.
* Status board cleaner
Record the time and pertinent information throughout the exercise or event on the Event board and Significant Event board, but not necessarily in this order: a. Event declarations
: 4. Print legibly and use concise statements.                               NIA
: b. BOC activation time c.
: 5. Record the time and pertinent information throughout the exercise     , NIA or event on the Event board and Significant Event board, but not necessarily in this order:
Advisories message numbers (eg., NA-1, NA-2, etc.) and brief content (initial message, supplemental information, etc.) d. Emergency Alert System (BAS) message numbers and brief content, (e.g. EAS-1, EAS-2, etc.) e. Traffic Control Points f. Protective Action Recommendations (P ARs) P-13-20 TIME/LOG NIA , NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: a.     Event declarations
* ACTION I
: b.       BOC activation time
* 6. 7. 8.
: c.     New~  Advisories message numbers (eg., NA-1, NA-2, etc.) and brief content (initial message, supplemental information, etc.)
* g. h. 1. j. k. 1. m. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTN ATION Procedure 13 STATUS BOARD KEEPER CHECKLIST Attachment 6 (Page 2 of2) Reception Center/Congregate Care Facility status School district decisions Outside assistance requested Activation of the Prompt Notification System; Sirens, Alert Radios, EAS message broadcast, auto dialer, route alerting South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) facility activation times, especially the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Notification of special facilities Considerations of special needs populations If different actions occur at the same time, record the time once, then list on a separate line each event that occurred at that time. If information for the Status Boards is not forthcoming, request key directors, coordinators, and officers provide input. Obtain hard copy documentation of status board information prior to erasing a status board . P-13-21 TIME/LOG NIA NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: d.     Emergency Alert System (BAS) message numbers and brief content, (e.g. EAS-1, EAS-2, etc.)
* *
: e.     Traffic Control Points
* ACTION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 Name EMD/EMC ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 7 (Page 1 of3) Date 1. Sign in at the EOC Security Post and obtain a badge. 2. Report to the EMC for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
: f.     Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)
* P-13-20                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTNATION Procedure 13 STATUS BOARD KEEPER CHECKLIST Attachment 6 (Page 2 of2)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
: g.      Reception Center/Congregate Care Facility status
: h.      School district decisions
: 1.      Outside assistance requested
: j.      Activation of the Prompt Notification System; Sirens, Alert Radios, EAS message broadcast, auto dialer, route alerting I
: k.      South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) facility activation times, especially the
* Emergency Operations Facility (EOF)
: 1.      Notification of special facilities
: m.      Considerations of special needs populations
: 6. If different actions occur at the same time, record the time once,     NIA then list on a separate line each event that occurred at that time.
: 7. If information for the Status Boards is not forthcoming, request       NIA key directors, coordinators, and officers provide input.
: 8. Obtain hard copy documentation of status board information prior       NIA to erasing a status board.
* P-13-21                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMD/EMC ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 7 (Page 1 of3)
Name                                                          Date ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
: 1. Sign in at the EOC Security Post and obtain a badge.
: 2. Report to the EMC for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
: 3. Obtain the following materials:
: 3. Obtain the following materials:
: 4. 5.
* Log sheets
* Log sheets
* Pens an:d other writing material
* Pens an:d other writing material
* Other materials as directed by the EMC Initiate and maintain an Emergency Action Log. a. Track telephone calls, key information obtained, factors affecting the event or decisions made, and other information needed to document the response actions taken. b. Maintain the log for the EMD/EMC/Mayors, etc. until termination of the emergency or recovery activities, as directed.
*
: c. Provide periodic updates of emergency status to the EOC Public Information Staff. Print legibly and use short and concise statements.
* Other materials as directed by the EMC
: 6. Perform an operational check of the speak:erphone by checking for a dial tone . P-13-22 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: 4. Initiate and maintain an Emergency Action Log.
* EMERGENCY OPERA1JONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMD/EMC ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 7 (Page2 of3) ACTION TIME/LOG 7. Ensure the Public Information group provides the county JIC staff updates on the following type of information:
: a.       Track telephone calls, key information obtained, factors affecting the event or decisions made, and other information needed to document the response actions taken.
: b.       Maintain the log for the EMD/EMC/Mayors, etc. until termination of the emergency or recovery activities, as directed.
: c.       Provide periodic updates of emergency status to the EOC Public Information Staff.
: 5. Print legibly and use short and concise statements.                   NIA
: 6. Perform an operational check of the speak:erphone by checking for a dial tone.
* P-13-22                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* EMERGENCY OPERA1JONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMD/EMC ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 7 (Page2 of3)
ACTION                                                                   TIME/LOG
: 7. Ensure the Public Information group provides the county JIC staff updates on the following type of information:
: a. Event declarations
: a. Event declarations
: b. EOC activation time c. News Advisories message numbers and brief content d. Emergency Alert System (EAS) message numbers and brief content e . Traffic Control Points
: b. EOC activation time
* f. Field Team dispatch, location, and survey results g. Protective Action Recommendations (P ARs) h. Reception Center/Congregate Care Facility status i. School district decisions
: c. News Advisories message numbers and brief content
: d. Emergency Alert System (EAS) message numbers and brief content
*
: e. Traffic Control Points
: f. Field Team dispatch, location, and survey results
: g. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)
: h. Reception Center/Congregate Care Facility status
: i. School district decisions
: j. Outside assistance requested
: j. Outside assistance requested
: k. Activation of the Prompt Notification System; Sirens, Alert Radios, EAS message broadcast, auto dialer, route alerting 1. South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) facility activation times, especially the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) m. Notification of special facilities n . Considerations of special needs populations
: k. Activation of the Prompt Notification System; Sirens, Alert Radios, EAS message broadcast, auto dialer, route alerting
* P-13-23 June 1,2017 RevisionlO
: 1. South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) facility activation times, especially the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF)
** ACTION 8. 9.
: m. Notification of special facilities
* 10.
: n. Considerations of special needs populations
* EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMDIEMC ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 7 (Page 3 of3) As directed, assist the EMDIEMC with the following activities:
* P-13-23                                   June 1,2017 RevisionlO
: a. EOC staff briefings
 
: b. Ongoing EOC operations
**                   EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMDIEMC ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 7 (Page 3 of3)
: c. Securing BOC or field operations unmet needs d. Ensuring 24-hour staffing is maintained Assist the EOC staff with their concerns and questions associated with EOC response activities . Ensure all EOC boards are maintained up-to-date, concise and accurate . P-13-24 TIME/LOG NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 10
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG
* Change Number L 2. 3. 4. 5. 6 . *
: 8. As directed, assist the EMDIEMC with the following activities:       NIA
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 13 Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation (Procedure 13, Rev 10) Reference Number Global Page 6 and Page 12 Page 11 ' Change Replaced:
: a.     EOC staff briefings
American Red Cross Director With: Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management Added: Texas to Division of Emergency Management Updated: entire floor plan Reason To denote proper ownership Change of name Change of numbers and some titles  
: b.     Ongoing EOC operations
\I '1...0 U  
: c.     Securing BOC or field operations unmet needs
\(),
: d.     Ensuring 24-hour staffing is maintained
* *
: 9. Assist the EOC staff with their concerns and questions associated   NIA with EOC response activities .
* L\4o \D STI 34500977 Z1808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose .................................................................................................................................
* 10. Ensure all EOC boards are maintained up-to-date, concise and accurate .
2 2.0 Discussion  
* P-13-24                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
............................................................................................................................
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 13 Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation (Procedure 13, Rev 10)
2 3.0 Definitions  
Change    Reference                 Change                              Reason Number    Number L    Global         Replaced: American Red Cross       To denote proper ownership Director With: Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management
............................................................................................................................
: 2. Page 6 and      Added: Texas to Division of         Change of name Page 12        Emergency Management
3 4.0 References  
: 3. Page 11        Updated: entire floor plan         Change of numbers and some titles
............................................. , ..............................................................................
: 4.    '
4 I 5.0 Equipment Required ................................................................................
5.
: ...........................
6.
4 6.0 Precautions and Limitations  
*
.................................................................................................
*                                                                          ~'"\_\;\.. \I '1...0 l-=\-
4 7.0 Prerequisites  
                                                                              \~-C. U \~\_~      \(),
.........................................................................................................................
 
5 8.0 Procedure  
L\4o \D
.............................................................................................................................
* STI 34500977 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 Table of Contents 1.0   Purpose .................................................................................................................................2 2.0   Discussion ............................................................................................................................ 2 3.0   Definitions............................................................................................................................ 3 4.0   References ............................................. ,..............................................................................4 I
5 9.0 Attachznents  
5.0   Equipment Required ................................................................................:...........................4 6.0   Precautions and Limitations ................................................................................................. 4 7.0     Prerequisites ......................................................................................................................... 5 8.0     Procedure ............................................................................................................................. 5
..........................................................................................................................
* 9.0   Attachznents .......................................................................................................................... 5 Attachment 1 ~Plume Exposure Pathway Protective Action Worksheet.. .......................... 7 Attachment 2-Protective Response Zones Beyond IO Miles .......................................... 12 Attaclunent 3 -Explanation of Protective Action Recommendations .............................. 14 Attachment 4 - Protective Response Zone Populations, Special Facilities and Evacuation Times .................................................................................................................................. 17 Attachznent 5 - BAS Message Input Fonn ........................................................................20 Attachznent 6 -Protective Action Decision Making Flowchart ........................................21 Attachment 7 - Protective Response Zone Table ............................................................... 22 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
5 Attachment 1
* P-14-1                                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 17
Exposure Pathway Protective Action Worksheet..  
 
..........................
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
7 Attachment 2-Protective Response Zones Beyond IO Miles ..........................................
* Procedure 14 1.0 Purpose 1.1   This procedure provides decision making guidance on protective actions to be taken by the public during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
12 Attaclunent 3 -Explanation of Protective Action Recommendations  
1.2   This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response specific to protective actions for the public.
..............................
2.0 Discussion 2.1   The Emergency Management Director is responsible for ensuring that protective actions are effectively taken to protect the public around the STPEGS site. This includes preplanned actions for the public living within the 10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ).
14 Attachment 4 -Protective Response Zone Populations, Special Facilities and Evacuation Times ..................................................................................................................................
2.2   The Emergency Management Director is responsible for ensuring that protective actions are effectively taken to secure food crops within Matagorda County and to
17 Attachznent 5 -BAS Message Input Fonn ........................................................................
* 2.3 coordinate with the Texas Department of Health, Department of State Health Services (DSHS), concerning the impact on food crops outside Matagorda County.
20 Attachznent 6 -Protective Action Decision Making Flowchart  
The STPEGS Emergency Director and the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) are responsible for providing the Matagorda County Emergency Management Director with information concerning plant conditions, releases of radioactive material, the potential magnitude of radiological exposures to the emergency workers and the public which could occur, and recommended protective actions for the public.
........................................
2.4   The Emergency Management Director is responsible for determining the protective actions to be taken based on the recommendations of STPEGS and the State.
21 Attachment 7 -Protective Response Zone Table ...............................................................
Consideration should also be given to the current and forecasted weather conditions, time required to evacuate the public, impediments to an evacuation, plant conditions, potential for release of radioactive material, potential magnitude of radiological exposures to the public, and the prognosis for the situation to become worse.
22 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
I' I
P-14-1 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
II
* *
*
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 1.0 Purpose 2.0 1.1 This procedure provides decision making guidance on protective actions to be taken by the public during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
                                                                                                    !I I
1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response specific to protective actions for the public. Discussion 2.1 The Emergency Management Director is responsible for ensuring that protective actions are effectively taken to protect the public around the STPEGS site. This includes preplanned actions for the public living within the 10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). 2.2 2.3 The Emergency Management Director is responsible for ensuring that protective actions are effectively taken to secure food crops within Matagorda County and to coordinate with the Texas Department of Health, Department of State Health Services (DSHS), concerning the impact on food crops outside Matagorda County. The STPEGS Emergency Director and the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) are responsible for providing the Matagorda County Emergency Management Director with information concerning plant conditions, releases of radioactive material, the potential magnitude of radiological exposures to the emergency workers and the public which could occur, and recommended protective actions for the public. 2.4 The Emergency Management Director is responsible for determining the protective actions to be taken based on the recommendations of STPEGS and the State. Consideration should also be given to the current and forecasted weather conditions, time required to evacuate the public, impediments to an evacuation, plant conditions, potential for release of radioactive material, potential magnitude of radiological exposures to the public, and the prognosis for the situation to become worse. P-14-2 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 I ' I I I ! I I I ! I
P-14-2                               June 1, 2017 Revision 17 I
* 3.0 *
                                                                                                  !
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 Definitions 3 .1 Monitor and Prepare is a type of precautionary action intended to advise the public within the EPZ that a serious emergency at the nuclear power plant exits and that it should monitor the situation and prepare for the possibility of evacuation, SIP, or other protective actions. Further, if an evacuation is underway, officials should ask individuals who are not involved in the evacuation to remain off the roadways to allow those who are instructed to evacuate to do so. 3.2 Protective Action Guide (PAG) refers to projected dose to an individual in the general population that warrants the implementation of protective action. Specific PA Gs have been recommended in terms of the level of projected dose that warrants the implementation of evacuation (or Sheltering in Place if factors such as severe weather make it a greater risk to evacuate than to Shelter in Place), respiratory protection, relocation, and limiting the use of contaminated food, water, and animal feed. 3 .3 Plume dose projections are estimates ofradiation dosage to the public from exposure to the plume, over a period of time, in the absence of initiating protective actions. 3.4 Plume exposure pathway: The principal exposure sources from this pathway are whole body external exposure to gamma radiation from the plume and from deposited materials, and inhalation exposure from the passing radioactive plume. 3 .5 Ingestion exposure pathway: The principal exposure sources from this pathway are from ingestion of contaminated water or foods, such as milk or fresh vegetables.
I~
3 .6 Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase. 3. 7 Reentry: Emergency workers perform detailed radiation dose rate surveys and conduct environmental samplings.
 
The results will be utilized as the basis for protective actions or release to restricted or unrestricted use. Routes of exposure during this phase are external (ground deposition) and internal (inhalation of re-suspended particles).
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
3 .8 Relocation represents the inability to restore affected areas to unrestricted use. People are removed or excluded from these areas in order to avoid chronic radiation exposures in excess of established limits. Factors, on which decisions to relocate or attempt restoration will be based, include both technological and economic considerations . P-14-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
* Procedure 14 3.0 Definitions 3 .1   Monitor and Prepare is a type of precautionary action intended to advise the public within the EPZ that a serious emergency at the nuclear power plant exits and that it should monitor the situation and prepare for the possibility of evacuation, SIP, or other protective actions.
** *
Further, if an evacuation is underway, officials should ask individuals who are not involved in the evacuation to remain off the roadways to allow those who are instructed to evacuate to do so.
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 3.9 Restricted zone refers to an area of controlled access from which the population has been evacuated or relocated or within which certain activities should be avoided. 3 .10 Return Phase: Individuals are permitted to re-occupy previously restricted areas. Depending on residual exposure rates and the potential for re-suspension, precautions or limitations may be recommended.
3.2     Protective Action Guide (PAG) refers to projected dose to an individual in the general population that warrants the implementation of protective action. Specific PAGs have been recommended in terms of the level of projected dose that warrants the implementation of evacuation (or Sheltering in Place if factors such as severe weather make it a greater risk to evacuate than to Shelter in Place), respiratory protection, relocation, and limiting the use of contaminated food, water, and animal feed.
Routes of exposure during this phase are the same as during reentry. However, an additional ceiling on exposure, total dose commitment, is now being considered.
3 .3   Plume dose projections are estimates ofradiation dosage to the public from exposure to the plume, over a period of time, in the absence of initiating protective actions.
3 .11 Special populations are transportation dependent populations, special facilities and groups of individuals with physical or mental handicaps that need assistance when protective actions are implemented.
* 3.4     Plume exposure pathway: The principal exposure sources from this pathway are whole body external exposure to gamma radiation from the plume and from deposited materials, and inhalation exposure from the passing radioactive plume.
: 4. 0 References 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
3 .5   Ingestion exposure pathway: The principal exposure sources from this pathway are from ingestion of contaminated water or foods, such as milk or fresh vegetables.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
3 .6   Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase.
EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents, May, 1992. '-State of Texas, Department of State Health Services (DSHS), "Radiological Emergency Management Procedure" (Procedures 1 and 22). NUREG 0654, Criteria for Preparation and of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants, Supplement 3,
: 3. 7   Reentry: Emergency workers perform detailed radiation dose rate surveys and conduct environmental samplings. The results will be utilized as the basis for protective actions or release to restricted or unrestricted use. Routes of exposure during this phase are external (ground deposition) and internal (inhalation of re-suspended particles).
for Protective Action Recommendations for Severe Accidents Evacuation Time Estimate Report, 2012 (KLD Engineering) ( Food and Drug Administration, Guidance on "Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergencies 5 .0 Equipment Required 5.1 None. 6.0 Precautions and Limitations 6.1 This procedure is for information and may be used as a guide, if needed to assist in the decision making process. 6.2 Once a decision is made by the Emergency Management Director to implement a plume phase protective action, the public is to be notified within a timely manner, without undue delay . P-14-4 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 ! 1i I i I I I I I 
3 .8   Relocation represents the inability to restore affected areas to unrestricted use.
* *
People are removed or excluded from these areas in order to avoid chronic radiation exposures in excess of established limits. Factors, on which decisions to relocate or attempt restoration will be based, include both technological and economic considerations .
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 6.3 A failure of any component of the primary public notification system (i.e., sirens, alert radios, or Emergency Alert System (BAS) announcements) requires that the public be notified by route alerting.
* P-14-3                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
7.0 Prerequisites  
 
' 7.1 A verified (e.g., verbal or written) General Emergency has been declared by the STPEGS. 8. 0 Procedure 8.1 Upon receiving a notification from STPEGS recommending protective actions for the general public, review the recommendation and implement Attachment 1, "Plume Exposure Pathway Protective Action Worksheet." Implement a new worksheet for each protective action recommendation.
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
8.1.1 If any questions or concerns are identified during the review, contact the Emergency Director at STPEGS and obtain the necessary clarifications before implementing the protective actions. NOTE When required by the procedure to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the Emergency Operations Center (BOC), refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
**
8.1.2 To obtaill an independent verification of the appropriateness of the STPEGS recommended protective actions, 9ontact the Department of State Health Services (DSHS). 8.1.3 Attachment 2, "Explanation of Protective Action Recommendations" (review as necessary).
Procedure 14 3.9   Restricted zone refers to an area of controlled access from which the population has been evacuated or relocated or within which certain activities should be avoided.
8.2 Upon completion of plume exposure pathway protective actions for the public, arrange with the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) to evaluate the potential for contamination of agricultural products and to take necessary actions for the ingestion exposure pathway based on DSHS policy and procedures.
3 .10 Return Phase: Individuals are permitted to re-occupy previously restricted areas.
: 9. 0 At1:achments 9 .1 Attachment 1, Plume Exposure Pathway Protective Action Worksheet 9.2 Attachment 2, Explanation of Protective Action Recommendations P-14-5 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 ' I 
Depending on residual exposure rates and the potential for re-suspension, precautions or limitations may be recommended. Routes of exposure during this phase are the same as during reentry. However, an additional ceiling on exposure, total dose commitment, is now being considered.
* *
3 .11 Special populations are transportation dependent populations, special facilities and groups of individuals with physical or mental handicaps that need assistance when protective actions are implemented.
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 9.3 Attachment 3, Protective Response Zone Populations, Special Facilities, and Evacuation, Times 9.4 Attachment 4, BAS Message Input Form 9.5 Attachment 5, Protective Action Decision Making Flowchart 9.6 Attachment 6, Protective Response Zone Table P-14-6 June 1,2017 Revision 17
: 4. 0 References
* *
                                                                                                      !
* Name PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 1of5) Date ACTION TIME/LOG 1. When a recommendation is received from STPEGS or the DSHS to implement protective actions for the public, counsel with key BOC personnel to review the basis and the implementation of the protective actions. This should include: a. Ensure the Public Information Writer completes Attachment 4, ''BAS Message Input Form", if needed. b. c. Direct the Public Information Writer to initiate development of an BAS. message based on the recommendations just received . Determine if the recommended actions for the public appear to be appropriate by considering the following:
4.1   Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.         1i 4.2    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
4.3    EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for I
                                                                                                    ~
Nuclear Incidents, May, 1992.                       '-                               ~
* 4.4 4.5 State of Texas, Department of State Health Services (DSHS), "Radiological Emergency Management Procedure" (Procedures 1 and 22).
NUREG 0654, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluati~n of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants, Supplement 3, i
I I
Crit~ria for Protective Action Recommendations for Severe Accidents 4.6    Evacuation Time Estimate Report, 2012 (KLD Engineering)
(
I I
4.1    Food and Drug Administration, Guidance on "Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergencies                                               I 5.0 Equipment Required 5.1   None.
6.0 Precautions and Limitations 6.1   This procedure is for information and may be used as a guide, if needed to assist in the decision making process.
6.2   Once a decision is made by the Emergency Management Director to implement a plume phase protective action, the public is to be notified within a timely manner, without undue delay.
* P-14-4                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
* Procedure 14 6.3   A failure of any component of the primary public notification system (i.e., sirens, alert radios, or Emergency Alert System (BAS) announcements) requires that the public be notified by route alerting.
7.0 Prerequisites
                                                                                            '
7.1   A verified (e.g., verbal or written) General Emergency has been declared by the STPEGS.
: 8. 0 Procedure 8.1   Upon receiving a notification from STPEGS recommending protective actions for the general public, review the recommendation and implement Attachment 1, "Plume Exposure Pathway Protective Action Worksheet." Implement a new worksheet for each protective action recommendation.
8.1.1     If any questions or concerns are identified during the review, contact the Emergency Director at STPEGS and obtain the necessary clarifications before implementing the protective actions.
* NOTE When required by the procedure to make contacts with                         ' I individuals or agencies outside of the Emergency Operations Center (BOC), refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
8.1.2     To obtaill an independent verification of the appropriateness of the STPEGS recommended protective actions, 9ontact the Department of State Health Services (DSHS).
8.1.3     Attachment 2, "Explanation of Protective Action Recommendations" (review as necessary).
8.2   Upon completion of plume exposure pathway protective actions for the public, arrange with the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) to evaluate the potential for contamination of agricultural products and to take necessary actions for the ingestion exposure pathway based on DSHS policy and procedures.
: 9. 0 At1:achments 9 .1   Attachment 1, Plume Exposure Pathway Protective Action Worksheet 9.2   Attachment 2, Explanation of Protective Action Recommendations
* P-14-5                             June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
* Procedure 14 9.3 Attachment 3, Protective Response Zone Populations, Special Facilities, and Evacuation, Times 9.4 Attachment 4, BAS Message Input Form 9.5 Attachment 5, Protective Action Decision Making Flowchart 9.6 Attachment 6, Protective Response Zone Table
*
* P-14-6                             June 1,2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
* Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 1of5)
Name                                                    Date ACTION                                                                 TIME/LOG
: 1. When a recommendation is received from STPEGS or the DSHS to implement protective actions for the public, counsel with key BOC personnel to review the basis and the implementation of the protective actions. This should include:
: a. Ensure the Public Information Writer completes Attachment 4, ''BAS Message Input Form", if needed.
: b. Direct the Public Information Writer to initiate development of an BAS. message based on the
* recommendations just received.
: c. Determine if the recommended actions for the public appear to be appropriate by considering the following:
* Review Attachment 5 "Protective Decision Making Flow Chart".
* Review Attachment 5 "Protective Decision Making Flow Chart".
* If the emergency classification is General Emergency, then STPEGS may recommend a range of protective actions. These protective action recommendations are based on the status of the reactor core, the status of the Reactor Containment Building, and if a radiological release is in progress, the results of dose projections and/or field team measurements.
* If the emergency classification is General Emergency, then STPEGS may recommend a range of protective actions. These protective action recommendations are based on the status of the reactor core, the status of the Reactor Containment Building, and if a radiological release is in progress, the results of dose projections and/or field team measurements.
This range may include: NOTE The recommendations may be expanded by the Matagorda County Emergency Management Director based on additional information that could affect the health and safety of the public. These actions will be documented . P-14-7 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
This range may include:
* ACTION *
NOTE The recommendations may be expanded by the Matagorda County Emergency Management Director based on additional information that could affect the health and safety of the public. These actions will be
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 d. (Page 2 of5) 1. A 2-mile radius evacuation, 2. A 2-mile radius evacuation with a recommendation to evacuate downwind zones to 5 miles, 3. A 2-mile radius evacuation with a recommendation to evacuate downwind sectors beyond 10 miles. 4. If Protection Action Guides are exceeded at 10-miles, evacuate in 2-mile increments downwind until the limits are not exceeded.
* documented.
Using the current wind direction data from STPEGS and the recommended radius, review Attachment 6, "Protective Response Zone Table", to verify the correctness of the area(s) selected by STPEGS or DSHS. e. If an evacuation is being considered:
P-14-7                           June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
* Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 2 of5) i ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG        I I
i
                                                                                                '
: 1. A 2-mile radius evacuation,
: 2. A 2-mile radius evacuation with a recommendation to evacuate downwind zones to 5 miles,
: 3. A 2-mile radius evacuation with a                                 i i recommendation to evacuate downwind sectors beyond 10 miles.
: 4. If Protection Action Guides are exceeded at 10-miles, evacuate in 2-mile increments downwind until the limits are not exceeded.
: d. Using the current wind direction data from STPEGS and
* the recommended radius, review Attachment 6, "Protective Response Zone Table", to verify the correctness of the area(s) selected by STPEGS or DSHS.
: e. If an evacuation is being considered:
* Verify with the Sheriff that no major impediments exist to implementing the evacuation, such as severe weather or other impediments (i.e., flooding, car wreck, hostile activity or chemical accident) on evacuation routes.
* Verify with the Sheriff that no major impediments exist to implementing the evacuation, such as severe weather or other impediments (i.e., flooding, car wreck, hostile activity or chemical accident) on evacuation routes.
* Verify with Radiological Officer and Matagorda County Reception Center Director that a Reception Center has been or can be activated.
* Verify with Radiological Officer and Matagorda County Reception Center Director that a Reception Center has been or can be activated.
* Refer to the Table 1 of the Evacuation Time Estimate Study, 2012 (KLD Engineering) to support determining recommended Protective Decisions. (See attachment 3 of this procedure)
* Refer to the Table 1 of the Evacuation Time Estimate Study, 2012 (KLD Engineering) to support determining recommended Protective Decisions. (See attachment 3 of this procedure)
: f. Determine with the Transportation Officer if special actions should be taken for Tidehaven and Matagorda schools . P-14-8 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 17 i i I ' I i i 
: f. Determine with the Transportation Officer if special actions should be taken for Tidehaven and Matagorda schools .
* *
* P-14-8                           June 1, 2017 Revision 17
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHW AV PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 3 ofS) ACTION TIME/LOG g. Consider, in consultation with the EOC staff, the needs of special populations and the transportation dependent within the affected area. NOTE The siren and alert radio activation and BAS message to the public should occur in a timely manner, without undue delay, of the decision to take protective actions. 2. Review the draft EAS message prepared by the Public Information Writer and incorporate any changes or additions that were determined in Step 1 above. 3 . Direct the Public Information Writer with assistance from the Public Information Officer (if present in the BOC) to finalize the EAS Message. a. Review and approve the message. b. Direct the EOC Administrative Assistant to fax the BAS message to the EAS stations.
 
: c. Direct the Public Information Writer/Officer to contact the EAS stations to confirm receipt of the message. 4. After verification of sounding the sirens, direct the Sheriff or Communications Officer to activate the sirens [using the correct tone (Alert) for a STPEGS emergency]
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
and the Auto Dialer System. 5. Log the following information:
* Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAV PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 3 ofS)
: a. Shelter in Place Zones
ACTION                                                                         TIME/LOG
: c. Time sirens sounded _____________
: g.     Consider, in consultation with the EOC staff, the needs of special populations and the transportation dependent within the affected area.
_ d. BAS Message number issued ___________
NOTE The siren and alert radio activation and BAS message to the public should occur in a timely manner, without undue delay, of the decision to take protective actions.
_ P-14-9 LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 17   
: 2. Review the draft EAS message prepared by the Public Information Writer and incorporate any changes or additions that were determined in Step 1 above.
,. * *
*
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 4of5) ACTION TIME/LOG 6. e. Time BAS Message issued ____________
: 3. Direct the Public Information Writer with assistance from the Public Information Officer (if present in the BOC) to finalize the EAS Message.
_ f. STPEGS Offsite Notification Message No., which recommended the protective actions. ________ _ Direct the Emergency Management Coordinator to verify activation of the sirens, the alert radio system, the BAS including the actual announcement of the BAS message and the Auto Dialer System. a. If any portion of these systems fail to function, direct the Sheriff to initiate route alerting in the affected areas. b. If the contents of the BAS message were incorrectly read over the air, direct the Public Information Writer to contact the radio station involved and request they correct their announcement in:imediately and on subsequent re-broadcasts.
: a.     Review and approve the message.
: 7. Upon issuance of the initial protective action for the public, determine if additional precautionary protective actions should be taken for other facilities.
: b.     Direct the EOC Administrative Assistant to fax the BAS message to the EAS stations.
: a. Review Attachment 3, "Protective Response Zone Populations, Special Facilities, and Evacuation Times", to determine if schools, industries, or recreational areas should be included in the protective actions. 1) 2) 3) / Ensure Transportation Officer contacts County School Districts with recommendations.
: c.     Direct the Public Information Writer/Officer to contact the EAS stations to confirm receipt of the message.
Ensure Communications Officer contacts local jurisdictions and private entities with recreational facilities such as Bay City, Palacios, golf courses, parks, boat landings, etc. Ensure the Communications Officer contacts local industry with recommendations . P-14-10 LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 17 PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14
: 4. After verification of sounding the sirens, direct the Sheriff or Communications Officer to activate the sirens [using the correct tone (Alert) for a STPEGS emergency] and the Auto Dialer System.
* PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 5 of5) ACTION TIME/LOG b. Determine if precautionary evacuation of special populations such as pregnant women, children, disabled, and handicapped should be implemented.
: 5. Log the following information:                                         LOG
: c. Confer with the EOC staff and DSHS to evaluate the need to implement additional precautionary protective actions. d. If any special population (mobility impaired) individuals have remained inside evacuated areas, ensure the Radiological Officer arranges for potassium iodide (KI) to be provided to them. 8. If protective actions being implemented are different from the LOG
: a.     Shelter in Place Zones -------------~
* recommendations of STPEGS and the DSHS, identify reasoning behind the change. 9. If protective actions being implemented are different from the recommendations of STPEGS or the DSHS, notify the STPEGS EOC Liaison and/or the Support Organization Director and the DSHS Liaison and explain the difference.
: c.     Time sirens sounded _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 10. If any problems occur in the implementation of the protective LOG actions, list the problems.
: d.     BAS Message number issued _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
* P-14-9                           June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
  ,.
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
* Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 4of5)
ACTION                                                                         TIME/LOG
: e.     Time BAS Message issued _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: f. STPEGS Offsite Notification Message No., which recommended the protective actions._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 6. Direct the Emergency Management Coordinator to verify                   LOG activation of the sirens, the alert radio system, the BAS including the actual announcement of the BAS message and the Auto Dialer System.
: a.     If any portion of these systems fail to function, direct the Sheriff to initiate route alerting in the affected areas.
: b.     If the contents of the BAS message were incorrectly read
* 7.
over the air, direct the Public Information Writer to contact the radio station involved and request they correct their announcement in:imediately and on subsequent re-broadcasts.
Upon issuance of the initial protective action for the public, determine if additional precautionary protective actions should be taken for other facilities.
: a.     Review Attachment 3, "Protective Response Zone Populations, Special Facilities, and Evacuation Times",
to determine if schools, industries, or recreational areas should be included in the protective actions.
                                                                        /
: 1)     Ensure Transportation Officer contacts County School Districts with recommendations.
: 2)      Ensure Communications Officer contacts local jurisdictions and private entities with recreational facilities such as Bay City, Palacios, golf courses, parks, boat landings, etc.
: 3)      Ensure the Communications Officer contacts local industry with recommendations .
* P-14-10                           June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
* Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 5 of5)
ACTION                                                                       TIME/LOG
: b.     Determine if precautionary evacuation of special populations such as pregnant women, children, disabled, and handicapped should be implemented.
: c.     Confer with the EOC staff and DSHS to evaluate the need to implement additional precautionary protective actions.
: d.     If any special population (mobility impaired) individuals have remained inside evacuated areas, ensure the Radiological Officer arranges for potassium iodide (KI) to be provided to them.
: 8. If protective actions being implemented are different from the       LOG
* 9.
recommendations of STPEGS and the DSHS, identify reasoning behind the change.
If protective actions being implemented are different from the recommendations of STPEGS or the DSHS, notify the STPEGS EOC Liaison and/or the Support Organization Director and the DSHS Liaison and explain the difference.
: 10. If any problems occur in the implementation of the protective       LOG actions, list the problems.
: 11. Post on the status boards information on the protective actions recommended and the status of implementation.
: 11. Post on the status boards information on the protective actions recommended and the status of implementation.
: 12. Periodically inform the STPEGS EOC Liaison and the DSHS LOG Liaison and advise them of the progress of the protective actions being taken. 13. Protective Actions completed (time). LOG 14. Inform the STPEGS EOC Liaison and the DSHS Liaison when implementation of the protective actions have been completed .
: 12. Periodically inform the STPEGS EOC Liaison and the DSHS             LOG Liaison and advise them of the progress of the protective actions being taken.
* P-14-11 June 1, 2017 v Revision 17
: 13. Protective Actions completed (time).                                 LOG
: 14. Inform the STPEGS EOC Liaison and the DSHS Liaison when implementation of the protective actions have been completed.
* P-14-11                           June 1, 2017 Revision 17 v
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GillDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONES BEYOND 10-MILES Attachment 2 (Page 1 of2)
Name                                                    Date ACTION                                                                TIME/LOG
: 1. If the Protective Action Guides are exceeded at 10-mil, evacuate in 2-mile increments downwind until the limits are .
not exceeded.
: 2. Determine with the Command and Control team the geographical boundaries for the recommended STP Protective Action Recommendations.
: a.      Consider utilizing E911 GIS program to determine geographic boundaries. (DOUG).
*
*
* Name PROTECTIVE ACTION GillDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONES BEYOND 10-MILES Attachment 2 (Page 1 of2) Date ACTION TIME/LOG 1. If the Protective Action Guides are exceeded at 10-mil, evacuate in 2-mile increments downwind until the limits are . not exceeded.
: b.       Coordinate with the Sheriff for Route Alerting evacuation control measures and T/ACP within the extended area.
: 2. Determine with the Command and Control team the geographical boundaries for the recommended STP Protective Action Recommendations.
: c.     Coordinate with the Transportation Officer needed bus resources to support evacuation of the exceeded area.
: a. Consider utilizing E911 GIS program to determine geographic boundaries. (DOUG). b . Coordinate with the Sheriff for Route Alerting evacuation control measures and T/ACP within the extended area. c. Coordinate with the Transportation Officer needed bus resources to support evacuation of the exceeded area. d. If the exceeded area crosses a State Hwy, coordinate with DPS Pierce and the DOT to route traffic. e. Coordinate with the Public Information Officer a News Advisory to inform those residents and transients in the exceeded area. f. Inform the Reception Center Director of those individuals that might be responding to the facility for the exceeded area. 3. Provide STPEGS Emergency Operations Facility with an update of response actions taken in the exceeded area . P-14-12 June 1,2017 Revision 17
: d.     If the exceeded area crosses a State Hwy, coordinate with DPS Pierce and the DOT to re-route traffic.
* *
: e.     Coordinate with the Public Information Officer a News Advisory to inform those residents and transients in the exceeded area.
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONES BEYOND 10-MILES Attachment 2 (Page 2 of2) 4. As required, request additional resources from the Department of State Health Services to support the needs of the exceeded evacuation area and staffing resources for the Reception Center mon/decon activities.
: f.     Inform the Reception Center Director of those individuals that might be responding to the facility for the exceeded area.
: 5. As required, request through the WebEOC STAR process additional Department Public Safety law enforcement support. 6. Ensure WebEOC Emergency Action Logs and the Status Board for Traffic and Access Control Point are updated documenting the exceeded area . P-14-13 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
: 3. Provide STPEGS Emergency Operations Facility with an update of response actions taken in the exceeded area.
* *
* P-14-12                         June 1,2017 Revision 17
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 EXPLANATION OF PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 1 of3) I. Protective Actions for the Plume Exposure Pathway Two types of protective actions can be taken for the public. These are Shelter in Place and Evacuation.
 
Shelter in Place: This type of protective action is most effective in situations where an evacuation may result in the public receiving a higher dose by entering the plume during the evacuation, or when the plume is a short puff and will not result in extended or high exposures in the area where Shelter in Place is recommended.
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
This protective action rather than evacuation may also be appropriate when severe weather conditions exist; another disaster exists that is more threatening (including hostile activity along evacuation routes that could put evacuees in danger), when persons are not readily mobile, or when impediments to an evacuation may be present. When persons are sheltering in Place in an area affected by a radioactive release, special instructions should be issued to reduce the effects of the exposure.
* Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONES BEYOND 10-MILES Attachment 2 (Page 2 of2)
Persons should seek shelter in permanent, reasonably airtight structures.
: 4. As required, request additional resources from the Department of State Health Services to support the needs of the exceeded evacuation area and staffing resources for the Reception Center mon/decon activities.
Windows and doors should be closed and air conditioners which draw air in from the outside should be turned off. These actions reduce the air flow into the facility.
: 5. As required, request through the WebEOC STAR process additional Department Public Safety law enforcement support.
The use of a handkerchief or other cloth over the nose and mouth is effective in reducing the intake ofradioactive contaminates into the body. The public should be warned not to eat or drink foods that may be contaminated.
: 6. Ensure WebEOC Emergency Action Logs and the Status Board for Traffic and Access Control Point are updated documenting the exceeded area.
However, foods that are canned or kept in the refrigerator can be consumed if care is taken to avoid contact with other items that may have radioactive contamination.
*
Water taken from wells or covered water supplies can also be consumed. Anyone who may be contaminated should wash off or shower immediately and obtain clean clothing.
* P-14-13                   June 1, 2017 Revision 17
All other residents in the 10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone should be told to Monitor and Prepare. This action can be accomplished by Sheltering in Place. This is an effective way of providing additional time for persons in rural areas to take actions to prepare for an evacuation, such as ensuring all field workers have been notified, preparing animals to remain behind, securing equipment, packing clothing and supplies for an evacuation, notifying relatives of the situation, etc . P-14-14 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
* . n.
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
* Procedure 14 EXPLANATION OF PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 1 of3)
I. Protective Actions for the Plume Exposure Pathway Two types of protective actions can be taken for the public. These are Shelter in Place and Evacuation.
Shelter in Place: This type of protective action is most effective in situations where an evacuation may result in the public receiving a higher dose by entering the plume during the evacuation, or when the plume is a short puff and will not result in extended or high exposures in the area where Shelter in Place is recommended. This protective action rather than evacuation may also be appropriate when severe weather conditions exist; another disaster exists that is more threatening (including hostile activity along evacuation routes that could put evacuees in danger), when persons are not readily mobile, or when impediments to an evacuation may be present.
When persons are sheltering in Place in an area affected by a radioactive release, special instructions should be issued to reduce the effects of the exposure. Persons should seek
* shelter in permanent, reasonably airtight structures. Windows and doors should be closed and air conditioners which draw air in from the outside should be turned off.
These actions reduce the air flow into the facility.
The use of a handkerchief or other cloth over the nose and mouth is effective in reducing the intake ofradioactive contaminates into the body. The public should be warned not to eat or drink foods that may be contaminated. However, foods that are canned or kept in the refrigerator can be consumed if care is taken to avoid contact with other items that may have radioactive contamination. Water taken from wells or covered water supplies can also be consumed. Anyone who may be contaminated should wash off or shower immediately and obtain clean clothing.
All other residents in the 10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone should be told to Monitor and Prepare. This action can be accomplished by Sheltering in Place. This is an effective way of providing additional time for persons in rural areas to take actions to prepare for an evacuation, such as ensuring all field workers have been notified, preparing animals to remain behind, securing equipment, packing clothing and supplies for an evacuation, notifying relatives of the situation, etc.
* P-14-14                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
* Procedure 14 EXPLANATION OF PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 2 of3)
Persons traveling by motor vehicle should close windows, close outside vents, tum off air conditioners that cannot be placed in the recirculation setting and proceed out of the area to a Reception Center to be surveyed and decontaminated.
Shelter in :e1ace should not be continued if the radioactive plume has deposited contamination which will result in external exposures to persons Sheltering in Place or may result in internal exposures due to high airborne levels or re-suspension of contaminants. Evacuation should be conducted as soon as practical.
Evacuation: This type of protective action is most effective when conducted prior to a release of radioactive material. Evacuation is also necessary when exposure levels could approach or exceed the EPA Protective Action Guides of 1 Rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) or 5 Rem Committed Dose Equivalent (CDE) Thyroid exposure .
  .n. Protective Actions for the Ingestion Exposnre Pathway
* III.
* III.
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 EXPLANATION OF PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 2 of3) Persons traveling by motor vehicle should close windows, close outside vents, tum off air conditioners that cannot be placed in the recirculation setting and proceed out of the area to a Reception Center to be surveyed and decontaminated.
A decision to restrict movement of agricultural products from the affected area will be made by the Texas Department of Health.
Shelter in :e1ace should not be continued if the radioactive plume has deposited contamination which will result in external exposures to persons Sheltering in Place or may result in internal exposures due to high airborne levels or re-suspension of contaminants.
Role of the Department of State Health Services (DSHS)
Evacuation should be conducted as soon as practical.
The Department of State Health Services (DSHS) is responsible and has the capability to monitor for radioactive releases and contamination. This agency will provide information, technical advice, and personnel to support the County during a radiological problem. Additional guidance for accident assessment and protective actions for the public and for agricultural products has been developed by the DSHS and is available in the State of Texas "Radiological Emergency Management Procedures Manual."
Evacuation:
During the emergency phase of an accident, for the plume exposure pathway, DSHS resources will primarily be used to assure that persons within about 10 miles of the nuclear power facility receive exposures less than EPA guidelines by performing dose projections and field monitoring to determine public protective actions. Then at the first opportunity, DSHS will perform an evaluation of the ingestion exposure pathway.
This type of protective action is most effective when conducted prior to a release of radioactive material.
Appropriate preventive and emergency protective action recommendations will be developed as soon as possible. Examples include covering wells used for human or animal drinking water; covering animal feed supplies, not using vegetables from gardens in the affected area; removing animals from pasture and placing them on stored feed, and providing uncontaminated drinking water.
Evacuation is also necessary when exposure levels could approach or exceed the EPA Protective Action Guides of 1 Rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) or 5 Rem Committed Dose Equivalent (CDE) Thyroid exposure . Protective Actions for the Ingestion Exposnre Pathway A decision to restrict movement of agricultural products from the affected area will be made by the Texas Department of Health. Role of the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) The Department of State Health Services (DSHS) is responsible and has the capability to monitor for radioactive releases and contamination.
* P-14-15                               June 1, 2017 Revision 17
This agency will provide information, technical advice, and personnel to support the County during a radiological problem. Additional guidance for accident assessment and protective actions for the public and for agricultural products has been developed by the DSHS and is available in the State of Texas "Radiological Emergency Management Procedures Manual." During the emergency phase of an accident, for the plume exposure pathway, DSHS resources will primarily be used to assure that persons within about 10 miles of the nuclear power facility receive exposures less than EPA guidelines by performing dose projections and field monitoring to determine public protective actions. Then at the first opportunity, DSHS will perform an evaluation of the ingestion exposure pathway. Appropriate preventive and emergency protective action recommendations will be developed as soon as possible.
 
Examples include covering wells used for human or animal drinking water; covering animal feed supplies, not using vegetables from gardens in the affected area; removing animals from pasture and placing them on stored feed, and providing uncontaminated drinking water . P-14-15 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES
* *
* Procedure 14 EXPLANATION OF PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 3 of3)
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 EXPLANATION OF PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 3 of3) The DSHS accident assessment team will make a determination of radiological hazards within the ingestion exposure pathway. Two levels of criteria will be used to determine protective actions necessary to minimize exposure of the public to contaminated food. They are: a. Preventive Protective Action Guides, which consist of:
The DSHS accident assessment team will make a determination of radiological hazards within the ingestion exposure pathway. Two levels of criteria will be used to determine protective actions necessary to minimize exposure of the public to contaminated food.
They are:
: a.       Preventive Protective Action Guides, which consist of:
* 1.5 Rem dose commitment to the thyroid or,
* 1.5 Rem dose commitment to the thyroid or,
* 0.5 Rem dose commitment to the bone marrow or whole body for an exposed individual in the population.
* 0.5 Rem dose commitment to the bone marrow or whole body for an exposed individual in the population.
: b. Emergency Protective Action Guides, which consist of:
: b.       Emergency Protective Action Guides, which consist of:
*
* 15 Rem dose commitment to the thyroid, or
* 15 Rem dose commitment to the thyroid, or
* 5 Rem dose commitment to the bone marrow or whole body for an exposed individual in the population.
* 5 Rem dose commitment to the bone marrow or whole body for an exposed individual in the population.
Preventive ingestion pathway protective action recommendations are generally advisory in nature and may be released directly by the DSHS to appropriate federal, state, and local officials and to the public via news advisories or announcements over the emergency broadcast system. In some instances, specifically involving the introduction of food stuffs into commerce, these recommendations may be regulatory in nature. In those instances,*
Preventive ingestion pathway protective action recommendations are generally advisory in nature and may be released directly by the DSHS to appropriate federal, state, and local officials and to the public via news advisories or announcements over the emergency broadcast system. In some instances, specifically involving the introduction of food stuffs into commerce, these recommendations may be regulatory in nature. In those instances,* enforcement by the appropriate authority will be coordinated prior to release of the recommendation.
enforcement by the appropriate authority will be coordinated prior to release of the recommendation.
Emergency protective action recommendations are expected to result in some form of enforcement by appropriate regulatory authorities. Release of these recommendations may be made either by the appropriate regulatory agency, or by the DSHS's Public Information Coordination team.
Emergency protective action recommendations are expected to result in some form of enforcement by appropriate regulatory authorities.
DSHS follow-up of protective action implementation will involve monitoring public and emergency broadcast systems to ensure that recommendations have been disseminated to the affected producers, processors and consumers. Follow-up will also involve consultation with regulatory authorities to identify supplemental sampling activities necessary to ensure compliance with regulatory protective action recommendations .
Release of these recommendations may be made either by the appropriate regulatory agency, or by the DSHS's Public Information Coordination team. DSHS follow-up of protective action implementation will involve monitoring public and emergency broadcast systems to ensure that recommendations have been disseminated to the affected producers, processors and consumers.
* P-14-16                             June 1, 2017 Revision 17
Follow-up will also involve consultation with regulatory authorities to identify supplemental sampling activities necessary to ensure compliance with regulatory protective action recommendations . P-14-16 \ June 1, 2017 Revision 17
                                                                      \
* -* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE POPULATIONS, SPECIAL FACILITIES AND EVACUATION TIMES -Attachment 4 (Page 1 of3) I. EVACUATION TIME ESTIMATE (90%)
 
Time tq*Ciear  
* -
!ndiC:ated a'*Summ:Eir, Mit!day, .R:ain;(Scenario  
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14
,1n:d.Mduai PRZ Evacuatfori Entini.EPZ Eva*cuatiO'n, goth
                                                                          *
:goth' -ioath ;General Percentiie Percentile . PRZ (minutes}  
* PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE POPULATIONS, SPECIAL FACILITIES AND EVACUATION TIMES
'(minutes)  
                                                    -Attachment 4 (Page 1 of3)
'(minutes} (mhii.itesJ  
I. EVACUATION TIME ESTIMATE (90%)
];1.. 173 -:1,55: 3.30 2;G'eneralp:op.ulatibli inclu.des employees.
T~l:ilif];, Time tq*Ciear 't~e' !ndiC:ated PRZ*f~i' a'*Summ:Eir, Wee~eni;I, Mit!day, .R:ain;(Scenario
3: PRz-1 indudes the sTP:site; P-14-17 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 *
                                                                ,1n:d.Mduai PRZ Evacuatfori         Entini.EPZ Eva*cuatiO'n, goth           100~11          :goth'         -ioath
* II. III.
                                                ;General       *Pi~J'.centiie. Percentiie       Percentile     Perc~itt;iie .
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE POPULATIONS, SPECIAL FACILITIES AND EVACUATION TIMES INDUSTRIAL FACILITIES FACILITY Chemical Plant 1 Chemical Plant 2 \ El Paso Field Services, Oyster Lake Plant Port of Bay City Seahawk, Matagorda Gas Plant STPEGS USACOE Locks RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FACILITY Bay-Cel Club Carl Park FM521 Park Fisherman's Hotel Karank:awa Village Lighthouse RV Park Lyondell Park Matagorda Bay Nature Park Matagorda Harbor & RV Park Riverside Park/Rio Colorado Golf Course STP Visitor Center Attachment 4 (Page2 of3) EST. POPULATION 304 270 3 10 10 1200 12 ESTIMATED TRANSIENT POPULATION Transient (50) Transient Transient
PRZ       i>tJ~.~1at1oii2    (minutes}       '(minutes)       '(minutes}     (mhii.itesJ
                                    ];1..         173               -:1,55:         3.30             15~
2
                  ;G'eneralp:op.ulatibli inclu.des r.~sideotsYtra:nsient$.,-an.d employees.
3
: PRz-1 indudes the sTP:site; P-14-17                                                             June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14
* PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE POPULATIONS, SPECIAL FACILITIES AND EVACUATION TIMES Attachment 4 (Page2 of3)
II. INDUSTRIAL FACILITIES FACILITY                               EST. POPULATION                      ZONE Chemical Plant 1                       304                                  2 Chemical Plant 2                       270                                  3
    \ El Paso Field Services, Oyster         3                                    NIA Lake Plant Port of Bay City                       10                                    2 Seahawk, Matagorda Gas Plant           10                                    10 STPEGS                                 1200                                  1 USACOE Locks                           12                                    9 III. RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
* FACILITY Bay-Cel Club Carl Park FM521 Park ESTIMATED TRANSIENT POPULATION Transient (50)
Transient Transient ZONE 2
9 3
i.
Fisherman's Hotel                     Transient                            7 Karank:awa Village                   Transient                              3 Lighthouse RV Park                   Transient                              7 Lyondell Park                         Transient                              3 Matagorda Bay Nature Park             Transient (350: Jul, Nov)              7 Matagorda Harbor & RV Park           Transient (65)                        7 Riverside Park/Rio Colorado           Transient (200)                        3 Golf Course STP Visitor Center                   Transient                              1 IV. SCHOOLS SCHOOL                                STUDENTS/STAFF                        ZONE Matagorda School                      110                                    7 Tidehaven Junior and High            543                                    10
* School P-14-18                  June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14
* PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE POPULATIONS, SPECIAL FACILITIES AND EVACUATION TIMES Attachment 4 (Page 3 of3)
V. RECEPTION CENTERS & SHELTERS PRIMARY FACILITY MRMC Wellness and Rehabilitation 135 Medical Center Drive Bay City, TX 77414 BACK UP FACILITY Palacios High School Hornet Drive Palacios, TX 77465 A complete list of shelters are maintained on file with the Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management.
*
* P-14-19                                  June 1, 2017 Revision 17


Transient Transient Transient Transient Transient (350: Jul, Nov) Transient ( 65) Transient (200) Transient IV. SCHOOLS SCHOOL STUDENTS/STAFF 110
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14
* Matagorda School Tidehaven Junior and High School 543 P-14-18 ZONE 2 3 NIA 2 10 1 9 ZONE 2 9 3 7 3 7 3 7 7 3 1 ZONE 7 10 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 i.
* EAS M:ESSAGE INPUT FORM Attachment 5 (Page I of 1)
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE POPULATIONS, SPECIAL FACILITIES AND EVACUATION TIMES Attachment 4 (Page 3 of3) V. RECEPTION CENTERS & SHELTERS PRIMARY FACILITY *
Date/Time:
* MRMC Wellness and Rehabilitation 135 Medical Center Drive Bay City, TX 77414 BACK UP FACILITY Palacios High School Hornet Drive Palacios, TX 77465 A complete list of shelters are maintained on file with the Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management.
I. Message Number:
P-14-19 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 
: 2. Is this a drill?              Yes I No       (circle one)
* *
: 3. Is this message in addition to the last message?             Yes I No     (circle one)
* I. Message Number: 2. Is this a drill? PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 EAS M:ESSAGE INPUT FORM Attachment 5 (Page I of 1) Date/Time:
: 4. Choose one:               Alert       Site Area             General Emergency         Terminated Emergency
Yes I No (circle one) 3. Is this message in addition to the last message? Yes I No (circle one) 4. Choose one: Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency
: 5. Choose the appropriate attachment:
: 5. Choose the appropriate attachment:
Alert Advisory -Schools In Session Alert Advisory-Schools Not In Session Site Area Emergency Site Area/General Emergency  
Alert Advisory - Schools In Session
-Evacuation/Shelter in Place Shelter in Place Advisory Supplemental Information Evacuation Advisory Supplemental Information
* Alert Advisory-Schools Not In Session Site Area Emergency Site Area/General Emergency - Evacuation/Shelter in Place Shelter in Place Advisory Supplemental Information Evacuation Advisory Supplemental Information
: 6. Have there been releases of Yes I No (circle one) radiation from the plant? 7. Are schools in session? Yes I No (circle one) 8. Choose Reception Center: NIA Bay City Palacios 9. Choose Evacuation Zones: NIA I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10. Choose Shelter in Place Zones: NIA I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 P-14-20 9 9 Terminated 10 10 11 Beach 11 Beach June 1, 2017 Revision 17
: 6. Have there been releases of           Yes   I No       (circle one) radiation from the plant?
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE ACTION DECISION MAKING FLOWCHART Attachment 6
: 7. Are schools in session?               Yes   I No       (circle one)
* Yes Consider precautionary SIP zone 1 and downwind zones 2 -5 miles. Refer to Addendum 6 page 2 for SIP zones & affected downwind sectors. Direct all remaining zones to monitor and prepare. (Page 1 of 1) No Yes Yes Consider sheltering in place zone 1 and downwind zones 2 -5 miles. Refer to Addendum 6 page 2 for SIP zones & affected downwind sectors. Direct all remaining zones to monitor and prepare. Evacuate & SIP zones provided by STP OR use evacuate zone 1 and SIP downwind zones 2 -5 miles. Refer to Addendum 6 page 1 for Evacuation
: 8. Choose Reception Center:             NIA               Bay City       Palacios
& SIP zones & affected downwind sectors. Direct all remaining zones to monitor and prepare. Consider Additional PAR Expansion if recommended by STP NOTE: A rapidly progressing severe accident challenging all 3 fission product barriers with the . Emergency Director in the Control Room (Prompt General Emergency)
: 9. Choose Evacuation Zones:             NIA     I   2 3     4   5   6   7   8     9  10  11 Beach
STP will recommend:
: 10. Choose Shelter in Place Zones:       NIA     I   2 3     4   5   6   7     8   9  10  11  Beach
* Evacuate downwind zones 10 miles. Refer to addendum 6 page 1 for evacuated  
* P-14-20                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 17
& affected downwind sectors. Direct all remaining zones to monitor and prepare . SIP = Shelter In Place PAR= Protective Action Recommendation P-14-21 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
* *
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE TABLE Attachment 7 (Page 1 of2) AFFECTED ZONES: Determine Shelter in Place (SIP) protective response zones and affected downwind sectors. EVACUATE DOWNWIND ZONES 2 WIND MILES; SIP DIRECTION AFFECTED DOWNWIND DOWNWIND ZONES 2 FROM IS SECTORS -SMILES BETWEEN EVACUATE SIP ZONE ZONE(S) 355° to 5° H,J,K. 1 None 6° to 16° H,J,K,L 1 None 17°to 28° J,K,L 1 None 29° to 39° J,K,L,M 1 4 40° to so* K,L,M 1 4 51°to 61° K,L,M,N 1 4,5 62° to 73° L,M,N 1 4,5 74° to 84° L,M,N,P 1 4,5 85° to 95° M,N,P 1 4,5 96° to 106° M,N,P,Q 1 4,5 107° to 118° N,P,Q 1 5 119° to 129° N,P,Q,R 1 5 130° to 140° P,Q,R 1 5 141° to 151° P,Q,R,A 1 2,5 152° to Q,R,A 1 2,5 164° to 174° Q,R,A,B 1 2,5 175° to 185° R,A,B 1 2 186° to 196° R,A,B,C 1 2 197° to 208° A,B,C 1 2 209° to 219° A,B,C,D 1 2 220° to 230° B,C,D 1 2 231° to 241° B,C,D,E 1 2,3 242° to 253° C,D,E 1 2,3 254° to 264° C,D,E,F 1 2,3 265° to 275° D,E,F 1 2,3 276° to 286° D,E,F,G 1 2,3 287° to 298° E,F,G 1 3 299° to 309° E,F,G,H 1 3 310° to 320° F,G,H 1 3 321° to 331° F,G,H,J 1 3 332° to 343° G,H,J 1 None 344° to 354° G,H,J,K 1 None EVACUATE DOWNWIND ZONES 5 , MILES; SIP DOWNWIND ZONES 5 -lOMILES EVACUATE SIP ZONE(S) ZONE(S) 1,4 8,9 1,4 8,9 1,4 8,9 1,4 8,9 1,4 8,9 1,4,5 8,9,10 1,4,5 9,10 1,4,5 9,10 1,4,5 9,10 1,4,5 9,10,11 1,5 9;10,11 1,5 9,10,11 1,5 10,11 1,2,5 10,11 1,2,5 10,11 1,2,5 6,10,11 1,2 6,11 1,2 6,11 1,2 6,11 1,2 6,11 1,2 6 1,2,3 6,7 1,2,3 6,7 1,2,3 6,7 1,2,3 6,7 1,2,3. 6,7 1,3 7 1,3 7,8 1,3 7,8 1,3 7,8 1 8 1,4 8,9 P-14-22 EVACUATE DOWNWIND ZONES 10 MILES EVACUATE ZONE(S) 1,4,8,9 1,4,8,9 1,4,8,9 1,4,8,9 1,4,8,9 1,4,5,8,9,10 1,4,5,9,10 1,4,5,9,10 1,4,5,9,10 1,4,5,9,10,11 1,5,9,10,11 1,5,9,10,11 1,5,10,11 1,2,5,10,11 1,2,5,10,11 1,2,5,6,10,11 1,2,6,11 1,2,6,11 1,2,6,11 1,2,6,11 1,2,6 1,2,3,6,7 1,2,3,6,7 1,2,3,6,7 1,2,3,6,7 1,2,3,6,7 1,3,7 1,3,7,8 1,3,7,8 1,3,7,8 1,8 1,4,8,9 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 
* PROTECTIVE ACTION DECISION MAKING FLOWCHART Attachment 6 (Page 1 of 1)
* *
No Yes Evacuate & SIP zones
* PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE TABLE Attachment 7 (Page 2 of2) AFFECTED ZONES: Determine Shelter in Place (SIP) protective response zones and affected downwind sectors. WIND DIRECTION AFFECTED DOWNWIND FROM IS BETWEEN SECTORS 355° to 5° H,J,K 6° to 16° H,J,K,L 17° to 28° J,K,L 29° to 39° J,K,L,M 40° to 50° K,L,M 51°to61° K,L,M,N 62° to 73° L,M,N 74° to 84° L,M,N,P 85° to 95° M,N,P 96° to 106° M,N,P,Q 107° to 118° N,P,Q 119° to 129° N,P,Q,R 130° to 140° P,Q,R 141° to 151° P,Q,R,A 152° to 163° Q,R,A 164° to 174° Q,R,A,B 175° to 185° R,A,B 186° to 196° R,A,B,C 197° to 208° A,B,C 209° to 219° A,B,C,D 220° to 230° B,C,D 231° to 241° B,C,D,E 242° to 253° C,D,E 254° to 264° C,D,E,F 265° to 275° D,E,F 276° to 286° D,E,F,G 287° to 298° E,F,G 299° to 309° E,F,G,H 310° to 320° F,G,H 321° to 331° F,G,H,J 332° to 343° G,H,J 344° to 354° G,H,J,K SIP DOWNWIND ZONES SMILES 1,4 1,4 1,4 1,4 1,4 1,4,5 1,4,5 1,4,5 1,4,5 1,4,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,2,5 1,2,5 1,2,5 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1 1,4 P-14-23 SIP DOWNWIND ZONES lOMILES 1,4,8,9 1,4,8,9 1,4,8,9 1,4,8,9 1,4,8,9 1,4,5,8,9,10 1,4,5,9,10
* Yes provided by STP OR use evacuate zone 1 and SIP downwind zones 2 - 5 miles. Refer to Addendum 6 page 1 for Evacuation &
' 1,4,5,9,10 1,4,5,9,10 1,4,5,9,10,11 1,5,9,10,11
SIP zones & affected downwind sectors. Direct Consider precautionary SIP                                                              all remaining zones to zone 1 and downwind zones                                                                monitor and prepare.
2 - 5 miles. Refer to Addendum 6 page 2 for SIP                                           Yes zones & affected downwind sectors. Direct all remaining                           Consider sheltering in place zones to monitor and                                     zone 1 and downwind zones 2 -
prepare.                                                5 miles. Refer to Addendum 6       Consider Additional page 2 for SIP zones & affected   PAR Expansion if downwind sectors. Direct all       recommended by STP remaining zones to monitor and prepare.
NOTE: A rapidly progressing severe accident challenging all 3 fission product barriers with the
    . Emergency Director in the Control Room (Prompt General Emergency) STP will recommend:
Evacuate downwind zones 10 miles. Refer to addendum 6 page 1 for evacuated & affected downwind sectors. Direct all remaining zones to monitor and prepare.
* SIP = Shelter In Place PAR= Protective Action Recommendation P-14-21                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14
* PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE TABLE Attachment 7 (Page 1 of2)
AFFECTED ZONES: Determine Shelter in Place (SIP) protective response zones and affected downwind sectors.
EVACUATE                EVACUATE DOWNWIND ZONES 2       DOWNWIND ZONES 5 WIND                                              , MILES; SIP      EVACUATE DOWNWIND AFFECTED        MILES; SIP DIRECTION                                                                   ZONES 10 MILES DOWNWIND   DOWNWIND ZONES 2       DOWNWIND ZONES 5 FROM IS                           -SMILES               -lOMILES SECTORS BETWEEN EVACUATE       SIP     EVACUATE        SIP        EVACUATE ZONE      ZONE(S)    ZONE(S)    ZONE(S)          ZONE(S) 355° to 5°       H,J,K.       1         None         1,4          8,9            1,4,8,9 6° to 16°     H,J,K,L       1         None         1,4          8,9            1,4,8,9 17°to 28°       J,K,L       1         None         1,4          8,9            1,4,8,9 29° to 39°     J,K,L,M       1           4         1,4          8,9            1,4,8,9 40° to so*     K,L,M         1          4          1,4         8,9            1,4,8,9 51°to 61°     K,L,M,N       1         4,5       1,4,5      8,9,10        1,4,5,8,9,10
* 62° to 73°     L,M,N         1          4,5        1,4,5        9,10          1,4,5,9,10 74° to 84°     L,M,N,P       1         4,5       1,4,5        9,10          1,4,5,9,10 85° to 95°     M,N,P         1          4,5        1,4,5        9,10          1,4,5,9,10 96° to 106°     M,N,P,Q       1          4,5        1,4,5      9,10,11      1,4,5,9,10,11 107° to 118°     N,P,Q         1          5          1,5      9;10,11        1,5,9,10,11 119° to 129°     N,P,Q,R       1          5          1,5      9,10,11        1,5,9,10,11 130° to 140°       P,Q,R       1          5          1,5        10,11          1,5,10,11 141° to 151°     P,Q,R,A       1          2,5        1,2,5      10,11        1,2,5,10,11 152° to   163~    Q,R,A        1          2,5        1,2,5      10,11        1,2,5,10,11 164° to 174°     Q,R,A,B        1         2,5        1,2,5      6,10,11      1,2,5,6,10,11 175° to 185°     R,A,B        1           2         1,2        6,11          1,2,6,11 186° to 196°     R,A,B,C        1           2         1,2        6,11          1,2,6,11 197° to 208°       A,B,C        1          2          1,2        6,11          1,2,6,11 209° to 219°     A,B,C,D        1          2          1,2        6,11          1,2,6,11 220° to 230°     B,C,D        1          2          1,2          6              1,2,6 231° to 241°     B,C,D,E        1         2,3        1,2,3        6,7          1,2,3,6,7 242° to 253°      C,D,E        1         2,3        1,2,3        6,7          1,2,3,6,7 254° to 264°    C,D,E,F        1          2,3        1,2,3        6,7          1,2,3,6,7 265° to 275°       D,E,F        1         2,3        1,2,3        6,7          1,2,3,6,7 276° to 286°    D,E,F,G        1         2,3        1,2,3.        6,7          1,2,3,6,7 287° to 298°      E,F,G        1           3         1,3           7             1,3,7 299° to 309°    E,F,G,H        1           3         1,3         7,8           1,3,7,8
* 310° to 320°      F,G,H        1          3          1,3          7,8           1,3,7,8 321° to 331°      F,G,H,J      1           3          1,3          7,8           1,3,7,8 332° to 343°      G,H,J        1        None          1            8              1,8 344° to 354°      G,H,J,K      1        None        1,4         8,9           1,4,8,9 P-14-22                                    June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14
* PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE TABLE Attachment 7 (Page 2 of2)
AFFECTED ZONES: Determine Shelter in Place (SIP) protective response zones and affected downwind sectors.
WIND DIRECTION  AFFECTED DOWNWIND        SIP DOWNWIND ZONES      SIP DOWNWIND ZONES FROM IS BETWEEN      SECTORS                    SMILES                  lOMILES 355° to 5°        H,J,K                      1,4                      1,4,8,9 6° to 16°      H,J,K,L                    1,4                      1,4,8,9 17° to 28°        J,K,L                    1,4                      1,4,8,9 29° to 39°        J,K,L,M                    1,4                      1,4,8,9 40° to 50°        K,L,M                      1,4                      1,4,8,9 51°to61°        K,L,M,N                    1,4,5                  1,4,5,8,9,10 62° to 73°        L,M,N                    1,4,5                    1,4,5,9,10      '
74° to 84°       L,M,N,P                    1,4,5                    1,4,5,9,10 85° to 95°       M,N,P                    1,4,5                    1,4,5,9,10 96° to 106°       M,N,P,Q                    1,4,5                  1,4,5,9,10,11
* 107° to 118° 119° to 129° 130° to 140° 141° to 151° 152° to 163° N,P,Q N,P,Q,R P,Q,R P,Q,R,A Q,R,A 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,2,5 1,2,5 1,5,9,10,11 1,5,9,10,11 1,5,10,11 1,2,5,10,11 1,2,5,10,11 164° to 174°       Q,R,A,B                   1,2,5                  1,2,5,6,10,11 175° to 185°       R,A,B                     1,2                      1,2,6,11 186° to 196°       R,A,B,C                     1,2                      1,2,6,11 197° to 208°       A,B,C                     1,2                      1,2,6,11 209° to 219°       A,B,C,D                     1,2                      1,2,6,11 220° to 230°       B,C,D                     1,2                        1,2,6 231° to 241°       B,C,D,E                   1,2,3                    1,2,3,6,7 242° to 253°       C,D,E                     1,2,3                    1,2,3,6,7 254° to 264°       C,D,E,F                   1,2,3                    1,2,3,6,7 265° to 275°       D,E,F                     1,2,3                    1,2,3,6,7 276° to 286°       D,E,F,G                   1,2,3                    1,2,3,6,7 287° to 298°         E,F,G                     1,3                        1,3,7 299° to 309°       E,F,G,H                    1,3                      1,3,7,8 310° to 320°        F,G,H                      1,3                      1,3,7,8
* 321° to 331° 332° to 343° 344° to 354° F,G,H,J G,H,J G,H,J,K P-14-23 1,3 1
1,4 1,3,7,8 1,8 1,4,8,9 June 1, 2017 Revision 17
 
..
4-Y-C 11
* STI 34474854 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCH;ER
                                                                                                  \
Procedure 20 Table of Contents 1.0    Purpose ......................................................................................................................... P-20-2 2.0    Discussion .................................................................................................................... P-20-2 3.0    References .................................................................................................................... P-20-3 4.0    Equipment Required .................................................................................................... P-20-3 5.0    Precautions and Limitations ......................................................................................... P-20-3 6.0    Prerequisites ........................._........................................................................................ P-20-4
* 7.0 8.0 Procedure ..................................................................................................................... P-20-4 Attachments ................................................................................................................. P-20-4 Attachment 1 - Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist .................................................. P-20-5 Attachment 2 - Immediate Public Notification Checklist ........................................ P-20-16 Attachment 3 - Site Area: Emergency EAS Message ................................................ P-20-18 Attachment 4- General Emergency/Protective Actions Notification ....................... P-20-19 Attachment 5 - False Siren Activation Chec~st ...................................................... P-20-20 Attachment 6 -Acronyins List .................................................................................. P-20-21 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
(C)                    '
    ~-~.~
Sheriff
* P-20~1                                                              June I, 2017 Revision9
 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 1.0 Purpose 1.1    This procedure specifies the action8 to be completed by the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher in the event of a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
NOTH IMPORTANT - If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, contact the Sheriff, Emergency Management Director or their designees immediately after completing the notification form.
1.2    This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.
* 2.0 Discussion 2.1    The Sheriffs Office Dispatcher is responsible for receiving notification of emergencies at STPEGS and for communications with field Law Enforcement personnel.
2.2    The Sheriffs Office Dispatcher shall verify, if necessary, notifications of declared emergencies from the STPEGS.
2.3    In the event Matagorda County Dispatch office receives an Accelerated Phone Call based on a Hostile Action Based event, the Emergency Management Director should consider activating the Emergency Operations Center.
2.4    For each classification of the emergency, the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher shall initiate notification of the Matagorda County Emergency Response Organization personnel as specified in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List.
2.5    The Sheriffs Office Dispatcher implements the false siren activation instructions, if a spurious activation is reported.
2.6    Responsibilities for the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher include, but are not limited to the following:
2.6.1      Verifying the declared emergency.
* 2.6.2      Notifying key Emergency Response personnel.
P-20-2                                    June 1, 2017 Revision9
 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 2.6.3    Maintaining a log of available key officials.
2.6.4    Sounding the sirens upon request from the Sheriff, Communications Officer, or Emergency Management Director or Coordinator.
2.6.5    Sounding the sirens and initiating the Emergency Alert System in the case of a fast-breaking event when the Emergency Management Director is unavailable and the senior Sheriffs Department official present (i.e., the Detention/Patrol Sergeant) approves.
2.6.6    Maintaining communications with field Law Enforcement personnel.
: 2. 6. 7  Interfacing with the Communications Officer concerning the status and dispatch of units to traffic and access control points.
2.6.8    Assisting and coordinating with the Communications Officer as may be required .
* 3.0 References 3.1 3 .2 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
3 .3  Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.'
I 3.4    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
I  I I
3 .5  Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List.                                          I
                                                                                                    !
i 4.0 Equipment Required                                                                            '1
                                                                                                      '
4.1    None.
5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1    None .
* P-20-3                                      June 1, 2017 Revision9
 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 6.0  Prerequisites 6.1    An emergency has been declared at STPEGS or member of the public has reported a false siren activation.
7.0  Procedure 7.1    When notified of an emergency at the STPEGS, implement Section I of I'
Attachment 1, Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist. Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position responsibilities.                                    '
                                                                                                  ~
7.2    For emergencies oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with          i
                                                                                                  !
Section VI. Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist, of Attachment 1.
7 .3  When notified of a false STPEGS siren activation, implement the actions of Attachment 5, False Siren Activation Checklist.
                                                                                                  ' i
: 8. 0 Attachments 8.1    Attachment 1, Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist
* 8.2 8.3 8.4 Attachment 2, Immediate Public Notification Checldist Attachment 3, Site Area Emergency BAS Message Attachment 4, General Emergency/Protective Actions Notification 8.5    Attachment 5, False Siren Activation Checklist 8.6    Attachment 6, Acronyms List
* P-20-4                                June 1, 2017 Revision9 I
I l
 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1of11)
Name                                                          Date ACTION                                                                                TIME/LOG I. NOTIFICATION OF AN EMERGENCY AT STPEGS NOTE IMPORTANT - If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS,                  ~  !
contact the Emergency Management Director, Sheriff, or their designees immediately after completing the notification form.
: 1.      If notified of an emergency or of a change in emergency                      LOG classification at the STPEGS, obtain an 'Offsite Agency Notification Message Form' from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher's Position
* Manual and record the information given by STPEGS, then sign, date and record the time on the bottom of the form in Item 12. Based on the emergency classification level provided by STPEGS, skip to the appropriate section of this checklist as follows:
NIA
: a.      For a Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call, or                !
i an Unusual Event go to Section II                                        I
: b.      For an Alert go to Section III                                      NIA I ,
: c.      For a Site Area Emergency go to Section N                                I
: d.      For a General Emergency go to Section V                                  I
: 2.        If supplemental information is being provided by STPEGS, obtain a
                  'Supplemental Notification Form' from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher's Position Manual and record the information provided,                I then sign the form in Item 17.
: 3.        Forward all STPEGS message forms to the Emergency Management Director at the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) when it is activated.
NOTE If the EOC is not activated, i.e., if the emergency does not escalate beyond a Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call or an Unusual Event, retain
* the message forms for the Emergency Management Director.
P-20-5                                  June 1, 2017 Revision9 l
 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2of11)
ACTION                                                                              TIME/LOG II. NON-DECLARED EMERGENCY, ACCELERATED PHONE CALL OR UNUSUAL EVENT NOTE For a non-declared emergency or an Accelerated Phone Call, the Offsite Notification Form will not be filled out; therefore the Sheriff's Office will only be contacted verbally via the Orange Ring Down phone. Following this call, immediately contact the Emergency Management Director, Sheriff, or designee listed under the Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call, or an Unusual Event section in the Matagorda County Call-List.
*
: 1. If the Accelerated Phone Call is a Hostile Action Based event, and the Emergency Management Director activates the BOC, use the Alert or higher call out list.
: 2. If notification of the emergency is received by any means other than          LOG the orange ring-down telephone, then verify the emergency by one of the following methods.
: a.          Contact the Control Room at STPEGS directly via the orange ring down phone, satellite telephone, or by telephone using the phone number provided in the Emergency Communications Directory.
NOTE The orange ring-down telephone is a dedicated line and is not intended for routine communications. To contact STPEGS directly via the dedicated line, lift the receiver, press 1, a'.nd wait for an answer. Identify yourself and ask for the Emergency Director or Shift Manager.
: b.          Telephone the DPS, Pierce office. If during daylight hours, ask for the Communications Supervisor. Ask if notification
* from, or regarding STPEGS has been verified; I
P-20-6                                    June 1, 2017 Revision9  I l
 
                                                        '
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3of11)
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG
: c.        Radio DPS, Pierce on Intercity frequency. Ask the DPS, Pierce operator to contact the Communications Supervisor and have the Supervisor contact you via telephone. Provide your telephone number. When the Supervisor returns your call, verify the STPEGS emergency; or
: d.        Teletype via TLETS the DPS, Pierce office. In the message, ask the Communications Supervisor to advise you whether they have verified any information regarding an emergency at STPEGS. Allow ten (10) minutes maximum for reply.
: e.        Satellite Telephone A backup communications pathway to communicate
* emergency information with the STPEGS and DPS Pierce.
: 3. Call for assistance with dispatching duties.                              NIA
: 4. If the Accelerated Phone Call is a Hostile Action Based event, and the Emergency Management Director activates the EOC, use the Alert or higher call out list.
: 5. Upon notification that the Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call, or Unusual Event has been terminated, notify all personnel previously contacted and advise them of the termination.
* P-20-7                                  June 1, 2017 Revision9
 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4of11)
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG ill. ALERT
: 1. If notification of the Alert was not received over the orange ring-down telephone then verify the call by one of the methods described in Section II, Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call or Unusual Event, Step 1.
: 2. Call for assistance with dispatching duties.                              NIA
: 3. Notify key personnel listed for call out at Alert in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List of the Alert. Advise those designated to report at Alert to proceed to the BOC.
: 4. Advise all mobile units of the declared emergency and direct them
* 5.
to standby for further information.
Notify field personnel of emergency situation.
NOTE In the event notifications to some officials cannot be achieved by radio or telephone, dispatch units to the officials presumed locations. If local resources are insufficient for this task, request support from DPS, Pierce.
: 6. Contact all persons on the Alert Call List that are not reporting to the BOC of the emergency. Direct them to standby should additional support be needed. Maintain a log of the whereabouts of these personnel.
NOTE Upon activation of the MCEOC and the STP Liaison position staffed, transfer STP calls to this position (979-318-7218) .
* P-20-8                                June 1, 2017 Revision9 l


1,5,9,10,11 1,5,10,11 1,2,5,10,11 1,2,5,10,11 1,2,5,6,10,11 1,2,6,11 1,2,6,11 1,2,6,11 1,2,6,11 1,2,6 1,2,3,6,7 1,2,3,6,7 1,2,3,6,7 1,2,3,6,7 1,2,3,6,7 1,3,7 1,3,7,8 1,3,7,8 1,3,7,8 1,8 1,4,8,9 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
.. * *
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 ofl 1)
* 4-Y-C 11 STI 34474854 Z1808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCH;ER
ACTION                                                                     TIME/LOG
\ Procedure 20 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose .........................................................................................................................
: 7. Take Rumor Control messages for the Public Information Officer       NIA (PIO) using a Rumor Control Information Form from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher's Position Manual.
P-20-2 2.0 Discussion
: 8. Upon notification that the Alert has been terminated.
....................................................................................................................
: a.     Notify personnel previously contacted and advise them of the termination.
P-20-2 3.0 References
: b.     Notify the on duty Sheriffs Office supervisor (i.e.,
....................................................................................................................
Detention/Patrol Sergeant) of event termination.
P-20-3 4.0 Equipment Required ....................................................................................................
: c.     Advise all mobile units of the Alert termination.
P-20-3 5.0 Precautions and Limitations
* 9. If the emergency classification escalates prior to the BOC being staffed, proceed with the appropriate section of the checklist. If the BOC has been activated, allow the BOC staff to assume responsibility for the orange ring-down telephone notifications and for notifying individuals on the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List.
.........................................................................................
NIA
P-20-3 6.0 Prerequisites
* P-20-9                               June 1, 2017 Revision9 I l
.........................
 
_ ........................................................................................
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
P-20-4 7.0 Procedure
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of11)
.....................................................................................................................
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG IV. SITE AREA EMERGENCY
P-20-4 8.0 Attachments
.................................................................................................................
P-20-4 Attachment 1 -Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist
..................................................
P-20-5 Attachment 2 -Immediate Public Notification Checklist
........................................
P-20-16 Attachment 3 -Site Area: Emergency EAS Message ................................................
P-20-18 Attachment 4-General Emergency/Protective Actions Notification
.......................
P-20-19 Attachment 5 -False Siren Activation
......................................................
P-20-20 Attachment 6 -Acronyins List ..................................................................................
P-20-21 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED: (C) '
Sheriff June I, 2017 Revision9 
* *
* SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 1.0 Purpose 2.0 1.1 This procedure specifies the action8 to be completed by the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher in the event of a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
NOTH IMPORTANT
-If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, contact the Sheriff, Emergency Management Director or their designees immediately after completing the notification form. 1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.
Discussion 2.1 The Sheriffs Office Dispatcher is responsible for receiving notification of emergencies at STPEGS and for communications with field Law Enforcement personnel.
2.2 The Sheriffs Office Dispatcher shall verify, if necessary, notifications of declared emergencies from the STPEGS. 2.3 In the event Matagorda County Dispatch office receives an Accelerated Phone Call based on a Hostile Action Based event, the Emergency Management Director should consider activating the Emergency Operations Center. 2.4 For each classification of the emergency, the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher shall initiate notification of the Matagorda County Emergency Response Organization personnel as specified in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List. 2.5 The Sheriffs Office Dispatcher implements the false siren activation instructions, if a spurious activation is reported.
2.6 Responsibilities for the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher include, but are not limited to the following:
2.6.1 Verifying the declared emergency . 2.6.2 Notifying key Emergency Response personnel.
P-20-2 June 1, 2017 Revision9 
* *
* 3.0 4.0 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 2.6.3 Maintaining a log of available key officials.
2.6.4 Sounding the sirens upon request from the Sheriff, Communications Officer, or Emergency Management Director or Coordinator.
2.6.5 Sounding the sirens and initiating the Emergency Alert System in the case of a fast-breaking event when the Emergency Management Director is unavailable and the senior Sheriffs Department official present (i.e., the Detention/Patrol Sergeant) approves.
2.6.6 Maintaining communications with field Law Enforcement personnel.
: 2. 6. 7 Interfacing with the Communications Officer concerning the status and dispatch of units to traffic and access control points. 2.6.8 Assisting and coordinating with the Communications Officer as may be required . References 3.1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
3 .2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
3 .3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.' 3.4 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' 3 .5 Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List. Equipment Required 4.1 None. 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None . P-20-3 June 1, 2017 Revision9 I I I I I ! i '1 ' 
* *
* SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 An emergency has been declared at STPEGS or member of the public has reported a false siren activation.
7.0 Procedure 7.1 7.2 When notified of an emergency at the STPEGS, implement Section I of Attachment 1, Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist.
Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position responsibilities.
For emergencies oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section VI. Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist, of Attachment
: 1. 7 .3 When notified of a false STPEGS siren activation, implement the actions of Attachment 5, False Siren Activation Checklist.
: 8. 0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, Immediate Public Notification Checldist 8.3 Attachment 3, Site Area Emergency BAS Message 8.4 Attachment 4, General Emergency/Protective Actions Notification 8.5 Attachment 5, False Siren Activation Checklist 8.6 Attachment 6, Acronyms List P-20-4 June 1, 2017 Revision9
' ' I i ! ' i I I l 
* *
* SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1of11) Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. NOTIFICATION OF AN EMERGENCY AT STPEGS NOTE IMPORTANT
-If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, contact the Emergency Management Director, Sheriff, or their designees immediately after completing the notification form. 1. 2. If notified of an emergency or of a change in emergency classification at the STPEGS, obtain an 'Offsite Agency Notification Message Form' from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher's Position Manual and record the information given by STPEGS, then sign, date and record the time on the bottom of the form in Item 12. Based on the emergency classification level provided by STPEGS, skip to the appropriate section of this checklist as follows: a. For a Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call, or an Unusual Event go to Section II b. For an Alert go to Section III c. For a Site Area Emergency go to Section N d. For a General Emergency go to Section V If supplemental information is being provided by STPEGS, obtain a 'Supplemental Notification Form' from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher's Position Manual and record the information provided, then sign the form in Item 17. 3. Forward all STPEGS message forms to the Emergency Management Director at the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) when it is activated.
NOTE If the EOC is not activated, i.e., if the emergency does not escalate beyond a Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call or an Unusual Event, retain the message forms for the Emergency Management Director . LOG NIA NIA P-20-5 June 1, 2017 Revision9 ! ! i I I , I I I l 
* *
* SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2of11) ACTION TIME/LOG II. NON-DECLARED EMERGENCY, ACCELERATED PHONE CALL OR UNUSUAL EVENT NOTE For a non-declared emergency or an Accelerated Phone Call, the Offsite Notification Form will not be filled out; therefore the Sheriff's Office will only be contacted verbally via the Orange Ring Down phone. Following this call, immediately contact the Emergency Management Director, Sheriff, or designee listed under the Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call, or an Unusual Event section in the Matagorda County Call-List.
: 1. If the Accelerated Phone Call is a Hostile Action Based event, and the Emergency Management Director activates the BOC, use the Alert or higher call out list. 2. If notification of the emergency is received by any means other than LOG the orange ring-down telephone, then verify the emergency by one of the following methods. a. Contact the Control Room at STPEGS directly via the orange ring down phone, satellite telephone, or by telephone using the phone number provided in the Emergency Communications Directory.
: b. NOTE The orange ring-down telephone is a dedicated line and is not intended for routine communications.
To contact STPEGS directly via the dedicated line, lift the receiver, press 1, a'.nd wait for an answer. Identify yourself and ask for the Emergency Director or Shift Manager. Telephone the DPS, Pierce office. If during daylight hours, ask for the Communications Supervisor.
Ask if notification from, or regarding STPEGS has been verified; P-20-6 June 1, 2017 Revision9 I I l 
* *
* ACTION 3. c. d. ' SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3of11) Radio DPS, Pierce on Intercity frequency.
Ask the DPS, Pierce operator to contact the Communications Supervisor and have the Supervisor contact you via telephone.
Provide your telephone number. When the Supervisor returns your call, verify the STPEGS emergency; or Teletype via TLETS the DPS, Pierce office. In the message, ask the Communications Supervisor to advise you whether they have verified any information regarding an emergency at STPEGS. Allow ten (10) minutes maximum for reply. e. Satellite Telephone A backup communications pathway to communicate emergency information with the STPEGS and DPS Pierce . Call for assistance with dispatching duties. 4. If the Accelerated Phone Call is a Hostile Action Based event, and the Emergency Management Director activates the EOC, use the Alert or higher call out list. 5. Upon notification that the Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call, or Unusual Event has been terminated, notify all personnel previously contacted and advise them of the termination . P-20-7 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision9 
* *
* ACTION SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4of11) ill. ALERT 1. If notification of the Alert was not received over the orange down telephone then verify the call by one of the methods described in Section II, Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call or Unusual Event, Step 1. 2. Call for assistance with dispatching duties. 3. Notify key personnel listed for call out at Alert in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List of the Alert. Advise those designated to report at Alert to proceed to the BOC. 4. Advise all mobile units of the declared emergency and direct them to standby for further information . 5. Notify field personnel of emergency situation.
NOTE In the event notifications to some officials cannot be achieved by radio or telephone, dispatch units to the officials presumed locations.
If local resources are insufficient for this task, request support from DPS, Pierce. 6. Contact all persons on the Alert Call List that are not reporting to the BOC of the emergency.
Direct them to standby should additional support be needed. Maintain a log of the whereabouts of these personnel.
NOTE Upon activation of the MCEOC and the STP Liaison position staffed, transfer STP calls to this position (979-318-7218) . P-20-8 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision9 l 
* *
* ACTION 7. SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 ofl 1) Take Rumor Control messages for the Public Information Officer (PIO) using a Rumor Control Information Form from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher's Position Manual. 8. Upon notification that the Alert has been terminated.
: 9. a. Notify personnel previously contacted and advise them of the termination.
: b. Notify the on duty Sheriffs Office supervisor (i.e., Detention/Patrol Sergeant) of event termination.
: c. Advise all mobile units of the Alert termination.
If the emergency classification escalates prior to the BOC being staffed, proceed with the appropriate section of the checklist.
If the BOC has been activated, allow the BOC staff to assume responsibility for the orange ring-down telephone notifications and for notifying individuals on the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List. P-20-9 TIME/LOG NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision9 I l
* *
* ACTION SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of11) IV. SITE AREA EMERGENCY
: 1. If notification of the Site Area Emergency was not received over the orange ring-down telephone, then verify the call by one of the methods described in Section II, Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call or Unusual Event, Step 1, if the EOC has not been activated.
: 1. If notification of the Site Area Emergency was not received over the orange ring-down telephone, then verify the call by one of the methods described in Section II, Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call or Unusual Event, Step 1, if the EOC has not been activated.
: 2. Notify an Emergency Management Director in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List within ten (10) minutes of the Site Area Emergency notification.
: 2. Notify an Emergency Management Director in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List within ten (10) minutes of the Site Area Emergency notification.
: 3. If an Emergency Management Director cannot be contacted within ten (10) minutes following a confirmed notification from the STPEGS that a Site Area Emergency exists, immediately implement Attachment 2, Immediate Public Notification Checklist, and complete Section I and Attachment 3, Site Area Emergency EAS Message. Immediate Activation of the Public Alert/Notification System within the next five ( 5) minutes. 4. Call for assistance with dispatching duties. 5. Notify key personnel listed for call out at Site Area Emergency in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List. Advise them to report to the EOC. 6. Notify on-duty Sheriff's Office supervisor (i.e., Detention/Patrol Sergeant) to receive instructions for information to be given to field personnel.
: 3. If an Emergency Management Director cannot be contacted within ten
*
(10) minutes following a confirmed notification from the STPEGS that a Site Area Emergency exists, immediately implement Attachment 2, Immediate Public Notification Checklist, and complete Section I and Attachment 3, Site Area Emergency EAS Message.
Immediate Activation of the Public Alert/Notification System within the next five (5) minutes.
: 4. Call for assistance with dispatching duties.                             LOG
: 5. Notify key personnel listed for call out at Site Area Emergency in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List. Advise them to report to the EOC.
: 6. Notify on-duty Sheriff's Office supervisor (i.e., Detention/Patrol Sergeant) to receive instructions for information to be given to field personnel.
: 7. Notify field personnel of emergency situation.
: 7. Notify field personnel of emergency situation.
: 8. Contact all persons on the Site Area/General Emergency Call List that are not reporting to the EOC, and inform them of the emergency.
: 8. Contact all persons on the Site Area/General Emergency Call List that are not reporting to the EOC, and inform them of the emergency.
Direct them to standby should additional support be needed. Maintain a log of the whereabouts of these personnel.
Direct them to standby should additional support be needed.
P-20-10 TIME/LOG LOG June 1,2017 Revision9  
Maintain a log of the whereabouts of these personnel.
-----_____ ___!
* P-20-10                                 June 1,2017 Revision9
                                                                                                - - - -- _____ ___!
 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 11)
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG
: 9. Interface with the Communications Officer concerning the status of    LOG dispatch of units to Traffic and Access Control Points to support an STPEGS evacuation. Log lcications.
: 10. When the Public Information Officer notifies you that the Joint Information Center (JIC) has been activated, refer all Rumor Control telephone calls to the Public Inquiry telephone number listed in the Emergency Communications Directory under Joint Information Center, Public Inquiry.
NOTE Calls concerning rumors and long term information are routed to the Joint Information Center (JIC), e.g., potable water, milk,
* crops, etc. Calls concerning emergency operations should be routed to the EOC, e.g., search and rescue, traffic and access control. evacuations etc.
: 11. Keep the Communications Officer, Sheriff or Emergency                  NIA Management Coordinator abreast of all pertinent communications received from the field.
: 12. When requested by the Sheriff or Emergency Management                  LOG Coordinator, dispatch personnel to Reception Centers/Congregate Care Facilities for traffic control and security. Assistance may be derived from local police departments and reserve deputies, as well as other law enforcement officers available locally.
: 13. When time permits, review the Siren System Operations Guide attachment to Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
: 14. When time permits, review the attachment to override the lead*
Emergency Alert System Station in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
: 15. Upon notification that the Site Area Emergency has been terminated, confer with the Communications Officer. Advise
* mobile units of the termination.
P-20-11                              June 1, 2017 Revision9
 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 11) ACTION TIME/LOG 9. Interface with the Communications Officer concerning the status of LOG dispatch of units to Traffic and Access Control Points to support an STPEGS evacuation.
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8of11)
Log lcications.
ACTION                                                                   TIME/LOG
: 10. When the Public Information Officer notifies you that the Joint Information Center (JIC) has been activated, refer all Rumor Control telephone calls to the Public Inquiry telephone number listed in the Emergency Communications Directory under Joint Information Center, Public Inquiry. NOTE Calls concerning rumors and long term information are routed to the Joint Information Center (JIC), e.g., potable water, milk, crops, etc. Calls concerning emergency operations should be
: 16. If the emergency classification escalates prior to the BOC being   NIA staffed, perform all steps in Section V, General Emergency; otherwise, perform steps 6through12 in Section V .
* routed to the EOC, e.g., search and rescue, traffic and access control. evacuations etc. 11. Keep the Communications Officer, Sheriff or Emergency NIA Management Coordinator abreast of all pertinent communications received from the field. 12. When requested by the Sheriff or Emergency Management LOG Coordinator, dispatch personnel to Reception Centers/Congregate Care Facilities for traffic control and security.
*
Assistance may be derived from local police departments and reserve deputies, as well as other law enforcement officers available locally. 13. When time permits, review the Siren System Operations Guide attachment to Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' 14. When time permits, review the attachment to override the lead* Emergency Alert System Station in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' 15. Upon notification that the Site Area Emergency has been terminated, confer with the Communications Officer. Advise
* P-20-12                           June 1, 2017 Revision9
* mobile units of the termination . P-20-11 June 1, 2017 Revision9 
 
* *
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* ACTION SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8of11) TIME/LOG 16. If the emergency classification escalates prior to the BOC being NIA staffed, perform all steps in Section V, General Emergency; otherwise, perform steps 6through12 in Section V . P-20-12 June 1, 2017 Revision9
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9of11)
* *
ACTION                                                                        T'EILOG V. GENERAL EMERGENCY
* ACTION SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9of11) V. GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 1. If notification o_f the General Emergency was not received over the orange ring-down telephone then verify the call by one of the methods described in Section II, Non-Declared Emergency or Unusual Event, Step 1, if the EOC has not been activated.
: 1. If notification o_f the General Emergency was not received over the orange ring-down telephone then verify the call by one of the methods described in Section II, Non-Declared Emergency or Unusual Event, Step 1, if the EOC has not been activated.
: 2. Notify an Emergency Management Director in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List within ten (10) minutes of the General Emergency notification.
: 2. Notify an Emergency Management Director in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List within ten (10) minutes of the General Emergency notification.
: 3. If an Emergency Management Director can not be contacted within ten (10) minutes following a confirmed notification from the STPEGS that a General Emergency exists, immediately implement Attachment 2, Immediate Public Notification Checklist, and complete Section I. Immediate Activation of the Public Alert/Notification System within the next five (5) minutes. 4. Call for assistance with dispatching duties. 5. Contact the remainder of the personnel listed for call out at General Emergency in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List, if not previously notified.
: 3. If an Emergency Management Director can not be contacted within ten (10) minutes following a confirmed notification from the
* STPEGS that a General Emergency exists, immediately implement Attachment 2, Immediate Public Notification Checklist, and complete Section I. Immediate Activation of the Public Alert/Notification System within the next five (5) minutes.
: 4. Call for assistance with dispatching duties.
: 5. Contact the remainder of the personnel listed for call out at General   NIA Emergency in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List, if not previously notified.
: 6. Complete activities in Section N, Site Area Emergency, steps 4 through 11, if not already completed.
: 6. Complete activities in Section N, Site Area Emergency, steps 4 through 11, if not already completed.
: 7. Advise all mobile units of the following:
: 7. Advise all mobile units of the following:
: a. STPEGS has issued a General Emergency.
: a.       STPEGS has issued a General Emergency.
: b. Evacuation of some or selected segments of the public may be necessary.
: b.       Evacuation of some or selected segments of the public may be necessary.
: c. All units should standby for further information . P-20-13 TŽEILOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision9
: c.       All units should standby for further information.
* *
* P-20-13                               June 1, 2017 Revision9
* ACTION 8. 9. SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10 of 11) Assign mobile units to provide information to the public at various locations, as designated by the Sheriff or Communications Officer, and to begin implementation of the attachment on Route Alert Warning messages in Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'
 
Advise mobile units to use either Shelter in Place or Evacuation message. If evacuation is recommended, request field teams to note location and name of residents who opt not to evacuate, if possible.
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
Log this information and report it to the Sheriff. 10. Upon direction from the Sheriff or Communications Officer, activate the siren system in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' 11. 12. I Keep the Sheriff or Communications Officer updated concerning the status of Traffic and Access Control Points. Keep the Sheriff or Communications Officer informed of all pertinent information received from the field. a. Relay to the Sheriff or Communications Officer information such as name and location of persons opting not to evacuate, if evacuation is recommended.
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10 of 11)
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG
: 8. Assign mobile units to provide information to the public at         LOG various locations, as designated by the Sheriff or Communications Officer, and to begin implementation of the attachment on Route Alert Warning messages in Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.' Advise mobile units to use either Shelter in Place or Evacuation message.
: 9. If evacuation is recommended, request field teams to note location   LOG and name of residents who opt not to evacuate, if possible. Log this information and report it to the Sheriff.
: 10. Upon direction from the Sheriff or Communications Officer, activate the siren system in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
I
*
: 11. Keep the Sheriff or Communications Officer updated concerning       NIA the status of Traffic and Access Control Points.
: 12. Keep the Sheriff or Communications Officer informed of all           NIA pertinent information received from the field.
: a.     Relay to the Sheriff or Communications Officer information such as name and location of persons opting not to evacuate, if evacuation is recommended.
: 13. Upon notification that the General Emergency has been terminated, obtain atiy special instructions for Law Enforcement from the Communications Officer. Advise these personnel of the termination and any special instructions.
: 13. Upon notification that the General Emergency has been terminated, obtain atiy special instructions for Law Enforcement from the Communications Officer. Advise these personnel of the termination and any special instructions.
NOTE Do not release Traffic and Access Control Points unless specifically directed to do so. Restricted zones may be required to be maintained during the recovery efforts following a General Emergency . P-20-14 TIME/LOG LOG LOG NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision9
NOTE Do not release Traffic and Access Control Points unless specifically directed to do so. Restricted zones may be required to be maintained during the recovery efforts following a General Emergency.
* *
* P-20-14                           June 1, 2017 Revision9
* ACTION SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11 of 11) VI. SHIFT TURNOVER 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
 
: a. Review completed checklist
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
: b. Review log entries c. Review current status of Sheriff's Office personnel
* Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11 of 11)
: 2. Inform the Communications Officer of transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement. 3 . Document names, date, and time of turnover.
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG VI. SHIFT TURNOVER
P-20-15 TIME/LOG LOG June 1, 2017 Revision9 1 ! i 
: 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
* *
: a.     Review completed checklist
* ACTION SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 IMMEDIATE PUBLIC NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 1 of2) TIME/LOG I. IMMEDIATE ACTIVATION OF THE PUBLIC ALERT/NOTIFICATION SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. NOTE The Steps in this section of Attachment 2 must be completed within five (5) minutes. Prepare for these actions while trying to reach an Emergency Management Director.
: b.     Review log entries
Contact the on-shift Sheriffs Office supervisor (i.e., the Detention/Patrol Sergeant) and obtain approval to continue this attachment.
: c.     Review current status of Sheriff's Office personnel
Supervisor's Signature Activate all sirens in the STPEGS siren system in accordance with Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of The Public Warning System.' Contact Emergency Alert Sources at the National Weather Service and radio station KKHA 92.5 FM and inform those STPEGS has declared a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, the sirens have been activated, notification of the public is required through EAS, and to standby for a fax of the BAS message.
: 2. Inform the Communications Officer of transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
: 3. Document names, date, and time of turnover.                         LOG
* 1 !
i
* P-20-15                             June 1, 2017 Revision9
 
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* Procedure 20 IMMEDIATE PUBLIC NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 1 of2)
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG I. IMMEDIATE ACTIVATION OF THE PUBLIC ALERT/NOTIFICATION SYSTEM NOTE The Steps in this section of Attachment 2 must be completed within five (5) minutes. Prepare for these actions while trying to reach an Emergency Management Director.
: 1. Contact the on-shift Sheriffs Office supervisor (i.e., the Detention/Patrol Sergeant) and obtain approval to continue this attachment.
* 2.
Supervisor's Signature Activate all sirens in the STPEGS siren system in accordance with Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23,
            'Activation of The Public Warning System.'
: 3. Contact Emergency Alert Sources at the National Weather Service and radio station KKHA 92.5 FM and inform those STPEGS has declared a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, the sirens have been activated, notification of the public is required through EAS, and to standby for a fax of the BAS message.
* National Weather Service 1-800-846-1828 (Emergency Line)
* National Weather Service 1-800-846-1828 (Emergency Line)
* KKHA Radio Station 979-323-7771 4. Fax Attachment 3, Site Area Emergency or Attachment 4, General .Emergency/Protective Action & Notification, of this procedure to the Emergency Alert Station(s) using the Dispatcher's preprogrammed facsimile machine or the facsimile located in the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) . P-20-16 June 1, 2017 Revision9
* KKHA Radio Station 979-323-7771
* *
: 4. Fax Attachment 3, Site Area Emergency or Attachment 4, General
* ACTION SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 IMMEDIATE PUBLIC NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 2 of2) II. FOLLOW-UP ACTIONS 1. 2. Complete activities in Section V, General Emergency, steps 4 through 12. Until an Emergency Management Director is reached or until directed otherwise, continue to try to notify, by any means available, an Emergency Management Director as listed in the Emergency Communications Directory . P-20-17 TIME/LOG NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision9
            .Emergency/Protective Action & Notification, of this procedure to the Emergency Alert Station(s) using the Dispatcher's preprogrammed facsimile machine or the facsimile located in the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) .
* *
* P-20-16                             June 1, 2017 Revision9
* TffiS IS A DRILL SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 SITE AREA EMERGENCY Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1) EMERGENCY ALERT SYSTEM MESSAGE Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center -----THISISNOTADRILL
 
__ NOTICE __ _ DATE ___ _ TIME ___ _ Matagorda County Officials have received notification that a SITE AREA EMERGENCY has been declared at the South Texas Project nuclear power plant. This means events are in progress or have occurred involving failures of plant safety equipment that may be needed for the protection of the public. If you know of any neighbors, co-workers, or family with hearing, language problems, or special needs, plea.Se inform them of this message. All persons within a ten mile radius of the plant should review the current emergency preparedness information in the Matagorda County/STP Emergency hlformation pamphlet, or the emergency information posted at public facilities . / Again, a SITE AREA EMERGENCY has been declared at the South Texas Project nuclear power plant. The Emergency Management Director urges everyone to stay tuned to your NOAA Weather Radio or KKHA FM 92.5 for further information. -End-P-20-18 June 1, 2017 Revision9  
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
\ i i ' i I I i I I ! I I l 
* Procedure 20 IMMEDIATE PUBLIC NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 2 of2)
* *
ACTION                                                              TIME/LOG II. FOLLOW-UP ACTIONS
* SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 GENERAL EMERGENCY/PROTECTIVE ACTIONS NOTIFICATION Attachment 4 (Page 1 of 1) EMERGENCY ALERT SYSTEM MESSAGE Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center THIS IS A DRILL ___ _ THISISNOTADRILL
: 1. Complete activities in Section V, General Emergency, steps 4   NIA through 12.
__ NOTICE __ _ DATE __ _ TIME ___ _ Attention Matagorda County residents and visitors in the area, The South Texas Project Electric Generating Station has declared a General Emergency.
: 2. Until an Emergency Management Director is reached or until     NIA directed otherwise, continue to try to notify, by any means available, an Emergency Management Director as listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.
Transients and visitors are recommended to evacuate a two mile area around the plant. An evacuation zone map can be found in the curren.t Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet or posted in public facilities.
*
The area to be evacuated includes an area generally north and northeast of the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station and FM 521, running in an arc around the northern portion of the Station. If referring to your evacuation zone map, it is zone 1 that should be evacuated.
* P-20-17                         June 1, 2017 Revision9
Law enforcement officers are being dispatched to block off the evacuated zone. Stay tuned to NOAA Weather Radio or K.KHA 92.5 FM radio stations for further announcements.
 
Again, the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station has declared a General Emergency.
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
Transients and visitors are recommended to evacuate a two mile area of the plant. The area to be evacuated an area generally north and northeast of the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station and FM 521, running in an arc around the northern portion of the Station. Ifreferring to your evacuation zone map, it is zone 1 that should be evacuated.
* Procedure 20 SITE AREA EMERGENCY Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1)
Law enforcement officers are being dispatched to block off the evacuated zone. Stay tuned to NOAA Weather Radio or KKHA 92.5 FM radio stations for further announcements. -End-P-20-19 June 1, 2017 Revision9
EMERGENCY ALERT SYSTEM MESSAGE Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center TffiS IS A DRILL - - - - -                                                     NOTICE _ __
* ACTION 1.
THISISNOTADRILL _ _                                                           DATE _ _ __
* 2. 3.
TIME _ _ __
* L __ Name SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER Procedure 20 FALSE SIREN ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 5 (Page 1of1) Date Record the name and phone number of the individual reporting the false siren activation as well as the location of the siren. NOTE If the sirens have been activated by the Sheriffs Office, inform the caller it is not a false activation and give the reason for the activation (i.e., fire, tornado, hurricane, or an STPEGS emergency).
Matagorda County Officials have received notification that a SITE AREA EMERGENCY has been declared at the South Texas Project nuclear power plant. This means events are in progress or have occurred involving failures of plant safety equipment that may be needed for the protection of the public.
If the EAS is being used, inform the caller to tum to the NOAA Weather Radio or KKHA for further information.
If you know of any neighbors, co-workers, or family with hearing, language problems, or special needs, plea.Se inform them of this message. All persons within a ten mile radius of the plant           i i '
Notify the STPEGS Control Room at 361-972-8614 or 361-972-7953 of the false siren activation and ask them to:
i
* a. Notify the on-call telecommunications technician to  
* should review the current emergency preparedness information in the Matagorda County/STP I
*immediately remedy the problem, and b. Have the technician call you at 979-241-3205 as soon as information is available regarding the siren. Respond to the person who reported the incident as to how it has been handled . P-20-20 TIME/LOG LOG LOG LOG June 1, 2017 Revision9 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
Emergency hlformation pamphlet, or the emergency information posted at public facilities .             I
* Procedure 20 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 6 (Page 1 of 1) Acronym A:QJ2lies To ACP Access Control Point DHS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director EOC Emergency Operations Center EOF Emergency Operations Facility EPA Environmental Protection Agency EPD Electronic Personal Dosimeter
                          /
* EPZ Emergency Planning Zone FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD Independent School District ITC Joint Information Center Kl Potassium Iodide NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS National Weather Service ORO Offsite Response Organization PAD Protective Action Decision PAG Protective Action Guide PAR Protective Action Recommendation PIO Public Information Officer soc State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP Traffic Control Point TLD Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
i Again, a SITE AREA EMERGENCY has been declared at the South Texas Project nuclear power plant. The Emergency Management Director urges everyone to stay tuned to your NOAA I! I I
* P-20-21 June 1, 2017 Revision9
Weather Radio or KKHA FM 92.5 for further information.                                                 I
* *
                                                -End-
* Change Number 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 20 Emergency Operations Center Sheriff's Office Dispatcher (Procedure 20, Rev 9) Reference Change Number Global Removing:
                                                                                                      \
KMK.S Pg. 20-8, Last Added: Last Note box on page. Note Box Upon activation of the MCEOC and the STP Liaison position staffed, transfer STP calls to this position (979-318-7218).
* P-20-18                                   June 1, 2017 l
P-20-16, Replaced:
Revision9
979-244-5542 Attachment 2, With: 979-323-7771 I.3. P-20-18, Replaced:
 
Yellow Book Publishing Attachment 3 telephone book With: Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet P-20-19 Replaced:
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
Yellow Book Publishing Attachment 4 telephone book With: Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet Attachment 6 Removed: ARC American Red Cross \='-
* Procedure 20 GENERAL EMERGENCY/PROTECTIVE ACTIONS NOTIFICATION Attachment 4 (Page 1 of 1)
21.. Reason No longer primary or back up EAS Station To capture a required action. To denote correct telephone number In the future all required public information will not be supplied in the YP One telephone book; but in a Matagorda County/STP pamphlet which will be mailed out to households in the 10-miles EPZ . In the future all required public information will not be supplied in the YP One telephone book; but in a Matagorda County/STP pamphlet which will be mailed out to households in the 10-miles EPZ. No reference to ARC in body of procedure
EMERGENCY ALERT SYSTEM MESSAGE Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center THIS IS A DRILL _ _ __                                                         NOTICE _ __
\I 'LCJ\I 0-1 e... \.:>\ °\ R:\EMERGENCY
THISISNOTADRILL _ _                                                           DATE _ __
_ RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans  
TIME _ _ __
& Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex Proo 20 -Sheriffs Office Dispatoher\AN-W-P20 R09-Changes.doc
Attention Matagorda County residents and visitors in the area, The South Texas Project Electric Generating Station has declared a General Emergency. Transients and visitors are recommended to evacuate a two mile area around the plant. An evacuation zone map can be found in the curren.t Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet or posted in public facilities.
* *
The area to be evacuated includes an area generally north and northeast of the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station and FM 521, running in an arc around the
* STI 34474872 Z1808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................
* northern portion of the Station. If referring to your evacuation zone map, it is zone 1 that should be evacuated. Law enforcement officers are being dispatched to block off the evacuated zone.
P-21-2 2.0 Discussion  
Stay tuned to NOAA Weather Radio or K.KHA 92.5 FM radio stations for further announcements.
.........................................................................................................................
Again, the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station has declared a General Emergency. Transients and visitors are recommended to evacuate a two mile area of the plant. The area to be evacuated ~ncludes an area generally north and northeast of the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station and FM 521, running in an arc around the northern portion of the Station. Ifreferring to your evacuation zone map, it is zone 1 that should be evacuated. Law enforcement officers are being dispatched to block off the evacuated zone.
P-21-2 3.0 References  
Stay tuned to NOAA Weather Radio or KKHA 92.5 FM radio stations for further announcements.
.........................................................................................................................
                                                -End-
P-21-3 4.0 Equipment Required .........................................................................................................
* P-20-19                                     June 1, 2017 Revision9
P-21-4 5.0 Precautions and Limitations  
 
..............................................................................................
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
P-21-4 6.0 Prerequisites  
* Procedure 20 FALSE SIREN ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 5 (Page 1of1)
......................................................................................................................
Name                                                              Date ACTION                                                                            TIME/LOG
P-21-4 7.0 Procedure  
: 1. Record the name and phone number of the individual reporting the           LOG false siren activation as well as the location of the siren.
..........................................................................................................................
NOTE If the sirens have been activated by the Sheriffs Office, inform the caller it is not a false activation and give the reason for the activation (i.e., fire, tornado, hurricane, or an STPEGS emergency). If the EAS is being used, inform
P-21-4 8.0 Attachments  
* the caller to tum to the NOAA Weather Radio or KKHA for further information.
......................................................................................................................
: 2. Notify the STPEGS Control Room at 361-972-8614 or                         LOG 361-972-7953 of the false siren activation and ask them to:
P-21-4 Attachment 1 -Communications Officer Checklist  
* a.       Notify the on-call telecommunications technician to
..........................................................
                        *immediately remedy the problem, and
P-21-5 Attachment 2-Siren Map ..............................................................................................
: b.       Have the technician call you at 979-241-3205 as soon as information is available regarding the siren.
P-21-16 Attachment 3 -Industrial Recreational and Special Facilities Map ...............................
: 3. Respond to the person who reported the incident as to how it has           LOG been handled.
P-21-17 Attachment 4-Acronyrns List .......................................................................................
* P-20-20                                 June 1, 2017 Revision9 L __
P-21-18 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED: Officer County Judge Sheriff P-21-1 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
 
* *
SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER
* 1.0 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 Purpose 1.1 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Communications Officer in the Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center (EOC) in the event of a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
* Procedure 20 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 6 (Page 1 of 1)
1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios, and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Communications Officer. 2.0 Discussion 2.1 The Communications Officer is the direct link between the EOC operations and the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.
Acronym             A:QJ2lies To ACP     Access Control Point DHS     Department of Homeland Security DPS     Department of Public Safety DRD     Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS     Department of State Health Services EAS     Emergency Alert System EMC     Emergency Management Coordinator EMD     Emergency Management Director EOC     Emergency Operations Center EOF     Emergency Operations Facility EPA     Environmental Protection Agency
2.2 2.3 Once the EOC is activated, the Communications Officer shall verify notifications of declared emergencies from the STPEGS not received on the orange ringdown telephone . Responsibilities for the Communications Officer include, but are not limited to the following:
* EPD     Electronic Personal Dosimeter EPZ     Emergency Planning Zone FEMA     Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD     Independent School District ITC     Joint Information Center Kl       Potassium Iodide NRC     Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS     National Weather Service ORO     Offsite Response Organization PAD     Protective Action Decision PAG     Protective Action Guide PAR     Protective Action Recommendation PIO     Public Information Officer soc     State Operations Center STPEGS   South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM     Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP     Traffic Control Point TLD     Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
2.3.l Assisting in EOC setup. 2.3 .2 Verifying the upgraded classification of a declared emergency.
* P-20-21                           June 1, 2017 Revision9
2.3 .3 Requesting the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher to sound the sirens when requested by the Emergency Management Director or designee.
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 20 Emergency Operations Center Sheriff's Office Dispatcher (Procedure 20, Rev 9)
2.3 .4 Activating the auto dialer when the sirens are activated, and as directed by the Sheriff, Emergency Management Director or Emergency Management Coordinator.
Change        Reference                         Change                               Reason Number           Number
2.3.5 Requesting additional communications personnel, ifrequired.
: 1.        Global               Removing: KMK.S                       No longer primary or back up EAS Station
2.3 .6 Establishing communications with appropriate officials, organizations, field teams, and other emergency personnel.
: 2.        Pg. 20-8, Last       Added: Last Note box on page.         To capture a required action.
2.3.7 Keeping the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher informed of the Reception Center activation, location and available routes to the Center . P-21-2 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
Note Box             Upon activation of the MCEOC and the STP Liaison position staffed, transfer STP calls to this position (979-318-7218).
* *
: 3.        P-20-16,             Replaced: 979-244-5542               To denote correct telephone number Attachment 2,       With: 979-323-7771 I.3.
* L 2.3.8 2.3.9 2.3.10 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 Maintaining a log of activities.
: 4.        P-20-18,             Replaced: Yellow Book Publishing     In the future all required public Attachment 3         telephone book                       information will not be supplied in the With: Matagorda County/STP           YP One telephone book; but in a Emergency Information pamphlet       Matagorda County/STP pamphlet which will be mailed out to
Interfacing and coordinating with the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher, the Transportation Officer and the Public fuformation Officer regarding Traffic and Access Control Points. Contacting industrial, recreational and special facilities listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.
* 5.        P-20-19 Attachment 4 Replaced: Yellow Book Publishing telephone book With: Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet households in the 10-miles EPZ .
2.4 Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency.
In the future all required public information will not be supplied in the YP One telephone book; but in a Matagorda County/STP pamphlet which will be mailed out to households in the 10-miles EPZ.
2.5 Return refers to reoccupation of areas cleared for unrestricted residence or use by previously evacuated or relocated populations.
: 6.        Attachment 6        Removed: ARC American Red            No reference to ARC in body of Cross                                procedure
3.0 References 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
* J~-U.... \I 'LCJ\I
                                              \='- 'Z..D~ 21..                                  0-1 e... \.:>\~~n °\
l R:\EMERGENCY_ RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proo 20 - Sheriffs Office Dispatoher\AN-W-P20 R09-Changes.doc
* STI 34474872 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 Table of Contents 1.0   Purpose .............................................................................................................................. P-21-2 2.0   Discussion ......................................................................................................................... P-21-2 3.0   References ......................................................................................................................... P-21-3 4.0     Equipment Required ......................................................................................................... P-21-4 5.0     Precautions and Limitations .............................................................................................. P-21-4 6.0   Prerequisites ...................................................................................................................... P-21-4 7.0   Procedure .......................................................................................................................... P-21-4
* 8.0   Attachments ...................................................................................................................... P-21-4 Attachment 1 - Communications Officer Checklist.......................................................... P-21-5 Attachment 2- Siren Map .............................................................................................. P-21-16 Attachment 3 - Industrial Recreational and Special Facilities Map ............................... P-21-17 Attachment 4-Acronyrns List ....................................................................................... P-21-18 Effective Date:   June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
  ~~
Officer Sheriff
* County Judge P-21-1                                                   June 1, 2017 l
Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* 1.0 Purpose Procedure 21 1.1   This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Communications Officer in the Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center (EOC) in the event of a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
1.2   This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios, and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Communications Officer.
2.0 Discussion 2.1   The Communications Officer is the direct link between the EOC operations and the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.
2.2   Once the EOC is activated, the Communications Officer shall verify notifications of declared emergencies from the STPEGS not received on the orange ringdown
* telephone .
2.3    Responsibilities for the Communications Officer include, but are not limited to the following:
2.3.l       Assisting in EOC setup.
2.3 .2     Verifying the upgraded classification of a declared emergency.
2.3 .3     Requesting the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher to sound the sirens when requested by the Emergency Management Director or designee.
2.3 .4     Activating the auto dialer when the sirens are activated, and as directed by the Sheriff, Emergency Management Director or Emergency Management Coordinator.
2.3.5       Requesting additional communications personnel, ifrequired.
2.3 .6     Establishing communications with appropriate officials, organizations, field teams, and other emergency personnel.
2.3.7       Keeping the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher informed of the Reception Center activation, location and available routes to the
* Center.
P-21-2                             June 1, 2017 Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* 2.3.8 2.3.9 Procedure 21 Maintaining a log of activities.
Interfacing and coordinating with the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher, the Transportation Officer and the Public fuformation Officer regarding Traffic and Access Control Points.
2.3.10    Contacting industrial, recreational and special facilities listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.
2.4   Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency.
2.5   Return refers to reoccupation of areas cleared for unrestricted residence or use by previously evacuated or relocated populations.
3.0 References
* 3.1 3.2 3.3 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 14, 'Protective Action Guides.' Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 20, 'Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.'
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 14, 'Protective Action Guides.'
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.' Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List. FEMA REP-14, Radiological Emergency Preparedness Exercise Manual. P-21-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
3.4    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 20, 'Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.'
* *
3.5    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.'
* COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 4.0 Equipment Required 4.1 Radio to communicate with dispatch and field teams, 4.2 Siren Map, 4.3 Industrial, Recreational, and Special Facilities Map, and 4.4 Industrial, Recreational, and Special Facilities Call List 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None. 6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 An emergency has been declared by STPEGS and notification received from Matagorda County to mobilize.
3.6    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
7.0 Procedure 7.1 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at the STPEGS by the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher, report to the BOC and implement Attachment 1, Communications Officer Checklist.
3.7    Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List.
Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position responsibilities.
3.8    FEMA REP-14, Radiological Emergency Preparedness Exercise Manual.
* P-21-3                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* 4.0 Equipment Required Procedure 21 4.1   Radio to communicate with dispatch and field teams, 4.2   Siren Map, 4.3   Industrial, Recreational, and Special Facilities Map, and 4.4   Industrial, Recreational, and Special Facilities Call List 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1   None.
6.0 Prerequisites 6.1   An emergency has been declared by STPEGS and notification received from Matagorda County to mobilize.
7.0 Procedure
* 7.1   When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at the STPEGS by the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher, report to the BOC and implement Attachment 1, Communications Officer Checklist. Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position responsibilities.
NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the EOC, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the EOC, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, Communications Officer Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, Siren Map 8.3 Attachment 3, Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Map 8.4 Attachment 4, Acronyms List P-21-4 June 1, 2017 Revision IO
8.0 Attachments 8.1   Attachment 1, Communications Officer Checklist 8.2   Attachment 2, Siren Map 8.3   Attachment 3, Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Map 8.4   Attachment 4, Acronyms List
* *
* P-21-4                         June 1, 2017 Revision IO
* L__ ______ _ Name ACTION COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 11) Date I. ALERT 1. Sign in at the EOC Security Post and receive a badge. 2. Report to the Sheriff or designee for a briefing on the stattis of the emergency.
 
: 3. Assist in set up of the EOC. 4. Gather materials:
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
: a. Map (See Attachments 2 and 3 Siren Map and Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Map), b. Checklist, c. Position Manual, d. Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Call List e. Hand held radio (Sheriff department frequency).
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 11)
: 5. Initiate Emergency Action Log a. Track telephone calls, key information obtained, actions taken, and any other information needed to document response actions taken. b. Maintain the log until termination of the emergency . P-21-5 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
Name                                                            Date ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG I. ALERT
* *
: 1. Sign in at the EOC Security Post and receive a badge.
* ACTION 6. COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 11) Take over responsibility of call out of the Matagorda County Emergency Response Organization from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher as soon as possible.
: 2. Report to the Sheriff or designee for a briefing on the stattis of the emergency.
NOTE If the orange ringdown line is inoperable or becomes inoperable, ensure Sheriffs Dispatcher re-directs calls, related to the emergency, to the EOC. 7. Contact industrial, recreational and special facilities listed in the Emergency Communications Directory . 8. 9. Once the STP EOC Liaison reports to the EOC, notify Dispatch they will no longer be required to answer the orange ring down line. Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
: 3. Assist in set up of the EOC.
P-21-6 TIME/LOG NIA Junel,2017 Revision 10
: 4. Gather materials:
* *
* a.
* ACTION COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 11) II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY.
b.
: 1. 2. 3 . Complete activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed.
c.
At the direction of the Sheriff, contact mobile units and I or alternates to report to the EOC, then: a. Report to the Radiological Officer for issuance of emergency worker supplies and a briefing on radiological exposure limits, and b. Report to the Sheriff for assignment and briefing on the emergency mission. When directed by the Sheriff or Emergency Management Director, ensure activation of: a. Siren System in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System' via Sheriff's Office Dispatcher.
Map (See Attachments 2 and 3 Siren Map and Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Map),
: b. Auto dialer in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' P-21-7 TIME/LOG NIA LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
Checklist, Position Manual,
* *
: d.       Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Call List
* ACTION 4. 5. COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 11) Whenever an Emergency Alert System (EAS) message is approved by the Emergency Management Director for release to the public, contact the facilities listed on the Industrial Recreational and Special Facility Call List. Keep the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher informed of the Reception Center activations, locations, and routes the public should ta1ce during evacuation.
: e.       Hand held radio (Sheriff department frequency).
: 6. Inform state and local law enforcement field teams of Reception Center activations, location, and routes the public should ta1ce during evacuation. 7 . 8. Upon direction of the Sheriff, assign mobile units to establish control points or to begin route alerting in accordance with Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.' Establish periodic communications with the following:
: 5. Initiate Emergency Action Log
: a. Appropriate County and State officials as instructed by the Sheriff, b. County field teams, c. Response organizations, volunteer and charity, if instructed by the Sheriff, and d. Facilities, as identified, on the Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Call List. P-21-8 TIME/LOG LOG LOG LOG Junel,2017 Revision 10
: a.       Track telephone calls, key information obtained, actions taken, and any other information needed to document response actions taken.
* ACTION 9.
: b.       Maintain the log until termination of the emergency.
* 10.
* P-21-5                             June 1, 2017 Revision 10 L________ _
* COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5of11) If directed by the Sheriff, notify DPS, Pierce for any equipment or personnel which may be needed that is not available locally. Advise DPS, Pierce of types and quantities of support which may be needed. Inform them this request will be made via Form 213. a. Identify yourself, b. Describe types of resources needed and how they will be utilized (law enforcement, fire fighter, vehicles, etc.), c. Quantity needed (four two-man units, two helicopters, etc.), d . e. How long they will be needed, Where support personnel are to go and to whom they are to report, and f. Request estimated time of arrival. NOTE The Sheriff will complete the first notification to DPS Pierce, then delegate follow-up notifications and resource requests, as appropriate.
 
At the direction of the Sheriff, notify Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas of the change in classification, and the possible need to support an evacuation . P-21-9 TIME/LOG LOG LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* ACTION 11. 12.
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 11)
* 13. 14.
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG
* COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of11) Contact the U.S. Coast Guard, advise them of the emergency situation and if directed, request Coast Guard assistance to control access on the intercoastal wateiway.
: 6. Take over responsibility of call out of the Matagorda County Emergency Response Organization from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher as soon as possible.
: a. Freeport Coast Guard Station b. Port O'Connor Coast Guard Station c. Corpus Christi Coast Guard Station d. Galveston Coast Guard Station Upon direction from the Sheriff, contact industrial, recreational and special facilities listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.
NOTE If the orange ringdown line is inoperable or becomes inoperable, ensure Sheriffs Dispatcher re-directs calls, related to the emergency, to the EOC.
Advise them of the emergency and request assistance as directed by the Emergency Management Coordinator.
: 7. Contact industrial, recreational and special facilities listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.
If the emergency is of long duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section N of this checklist.
* 8.
Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
9.
P-21-10 TIME/LOG LOG NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 10
Once the STP EOC Liaison reports to the EOC, notify Dispatch they will no longer be required to answer the orange ring down line.
* *
Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency         NIA escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
* ACTION COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7of11) ID. GENERAL EMERGENCY
* P-21-6                             Junel,2017 Revision 10
: 1. 2. Complete activities in Section I, Alert and Section II, Site Area Emergency, if not already completed.
 
Contact Flying Services to notify them of the emergency, and to tell them to instruct pilots to stay away from the air space around STPEGS. Flying Services are found in the Emergency Communications Directory.
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
: 3. Upon direction from the Sheriff, reassign mobile units to designated traffic and access control points if the public protective zones are changed due to changing conditions at STPEGS . 4. When directed by the Sheriff or Emergency Management Director, ensure activation of: a. Siren System in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System' via Sheriff's Office Dispatcher.
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 11)
: b. Auto dialer in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' 5. Keep the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and State and local law enforcement field teams informed of any changes in Reception Center activations and the evacuation routes that the public should be taking . P-21-11 TIME/LOG NIA LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY.
* ACTION 6. 7. 8. *
: 1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed. NIA
* COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS.OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8of11) Keep Status Board Keeper and WEBEOC Status Board Keeper informed of significant events. Keep the Sheriff informed of the status of notifications.
: 2. At the direction of the Sheriff, contact mobile units and I or         LOG alternates to report to the EOC, then:
Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the emergency is terminated and recovery activities are implemented then refer to Sections V and VI of this checklist as appropriate . P-21-12 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: a.     Report to the Radiological Officer for issuance of emergency worker supplies and a briefing on radiological exposure limits, and
* *
: b.     Report to the Sheriff for assignment and briefing on the emergency mission.
* ACTION COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9of11) IV. SIDFT TURNOVER 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
* 3. When directed by the Sheriff or Emergency Management Director, ensure activation of:
: a. Review of Completed Checklist Items b. Review of Log c. Status Board Information
: a.     Siren System in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23,
: d. Staffing Availability e . Locations of Traffic and Access Control Points f. Location of the Activated Reception Center g. Any Action Items 2. Inform the Sheriff of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
                    'Activation of the Public Warning System' via Sheriff's Office Dispatcher.
: b.     Auto dialer in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23,
                      'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
* P-21-7                         June 1, 2017 Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 11)
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG
: 4. Whenever an Emergency Alert System (EAS) message is                       LOG approved by the Emergency Management Director for release to the public, contact the facilities listed on the Industrial Recreational and Special Facility Call List.
: 5. Keep the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher informed of the Reception             LOG Center activations, locations, and routes the public should ta1ce during evacuation.
: 6. Inform state and local law enforcement field teams of Reception Center activations, location, and routes the public should ta1ce during evacuation.
*
: 7. Upon direction of the Sheriff, assign mobile units to establish control points or to begin route alerting in accordance with Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.'
: 8. Establish periodic communications with the following:                     LOG
: a.     Appropriate County and State officials as instructed by the Sheriff,
: b.     County field teams,
: c.     Response organizations, volunteer and charity, if instructed by the Sheriff, and
: d.     Facilities, as identified, on the Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Call List.
* P-21-8                           Junel,2017 Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5of11)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
: 9. If directed by the Sheriff, notify DPS, Pierce for any equipment or     LOG personnel which may be needed that is not available locally.
Advise DPS, Pierce of types and quantities of support which may be needed. Inform them this request will be made via Form 213.
: a.     Identify yourself,
: b.     Describe types of resources needed and how they will be utilized (law enforcement, fire fighter, vehicles, etc.),
: c.       Quantity needed (four two-man units, two helicopters, etc.),
* d.
e.
f.
How long they will be needed, Where support personnel are to go and to whom they are to report, and Request estimated time of arrival.
NOTE The Sheriff will complete the first notification to DPS Pierce, then delegate follow-up notifications and resource requests, as appropriate.
: 10. At the direction of the Sheriff, notify Fire Chiefs in potentially     LOG affected areas of the change in classification, and the possible need to support an evacuation.
* P-21-9                           June 1, 2017 Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of11)
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG
: 11. Contact the U.S. Coast Guard, advise them of the emergency situation and if directed, request Coast Guard assistance to control access on the intercoastal wateiway.
: a.     Freeport Coast Guard Station
: b.     Port O'Connor Coast Guard Station
: c.     Corpus Christi Coast Guard Station
: d.     Galveston Coast Guard Station
: 12. Upon direction from the Sheriff, contact industrial, recreational     LOG and special facilities listed in the Emergency Communications
* Directory. Advise them of the emergency and request assistance as directed by the Emergency Management Coordinator.
: 13. If the emergency is of long duration, perform shift turnovers in       NIA accordance with Section N of this checklist.
: 14. Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until       NIA the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
* P-21-10                       June 1, 2017 Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7of11)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG ID. GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert and Section II, Site Area       NIA Emergency, if not already completed.
: 2. Contact Flying Services to notify them of the emergency, and to         LOG tell them to instruct pilots to stay away from the air space around STPEGS. Flying Services are found in the Emergency Communications Directory.
: 3. Upon direction from the Sheriff, reassign mobile units to designated traffic and access control points if the public protective zones are changed due to changing conditions at
* STPEGS .
: 4. When directed by the Sheriff or Emergency Management Director, ensure activation of:
: a.       Siren System in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23,
                    'Activation of the Public Warning System' via Sheriff's Office Dispatcher.
: b.       Auto dialer in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23,
                    'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
: 5. Keep the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and State and local law enforcement field teams informed of any changes in Reception Center activations and the evacuation routes that the public should be taking.
* P-21-11                         June 1, 2017 Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS.OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8of11)
ACTION                                                                    TIME/LOG
: 6. Keep Status Board Keeper and WEBEOC Status Board Keeper informed of significant events.
: 7. Keep the Sheriff informed of the status of notifications.
: 8. Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the     NIA emergency is terminated and recovery activities are implemented then refer to Sections V and VI of this checklist as appropriate.
*
* P-21-12                           June 1, 2017 Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9of11)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG IV. SIDFT TURNOVER
: 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
: a. Review of Completed Checklist Items
: b. Review of Log
: c. Status Board Information
: d. Staffing Availability
: e. Locations of Traffic and Access Control Points
* 2.
f.
g.
Location of the Activated Reception Center Any Action Items Inform the Sheriff of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
: 3. Inform the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher of your shift replacement.
: 3. Inform the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher of your shift replacement.
: 4. Update Staffing Board. 5. Agree to your return time. 6 . Document names, date and time of turnover.
: 4. Update Staffing Board.
P-21-13 TIME/LOG LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: 5. Agree to your return time.
* *
: 6. Document names, date and time of turnover.                           LOG
* ACTION COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10of11) V. RECOVERY 1. Assist in the development of recovery plans. 2. Maintain logs until termination of the event. P-21-14 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* P-21-13                         June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* *
 
* ACTION COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11of11) VI. TERMINATION
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10of11)
ACTION                                                TIME/LOG V. RECOVERY
: 1. Assist in the development of recovery plans.
: 2. Maintain logs until termination of the event.
*
* P-21-14       June 1, 2017 Revision 10
 
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
* Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11of11)
ACTION                                                                  TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION
: 1. Provide a list of supplies or forms needing replenishing to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
: 1. Provide a list of supplies or forms needing replenishing to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
: 2. Collect and organize, in chronological order, all documents, checklists, forms, and logs, including any documentation generated by Law Enforcement and support personnel.
: 2. Collect and organize, in chronological order, all documents, checklists, forms, and logs, including any documentation generated by Law Enforcement and support personnel.
: a. Sign checklists and logs. 3. Turnover all documentation generated during the emergency to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
: a. Sign checklists and logs.
P-21-15 TIME/LOG June I, 2017 Revision 10
: 3. Turnover all documentation generated during the emergency to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
* *
*
* Legend -MajorRoads Paved, Dirt er Gravel Road -Raill'tladTrai::ks COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 SIREN MAP Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 1) SOUTH TEXAS PROJECT ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 10-MILE EPZ P-21-16 SIREN LOCATIONS SIREN LOCATION 001 Maragcrda Beach st End or Road 002 RWer Bend Boat Access 003 VoltmtGGr Fl:o Dopartmenl 004 CR 259 (Scu!tl Gull' Road) 005 CR 244 (Ntxth Gui!' Road) 006 Se!l<irk, South (end Of CR 243) 007 Se!klrk Volunteer Fire Department ooa Selldrk, North(CR239) 009 LyondeUbasell(SKBQ) 010 Wadsworth\folumeerFlroOepartrr.enl 011 CR222@SH60(Sheppan:IMD!l.Road) 012 FM2MB.O.l5mltes(S)afRlversidePam 013 FM 3057@ FM 2858 (Celanese Road) 014 FM2078@FM2568 015 Markham VolunteerFlm 018 FM 14G81,6 mDes from SH 35 017 FM 1468 (RailroadTmch) 018 B Malan@ FM 1095 and CR 432 {Hidd Road) 019 CR353 (Hejtmanek)@FM1095 020 FM1095@rinTop 021 CR385 (.9mDestromFM1095) 022 CR 37B@CR 379 (Milfion Donar Road) 023 Collegepott VoJunteer Fire Depiirtment 024 SH3S@Stt71 025 Blessing Fire Department 029 lidewatar Oaks  FM 2853 & FM 343 (Harter Rd.) 027 TrcsPaleciosOabVoluntettF"ireDepartment 028 FM 2853 @ FM 521 029 CR 323@ FM 2853 (Han1slan Road) 030 FM 521, 1.0mDea (El ofSH35 031 East Side of Resesvolr (STP) 032 WildSidacTRa&arvolr(STP}
* P-21-15                                 June I, 2017 Revision 10
Approximate Siren Range .. 1112 MHe Radius June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 SIREN MAP Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 1)
* *
SOUTH TEXAS PROJECT ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 10-MILE EPZ SIREN LOCATIONS SIREN           LOCATION 001 Maragcrda Beach st End or Road 002 RWer Bend Boat Access 003 ~orda VoltmtGGr Fl:o Dopartmenl 004 CR 259 (Scu!tl Gull' Road) 005 CR 244 (Ntxth Gui!' Road) 006 Se!l<irk, South (end Of CR 243) 007 Se!klrk Volunteer Fire Department ooa Selldrk, North(CR239)
* W.E s 05-09-2016 Legend -t-t.ajorRoalk COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 INDUSTRIAL RECREATIONAL AND SPECIAL FACILITIES MAP Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1) SOUTH TEXAS PROJECT ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 10-MILE EPZ P-21-17 INDUSTRIAL, RECREATIONAL AND SPECIAL FACILmES (1YPICAL)
* 009 LyondeUbasell(SKBQ) 010 Wadsworth\folumeerFlroOepartrr.enl 011 CR222@SH60(Sheppan:IMD!l.Road) 012 FM2MB.O.l5mltes(S)afRlversidePam 013 FM 3057@ FM 2858 (Celanese Road) 014 FM2078@FM2568 015 Markham VolunteerFlm     D~ent 018 FM 14G81,6 mDes from SH 35 017 FM 1468 (RailroadTmch) 018 B Malan@ FM 1095 and CR 432 {Hidd Road) 019 CR353 (Hejtmanek)@FM1095 020 FM1095@rinTop 021 CR385 (.9mDestromFM1095) 022 CR 37B@CR 379 (Milfion Donar Road) 023 Collegepott VoJunteer Fire Depiirtment 024 SH3S@Stt71 025 Blessing Vohm~r Fire Department 029 lidewatar Oaks  FM 2853 & FM 343 (Harter Rd.)
Al'Pllll:I Fl'.CIUTY POP111J111N  
027 TrcsPaleciosOabVoluntettF"ireDepartment 028 FM 2853 @ FM 521 029 CR 323@ FM 2853 (Han1slan Road) 030 FM 521, 1.0mDea (El ofSH35 031 East Side of Resesvolr (STP) 032 WildSidacTRa&arvolr(STP}
... .., @)Pt>rto!llaJCly  
Legend                                                                                        Approximate Siren Range .. 1112 MHe Radius
@a-ic.1rtirt1 (3Chn:clo1Pllnl2  
  -MajorRoads Paved, Dirt er Gravel Road
@u.a........,c:oq,a1Eaa--
  -Raill'tladTrai::ks P-21-16                                                                              June 1, 2017 Revision 10
........Elt=-
*
--
* COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 INDUSTRIAL RECREATIONAL AND SPECIAL FACILITIES MAP Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1)
@Colonol9GolC:O-
SOUTH TEXAS PROJECT ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 10-MILE EPZ W.E    s 05-09-2016 INDUSTRIAL, RECREATIONAL AND SPECIAL FACILmES (1YPICAL)
:;ct1.-@)F-..tll/<*11 (fi}UltoaDoltll'Pn .. C&!I .... 9 ... i.c ... Daraor=rktaol  
Taw.l'IJJll!.Pl'DSURZl'llllMWQ'Q'ZPDl'UJllDIS!lll~-r.,.mc-s,f*'
@111W-...,..,,, ..  
Al'Pllll:I Fl'.CIUTY               POP111J111N
@lla-Qoli:>VFD  
                                                                                    .....,
@r-.VFD @)CoCogopDolVfD  
                                                                                        =~~SU!po
@)101<H<VFD  
                                                                                      @)Pt>rto!llaJCly
--o" r...--****-----*-
                                                                                                                      ~lnm""1 s~=.=-
June 1, 2017 Revision 10 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
                                                                                    @a-ic.1rtirt1 (3Chn:clo1Pllnl2
* Procedure 21 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 4 (Page 1 of 1) Acronym ACP Access Control Point DHS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director EOC Emergency Operations Center EOF Emergency Operations Facility EPA Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                      @-.........~goodOco:aoPloal
* EPD Electronic Personal Dosimeter EPZ Emergency Planning Zone FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD Independent School District JIC Joint Information Center KI Potassium Iodide NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS National Weather Service ORO Offsite Response Organization PAD Protective Action Decision PAG Protective Action Guide PAR Protective Action Recommendation PIO Public Information Officer soc State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP Traffic Control Point TLD Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
*
* P-21-18 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
                                                                                      ~~Elt<Olo
* *
                                                                                      @u.a........,c:oq,a1Eaa--
* Change Reference Number Number 1. Attachment 2 P-21-16 2. Attachment 4 Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 21 Emergency Operations Center Communications Officer (Procedure 21, Rev 10) Change Reason Replace: Siren Map with updated Corrections on map map I Removed: ARC American Red Not referenced in procedure Cross  
                                                                                  --
\,1...D\I  
                                                                                  ........Elt=-
\ \() R:\EMERGENCY
                                                                                    =:~
_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Flans  
                                                                                    @Colonol9GolC:O-
& Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 21 -Communications:
:;ct1.-
Officer\AN-W-P21 RIO Changes.doc (6/30/16{)
                                                                                    @)F-..tll/<*11 (fi}UltoaDoltll'Pn
* *
                                                                                    ~===
* STI 3447 4934 Z1808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES WARNING AND EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ....................................................................................................................................
                                                                                    @a,...i.J~
P-22-2 2.0 Discussion  
                                                                                  ~..C&!I ....
..........................................................
9 ...i.c... Daraor=rktaol             --
: ....................................................................
                                                                                    @111W-...,..,,,.. ,l'>U~-
P-22-2 3.0 References  
llo~FhDl!mll:Nim1
...............................................................................................................................
                                                                                      @~'HD
P-22-4 4.0 Equipment Required ...............................................................................................................
                                                                                      @lla-Qoli:>VFD
P-22-5 5.0 Precautions and Limitations  
                                                                                      @r-.VFD
....................................................................................................
                                                                                      @)CoCogopDolVfD
P-22-5 6.0 Prerequisites  
                                                                                      @)101<H<VFD Legend
............................................................................................................................
  -t-t.ajorRoalk o" r...--****-----*-
P-22-5 7.0 Procedure  
P-21-17                                                                                      June 1, 2017 Revision 10
................................................................................................................................
* COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
P-22-5 8.0 Attachments  
* Procedure 21 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 4 (Page 1 of 1)
............................................................................................................................
Acronym           A~liesTo ACP     Access Control Point DHS     Department of Homeland Security DPS     Department of Public Safety DRD     Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS   Department of State Health Services EAS     Emergency Alert System EMC     Emergency Management Coordinator EMD     Emergency Management Director EOC     Emergency Operations Center EOF     Emergency Operations Facility EPA     Environmental Protection Agency
P-22-6 Attachment 1 -Public Warning Checklist  
* EPD EPZ FEMA ISD JIC Electronic Personal Dosimeter Emergency Planning Zone Federal Emergency Management Agency Independent School District Joint Information Center KI     Potassium Iodide NRC     Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS     National Weather Service ORO     Offsite Response Organization PAD     Protective Action Decision PAG     Protective Action Guide PAR     Protective Action Recommendation PIO     Public Information Officer soc     State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM   Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP     Traffic Control Point TLD     Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
..............................................................................
* P-21-18         June 1, 2017 Revision 10
P-22-7 Attachment 2-Evacuation Control Checklist.  
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 21 Emergency Operations Center Communications Officer (Procedure 21, Rev 10)
.....................................................................
Change         Reference                          Change                                              Reason Number          Number
P-22-13 Attachment 3 -Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations  
: 1.        Attachment 2          Replace: Siren Map with updated                 Corrections on map                   I P-21-16              map
......................
: 2.        Attachment 4          Removed: ARC American Red                       Not referenced in procedure Cross
P-22-19 Attachment 4 -Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages .....................................
*
P-22-24 Attachment 5 -Access Control Point Log .................................................................. , .........
* 0&deg;'L~ \,1...D\I
P-22-27 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
{h..Q..\.i\~\01 \ \()
Sheriff P-22-1 June 1, 2017 Revision 10 I i I I
R:\EMERGENCY_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Flans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 21 - Communications:
* *
Officer\AN-W-P21 RIO Changes.doc (6/30/16{)
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 1.0 Purpose 1.1 This procedure covers the broad based categories of Warning and Evacuations/Traffic and Control Points to be implemented by Law Enforcement with assistance from other agencies, as required.
* STI 34474934 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 WARNING AND EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 Table of Contents 1.0     Purpose .................................................................................................................................... P-22-2 2.0     Discussion .......................................................... :.................................................................... P-22-2 3.0     References ............................................................................................................................... P-22-4 4.0     Equipment Required ............................................................................................................... P-22-5 5.0     Precautions and Limitations .................................................................................................... P-22-5 6.0     Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................ P-22-5 7.0   Procedure ................................................................................................................................ P-22-5
1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios, and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
* 8.0   Attachments ............................................................................................................................ P-22-6 Attachment 1 - Public Warning Checklist .............................................................................. P-22-7 Attachment 2-Evacuation Control Checklist. ..................................................................... P-22-13 Attachment 3 - Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations ...................... P-22-19 Attachment 4 - Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages ..................................... P-22-24 Attachment 5 -Access Control Point Log.................................................................. ,......... P-22-27 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
2.0 J)iscussion 2.1 The Sheriff is responsible for ensuring this procedure is carried out when so . directed by the Emergency Management Director.
Sheriff
2.2 The Sheriff or designee is responsible for directing the activities of field Law Enforcement personnel.
* P-22-1                                                           June 1, 2017 Revision 10 I
2.3 Warnings 2.3.1 Warnings are issued to provide for effective and timely protective actions. 2.3 .2 The public will be issued warnings for protective actions based upon protective action decisions made by County Officials using information provided by the Department of State Health Services (DSHS), and/or officials of South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
i I
The public will be advised to seek shelter where they are (in-place) or to evacuate (relocate).
I
2.3.3 Warning systems are used to attract the attention of the public. The county has three systems: P-22-2 June 1,2017 Revision IO
                                                                                                                                                              ~
* *
* 1.0 WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Purpose Procedure 22 1.1     This procedure covers the broad based categories of Warning and Evacuations/Traffic and Acc~s Control Points to be implemented by Law Enforcement with assistance from other agencies, as required.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL 2.3.3.1 2.3.3.2 2.3.3.3 Procedure 22 Outdoor pole-mounted sirens can provide the public with three basic messages, depending upon which signal is transmitted.
1.2     This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios, and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
The three minute slow wavering tone alerts the public to talce cover, as in an attack situation.
2.0 J)iscussion 2.1     The Sheriff is responsible for ensuring this procedure is carried out when so .
The steady tone alerts the public to tune their radios to an BAS station or to stand by to receive information from the alert radios. A third tone is used for notification of fires. Alert radios are distributed to designated residents, industrial, recreational and special facilities within the ten-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). The alert radios can provide both an attention message and detailed emergency information.
directed by the Emergency Management Director.
An electronic auto dialer notifies, via telephone, the residents within the ten mile EPZ of the STPEGS. The auto dialer is activated when directed by the Emergency Management Director.
2.2     The Sheriff or designee is responsible for directing the activities of field Law Enforcement personnel.
2.3 .4 Information systems 2.3.4.1 Emergency Alert System The primary method for providing information to the public, once the sirens and alert radios have alerted them, is the Emergency Alert System (BAS). Except in the case of a fast-brealcing emergency, the Emergency Management Director authorizes activation of this system with assistance from the Public Information Officer and/or Public Information Writer. The BAS is activated by contacting the lead emergency alert station and instructing them to initiate BAS procedures.
* 2.3     Warnings 2.3.1     Warnings are issued to provide for effective and timely protective actions.
The lead emergency alert station is listed in the Emergency Communication Directory . P-22-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
2.3 .2   The public will be issued warnings for protective actions based upon protective action decisions made by County Officials using information provided by the Department of State Health Services (DSHS), and/or officials of South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS). The public will be advised to seek shelter where they are (in-place) or to evacuate (relocate).
* *
2.3.3     Warning systems are used to attract the attention of the public.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL 2.3.4.2 Procedure 22 Route Alerting In the event the EAS cannot be utilized, or as a complement to that system, the County's mobile public address units may be dispatched to provide information to the public. Route alerting of the protective response zones should be completed within approximately 45 minutes. Messages for use during route alerting are provided in Attachment 4, Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages.
The county has three systems:
2.4 Evacuation and Traffic and Access Control Points 2.4.1 Should evacuation become necessary, traffic and access control points will be established based on natural boundaries and roads . 2.4.2 The Emergency Management Director will receive advice and guidance from the Department of State Health Services (DSHS), and/or the STPEGS, regarding the areas for which traffic and access control points should be established.
* P-22-2                                         June 1,2017 Revision IO
2.4.3 If conditions warrant, obtain tow truck services to remove traffic impediments as reported by the Transportation Officer or Law Enforcement representatives in the field. 3.0 References 3 .1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL 2.3.3.1 Procedure 22 Outdoor pole-mounted sirens can provide the public with three basic messages, depending upon which signal is transmitted. The three minute slow wavering tone alerts the public to talce cover, as in an attack situation. The steady tone alerts the public to tune their radios to an BAS station or to stand by to receive information from the alert radios. A third tone is used for notification of fires.
3.2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
2.3.3.2      Alert radios are distributed to designated residents, industrial, recreational and special facilities within the ten-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ).
3.3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 14, 'Protective Action Guide.' 3 .4 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 20, 'Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.'
The alert radios can provide both an attention message and detailed emergency information.
P-22-4 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
2.3.3.3      An electronic auto dialer notifies, via telephone, the residents within the ten mile EPZ of the
* *
* 2.3 .4 STPEGS. The auto dialer is activated when directed by the Emergency Management Director.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 3.5 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 21, 'Communications Officer.'
Information systems 2.3.4.1     Emergency Alert System The primary method for providing information to the public, once the sirens and alert radios have alerted them, is the Emergency Alert System (BAS).
3.6 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Waining System.' 3. 7 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control for Emergency Workers.'
Except in the case of a fast-brealcing emergency, the Emergency Management Director authorizes activation of this system with assistance from the Public Information Officer and/or Public Information Writer. The BAS is activated by contacting the lead emergency alert station and instructing them to initiate BAS procedures. The lead emergency alert station is listed in the Emergency Communication Directory.
3 .8 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 60, 'Public Information Officer.'
* P-22-3                                         June 1, 2017 Revision 10
3.9 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 63, 'Emergency Alert System Messages and News Advisories.'
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL 2.3.4.2 Procedure 22 Route Alerting In the event the EAS cannot be utilized, or as a complement to that system, the County's mobile public address units may be dispatched to provide information to the public. Route alerting of the protective response zones should be completed within approximately 45 minutes.
4.0 Equipment Required 5.0 4.1 None . Precautions and Limitations 5 .1 Route alerting and traffic/ access control point personnel should limit their exposure to radiation by following the guidelines of Annex W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control For Emergency Workers.'
Messages for use during route alerting are provided in Attachment 4, Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages.
6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 Direction from the Emergency Management Director or designee, such as the Emergency Management Coordinator.
2.4   Evacuation and Traffic and Access Control Points 2.4.1     Should evacuation become necessary, traffic and access control points will be established based on natural boundaries and roads .
7.0 Procedure 7 .1 When instructed by the Emergency Management Director to implement the public warning system, implement Attachment 1, Public Warning Checklist.
* 2.4.2     The Emergency Management Director will receive advice and guidance from the Department of State Health Services (DSHS),
Use this checklist as a guide when notification of the public is required.
and/or the STPEGS, regarding the areas for which traffic and access control points should be established.
Refer to Section I of this checklist for implementation of the prompt notification systems and Section II for route alerting . P-22-5 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
2.4.3     If conditions warrant, obtain tow truck services to remove traffic impediments as reported by the Transportation Officer or Law Enforcement representatives in the field.
* *
3.0 References 3 .1   Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 7 .2 When instructed by the Emergency Management Director to implement measures to assist in evacuating the public and establishing traffic and access control points, implement Attachment 2, Evacuation Control Checklist.
3.2   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
3.3   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 14, 'Protective Action Guide.'
3 .4   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 20, 'Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.'
* P-22-4                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* 3.5 WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 21, 'Communications Officer.'
3.6   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Waining System.'
: 3. 7   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control for Emergency Workers.'
3 .8   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 60, 'Public Information Officer.'
3.9   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 63, 'Emergency Alert System Messages and News Advisories.'
4.0 Equipment Required 4.1   None.
* 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1   Route alerting and traffic/access control point personnel should limit their exposure to radiation by following the guidelines of Annex W, Procedure 42,
            'Exposure Control For Emergency Workers.'
6.0 Prerequisites 6.1   Direction from the Emergency Management Director or designee, such as the Emergency Management Coordinator.
7.0 Procedure 7 .1   When instructed by the Emergency Management Director to implement the public warning system, implement Attachment 1, Public Warning Checklist. Use this checklist as a guide when notification of the public is required. Refer to Section I of this checklist for implementation of the prompt notification systems and Section II for route alerting.
* P-22-5                                       June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* 7 .2 WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 When instructed by the Emergency Management Director to implement measures to assist in evacuating the public and establishing traffic and access control points, implement Attachment 2, Evacuation Control Checklist.
NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the BOC, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the BOC, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, Public Warning Checklist  
8.0 Attachments 8.1   Attachment 1, Public Warning Checklist
/ 8.2 Attachment 2, Evacuation Control Checklist 8.3 Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations 8.4 Attachment 4, Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages 8.5 Attachment 5, Access Control Point Log P-22-6 ( June 1,2017 Revision 10
                                /
* *
8.2   Attachment 2, Evacuation Control Checklist 8.3   Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Name ACTION Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of6) Date I. Prompt Notification Systems 1. Ensure the Sheriff1s Office Dispatcher activates all the sirens in the 10 mile EPZ as follows: a. The Dispatcher should activate the siren system in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, "Activati_on of the Public Warning System." b . The Dispatcher should then the siren status report to ensure all sirens activated.
* 8.4 8.5 Attachment 4, Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages Attachment 5, Access Control Point Log
If the report indicates a siren(s) failed to operate, the Emergency Management Director should be informed in the event route alerting is deemed appropriate.
* P-22-6                                       June 1,2017 Revision 10
: c. If the entire siren system fails, the Dispatcher should notify STPEGS and request they attempt to activate the system from the control console in the EOF. If STPEGS is unable to activate the sirens, notify the Emergency Management Director so route alerting can be immediately initiated.
(
: 2. Ensure the lead emergency alert system station has been notified to activate the alert radios. The lead emergency alert system station is listed in the Emergency Communications Directory . P-22-7 TIME/LOG Jwie 1, 2017 Revision 10   
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of6)
.* * *
Name                                                              Date ACTION                                                                            TIME/LOG I. Prompt Notification Systems
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL ACTION 3. Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2of6) Ensure the approved EAS message was faxed to the Emergency Alert Radio station(s) for dissemination to the public. a. The broadcasts made by the radio stations should be monitored for completeness and accuracy.
: 1. Ensure the Sheriff1s Office Dispatcher activates all the sirens in the 10 mile EPZ as follows:
: b. If the EAS message is not being announced correctly, contact the radio station and inform them of the corrections needed. 4. If supplementary public notification methods are deemed appropriate by the Emergency Management Director, ensure: a . Route alerting is accomplished as identified in Section II of this checklist.
: a.     The Dispatcher should activate the siren system in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, "Activati_on of the Public Warning System."
NOTE If assistance is needed to perform route alerting and with permission of the Emergency Management Director, contact DPS, Pierce to obtain additional resources.
* b.     The Dispatcher should then che~k the siren status report to ensure all sirens activated. If the report indicates a siren(s) failed to operate, the Emergency Management Director should be informed in the event route alerting is deemed appropriate.
This request must be followed up with submittal of Form 213. b. The auto dialer is implemented in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' c. The Cable Television Warning System is implemented in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' P-22-8 TIME/LOG June 1,2017 RevisionlO
: c.     If the entire siren system fails, the Dispatcher should notify STPEGS and request they attempt to activate the system from the control console in the EOF. If STPEGS is unable to activate the sirens, notify the Emergency Management Director so route alerting can be immediately initiated.
* * * \ WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3of6) ACTION TIME/LOG II. Route Alerting 1. When directed by the Emergency Management Director, ensure route alerting units are dispatched to provide information to the public. a. Routes should be selected based on the zones where public protective actions have been recommended and whether backup notifications are required due to full or partial failure of the primary public warning systems . NOTE The primary public warning systems include the siren system, alert radio system, and Emergency Alert System. A full or partial failure of any of these systems warrants the implementation of route alerting.
: 2. Ensure the lead emergency alert system station has been notified to activate the alert radios. The lead emergency alert system station is listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.
All routes initiated due to a failure of one or more of these systems must be completed within 45 minutes from the time the decision was made by the Emergency Management Director to implement public protective actions. If the alert radio system fails to operate, use Figure 1, "Siren Locations," from the Annex W, Plan Tab 1 to determine those areas outside of siren coverage that would require route alerting.
* P-22-7                                     Jwie 1, 2017 Revision 10
: b. Route alerting units may be comprised of Law Enforcement, Local Assets, or Fire Department personnel.
 
: c. Emergency vehicles used for route alerting shall be equipped with public address systems, flashing warning lights, radios and clearly marked as an official vehicle . P-22-9 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  .*
* *
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2of6)
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of6) ACTION TIME/LOG 2. Route alerting units should be issued a "Warning and Traffic Control Kit" and be briefed on: a. Their areas of responsibility.
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG
: 3. Ensure the approved EAS message was faxed to the Emergency Alert Radio station(s) for dissemination to the public.
: a.     The broadcasts made by the radio stations should be monitored for completeness and accuracy.
: b.     If the EAS message is not being announced correctly, contact the radio station and inform them of the corrections needed.
: 4. If supplementary public notification methods are deemed appropriate by the Emergency Management Director, ensure:
* a.     Route alerting is accomplished as identified in Section II of this checklist.
NOTE If assistance is needed to perform route alerting and with permission of the Emergency Management Director, contact DPS, Pierce to obtain additional resources. This request must be followed up with submittal of Form 213.
: b.     The auto dialer is implemented in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
: c.     The Cable Television Warning System is implemented in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
* P-22-8                                 June 1,2017 RevisionlO
 
                                              \
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3of6)
ACTION                                                                         TIME/LOG II. Route Alerting
: 1. When directed by the Emergency Management Director, ensure route alerting units are dispatched to provide information to the public.
: a.     Routes should be selected based on the zones where public protective actions have been recommended and whether backup notifications are required due to full or partial failure of the primary public warning systems .
* NOTE The primary public warning systems include the siren system, alert radio system, and Emergency Alert System.
A full or partial failure of any of these systems warrants the implementation of route alerting. All routes initiated due to a failure of one or more of these systems must be completed within 45 minutes from the time the decision was made by the Emergency Management Director to implement public protective actions. If the alert radio system fails to operate, use Figure 1, "Siren Locations,"
from the Annex W, Plan Tab 1 to determine those areas outside of siren coverage that would require route alerting.
: b.     Route alerting units may be comprised of Law Enforcement, Local Assets, or Fire Department personnel.
: c. Emergency vehicles used for route alerting shall be equipped with public address systems, flashing warning lights, radios and clearly marked as an official vehicle .
* P-22-9                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of6)
ACTION                                                                             TIME/LOG
: 2. Route alerting units should be issued a "Warning and Traffic Control Kit" and be briefed on:
: a. Their areas of responsibility.
: b. The need to follow the instructions provided in Attachment 4, "Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages" of this procedure.
: b. The need to follow the instructions provided in Attachment 4, "Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages" of this procedure.
: c. Radiation exposure control measures as provided in Annex W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control for Emergency Workers.'
: c. Radiation exposure control measures as provided in Annex
: 3. Once their routes have been completed and if conditions permit, have each vehicle remain in its assigned area, broadcasting emergency information until: a. All residents are sheltering in place, if shelter in place is being recommended, or b. Evacuation is complete, if evacuation has been recommended, or c. Recalled or reassigned by the Dispatcher.
* W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control for Emergency Workers.'
NOTE Consider using local assets to assist with river patrols and notification purposes . P-22-10 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: 3. Once their routes have been completed and if conditions permit, have each vehicle remain in its assigned area, broadcasting emergency information until:
* *
: a. All residents are sheltering in place, if shelter in place is being recommended, or
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL ACTION 4. Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5of6) If available, the Sheriffs Office boat should be placed on the Colorado River at Riverside Park and be directed to head North to the dam and then South to the Intracoastal Waterway, alerting all river traffic encountered.
: b. Evacuation is complete, if evacuation has been recommended, or
It should then traverse the Intracoastal Waterway alerting traffic encountered on the Waterway up to four miles in both directions from the FM 2031 bridge. 5. With permission from the Emergency Management Director, obtain additional assistance for alerting areas inaccessible by road. a. Instruct the U.S. Coast Guard to issue an alerting message over marine band radio and to dispatch craft to patrol the Intracoastal Waterway, Tres Palacios Bay, and West Matagorda Bay. b. Contact local Game Wardens and, if available, request their assistance in patrolling local waterways to notify any boaters in the affected zones of the recommended protective actions. c. If additional resources are needed to alert the public on local waterways, contact the Fire Services Coordinator and determine the availability of Fire Department volunteers with boats who are willing to assist in this process. If volunteers are available, ensure they are briefed and assigned to designated areas before being dispatched.
: c. Recalled or reassigned by the Dispatcher.
NOTE Each vehicle, including boats, used for route alerting shall have radio communications with County Officials in order to be informed of changes in assignment or in the recommended protective actions . P-22-11 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
NOTE Consider using local assets to assist with river patrols and notification purposes .
* *
* P-22-10                                       June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL ACTION Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of6) 6. If a radiation release occurred from STPEGS during the emergency, ensure each route alerting unit is checked for contamination at an Emergency Worker monitoring and decontamination facility located at the Reception Centers in Palacios and/or Bay City, once the unit is released from duty at the end of a shift or at the termination of the emergency.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5of6)
: 7. Ensure each route alerting unit turns in their documentation, dosimetry, and contents of their 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' to the County EOC upon completion of their assignment.
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG
P-22-12 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10 I I ! I i 
: 4. If available, the Sheriffs Office boat should be placed on the Colorado River at Riverside Park and be directed to head North to the dam and then South to the Intracoastal Waterway, alerting all river traffic encountered. It should then traverse the Intracoastal Waterway alerting traffic encountered on the Waterway up to four miles in both directions from the FM 2031 bridge.
* *
: 5. With permission from the Emergency Management Director, obtain additional assistance for alerting areas inaccessible by road.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Name ACTION Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 1of6) Date I.* Traffic and Access Control 1. When directed by the Emergency Management Director, ensure Traffic and Access Control Point (TACP) units are dispatched to establish evacuation controls.
: a.       Instruct the U.S. Coast Guard to issue an alerting message
: a. NOTE In the event of a hostile Action Based (HAB) incident, locations must be verified as safe from hostile activity prior to selecting TACPs to ensure safety of emergency workers. TACPs should be selected based on the zones where public protective actions have been recommended.
* over marine band radio and to dispatch craft to patrol the Intracoastal Waterway, Tres Palacios Bay, and West Matagorda Bay.
NOTE All TACPs should be established in time to perform their functions before the arrival of evacuation traffic. Refer to Figure 1, 'Evacuation Routes and Traffic Control Points,' from the Annex W, Plan Tab 3 to determine specified locations of all pre-selected TACPs b. The following locations are recommended as TACPs if an evacuation of just a 2 mile radius is being implemented:
: b.       Contact local Game Wardens and, if available, request their assistance in patrolling local waterways to notify any boaters in the affected zones of the recommended protective actions.
: c.     If additional resources are needed to alert the public on local waterways, contact the Fire Services Coordinator and determine the availability of Fire Department volunteers with boats who are willing to assist in this process. If volunteers are available, ensure they are briefed and assigned to designated areas before being dispatched.
NOTE Each vehicle, including boats, used for route alerting shall have radio communications with County Officials in order to be informed of changes in assignment or in the recommended protective actions .
* P-22-11                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of6)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
: 6. If a radiation release occurred from STPEGS during the emergency, ensure each route alerting unit is checked for contamination at an Emergency Worker monitoring and decontamination facility located at the Reception Centers in Palacios and/or Bay City, once the unit is released from duty at the end of a shift or at the termination of the emergency.
: 7. Ensure each route alerting unit turns in their documentation,                     I dosimetry, and contents of their 'Warning and Traffic Control                     I Kit' to the County EOC upon completion of their assignment.
                                                                                              !
* I i
* P-22-12                             June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 1of6)
Name                                                            Date ACTION                                                                            TIME/LOG I.*   Traffic and Access Control
: 1. When directed by the Emergency Management Director, ensure Traffic and Access Control Point (TACP) units are dispatched to establish evacuation controls.
NOTE In the event of a hostile Action Based (HAB) incident,
* locations must be verified as safe from hostile activity prior to selecting TACPs to ensure safety of emergency workers.
: a. TACPs should be selected based on the zones where public protective actions have been recommended.
NOTE All TACPs should be established in time to perform their functions before the arrival of evacuation traffic.
Refer to Figure 1, 'Evacuation Routes and Traffic Control Points,' from the Annex W, Plan Tab 3 to determine specified locations of all pre-selected TACPs
: b.     The following locations are recommended as TACPs if an evacuation of just a 2 mile radius is being implemented:
* Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2668
* Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2668
* Intersection of FM 521and FM 1468
* Intersection of FM 521and FM 1468
* Intersection of FM 521 and CR 392 P-22-13 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision IO
*
* *
* Intersection of FM 521 and CR 392 P-22-13                                   June 1, 2017 Revision IO
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL ACTION c. Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 2of6) The TACPs listed in Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines  
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 2of6)
& Locations, of this procedure can be used as a basis for assigning units to control the evacl;lation of the public in a 10 mile radius of the STPEGS. The following locations are recommended as TACPs if an evacuation of just a 5 mile radius is being implemented:
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
: c. The TACPs listed in Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines & Locations, of this procedure can be used as a basis for assigning units to control the evacl;lation of the public in a 10 mile radius of the STPEGS. The following locations are recommended as TACPs if an evacuation of just a 5 mile radius is being implemented:
* Intersection of CR 242 road and St. Hwy. 60
* Intersection of CR 242 road and St. Hwy. 60
* Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2668
* Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2668
*
* Intersection of CR 411 and FM 1468
* Intersection of CR 411 and FM 1468
* Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 358
* Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 358
Line 1,180: Line 2,144:
* Intersection of FM 2668 and FM 3057
* Intersection of FM 2668 and FM 3057
* Colorado River at the Riverside Park
* Colorado River at the Riverside Park
* Colorado River at the South end of Selkirk Island NOTE If assistance is needed to establish the necessary TACPs with permission of the Emergency Management Director, contact DPS, Pierce to obtain additional resources.
* Colorado River at the South end of Selkirk Island NOTE If assistance is needed to establish the necessary TACPs
: 2. TACP units should be issued a 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' and be briefed on: a. Their assigned TACP. b. The need to follow the instructions provided in Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations of this procedure . P-22-14 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
                    ~d with permission of the Emergency Management Director, contact DPS, Pierce to obtain additional resources.
* *
: 2. TACP units should be issued a 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' and be briefed on:
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 3of6) ACTION TIME/LOG c. d. Radiation exposure control measures as provided in Annex W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control For Emergency Workers.'
: a. Their assigned TACP.
Where to obtain additional roadblocks or barriers if needed. 3. Determine the need for waiving normal traffic regulations, such as changing two-way streets to one-way, allowing the use of unlicensed vehicles, etc., if necessary to implement a more timely evacuation.
: b. The need to follow the instructions provided in Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations of this procedure.
: 4. NOTE If certain traffic regulations are waived, ensure this information is included in EAS messages, as well as the time period in which the waivers are valid. Coordinate with the Emergency Management Director and the Radiological Officer to determine organizations which will be allowed access to affected zones. These may include:
* P-22-14                               June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 3of6)
ACTION                                                                         TIME/LOG
: c. Radiation exposure control measures as provided in Annex W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control For Emergency Workers.'
: d. Where to obtain additional roadblocks or barriers if needed.
: 3. Determine the need for waiving normal traffic regulations, such as changing two-way streets to one-way, allowing the use of unlicensed vehicles, etc., if necessary to implement a more timely evacuation.
* NOTE If certain traffic regulations are waived, ensure this information is included in EAS messages, as well as the time period in which the waivers are valid.
: 4. Coordinate with the Emergency Management Director and the Radiological Officer to determine organizations which will be allowed access to affected zones. These may include:
* STP Nuclear Operating Company
* STP Nuclear Operating Company
* STP owners/operators of transmission lines, or their subcontractors
* STP owners/operators of transmission lines, or their subcontractors
Line 1,192: Line 2,163:
* Department of State Health Services (DSHS)
* Department of State Health Services (DSHS)
* Texas Department of Public Safety personnel
* Texas Department of Public Safety personnel
* Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) 5. Coordinate with the DSHS to phase DSHS Contamination Control Team personnel in with appropriate TACP units. The DSHS personnel will be responsible for issuing dosimetry to members of the public who receive authorization to reenter the evacuated areas . P-22-15 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
* *
: 5. Coordinate with the DSHS to phase DSHS Contamination Control Team personnel in with appropriate TACP units. The DSHS personnel will be responsible for issuing dosimetry to members of the public who receive authorization to reenter the evacuated areas .
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL ACTION 6. 7. Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 4 of6) If a radiation release occurred from STPEGS during the emergency, ensure each TACP unit is checked for contamination at an Emergency Worker monitoring and decontamination facility located at the Reception Centers in Palacios and/or Bay City, once the unit is released from duty at the end of a shift or at the termination of the emergency.
* P-22-15                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
Ensure each TACP unit turns in their documentation, dosimetry, and contents of their 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' to the County BOC upon completion of their assignment.  
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 4 of6)
! P-22-16 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 10
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG
* *
: 6. If a radiation release occurred from STPEGS during the emergency, ensure each TACP unit is checked for contamination at an Emergency Worker monitoring and decontamination facility located at the Reception Centers in Palacios and/or Bay City, once the unit is released from duty at the end of a shift or at the termination of the emergency.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL ACTION Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 5 of6) II. Evacuation Assistance
: 7. Ensure each TACP unit turns in their documentation, dosimetry, and contents of their 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' to the County BOC upon completion of their assignment.
*
                            !
* P-22-16                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 5 of6)
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG II. Evacuation Assistance
: 1. Coordinate with the Transportation Officer for transporting special populations.
: 1. Coordinate with the Transportation Officer for transporting special populations.
: 2. The primary evacuation routes for evacuating the public are: a. FM 521 East and West b. FM 2668 North c. FM 1468 North d . FM 1095 North e. FM 2853 South f. St. Hwy. 35 East and West g. St. Hwy. 60 North h. Colorado River, North and South 3. If inclement weather or flooding exists, ensure the Communications Officer with assistance from the Texas Department of Public Safety and Department of Highways and Public Transportation review the primary evacuation routes and determine alternate routes or actions that may be appropriate to ensure passability of evacuating vehicles.
: 2. The primary evacuation routes for evacuating the public are:          NIA
: 4. If STPEGS requires assistance in transporting personnel from the plant site, ensure the Communications Officer establishes pick-up, delivery locations, and evacuation routes in concert with recommendations of the STPEGS Emergency Director . P-22-17 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: a.     FM 521 East and West
* *
: b.     FM 2668 North
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL ACTION 5. 6 . Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 6 of6) Ensure tow truck services are obtained to remove any impediments reported to be blocking evacuation routes. a. Impediments could include vehicle breakdowns, traffic accidents, trees or other debris that blocks the highway in a manner which severely restricts evacuation traffic flow. b. Tow truck personnel should be issued dosimetry and briefed on radiation exposure controls by the Radiological Officer prior to entering the 10 mile EPZ. Ensure the Fire Services Coordinator is notified of any fires or requests for rescue reported by members of the public. If response is required inside the 10 mile EPZ, the Radiological Officer should determine possible exposure levels and stay times, if applicable, of the responding fire department personnel.
: c.     FM 1468 North
If it appears stay times will be exceeded, mutual aid fire department personnel should be used to replace the initial responders at the scene . P-22-18 TIME/LOG June I, 2017 Revision 10 I l I I I I. I 
*
* *
: d.     FM 1095 North
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 1of5) GUIDELINES:
: e.     FM 2853 South
: f.     St. Hwy. 35 East and West
: g.     St. Hwy. 60 North
: h.     Colorado River, North and South
: 3. If inclement weather or flooding exists, ensure the Communications Officer with assistance from the Texas Department of Public Safety and Department of Highways and Public Transportation review the primary evacuation routes and determine alternate routes or actions that may be appropriate to ensure passability of evacuating vehicles.
: 4. If STPEGS requires assistance in transporting personnel from the plant site, ensure the Communications Officer establishes pick-up, delivery locations, and evacuation routes in concert with recommendations of the STPEGS Emergency Director.
* P-22-17                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 6 of6)                                             I l  I I
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG
: 5. Ensure tow truck services are obtained to remove any                                 I I.
impediments reported to be blocking evacuation routes.                               I
: a.     Impediments could include vehicle breakdowns, traffic accidents, trees or other debris that blocks the highway in a manner which severely restricts evacuation traffic flow.
: b.     Tow truck personnel should be issued dosimetry and briefed on radiation exposure controls by the Radiological Officer prior to entering the 10 mile EPZ.
*
: 6. Ensure the Fire Services Coordinator is notified of any fires or requests for rescue reported by members of the public. If response is required inside the 10 mile EPZ, the Radiological Officer should determine possible exposure levels and stay times, if applicable, of the responding fire department personnel. If it appears stay times will be exceeded, mutual aid fire department personnel should be used to replace the initial responders at the scene.
* P-22-18                                 June I, 2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 1of5)
GUIDELINES:
Traffic and access control point personnel assigned by County Officials should follow these guidelines:
Traffic and access control point personnel assigned by County Officials should follow these guidelines:
: 1. Prior to dispatch, obtain a 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' at the County EOC and ensure you fully understand the briefing instructions on your assigned control point and on radiation exposure control measures.
: 1. Prior to dispatch, obtain a 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' at the County EOC and ensure you fully understand the briefing instructions on your assigned control point and on radiation exposure control measures. Then proceed to your assigned control point as quickly as possible.
Then proceed to your assigned control point as quickly as possible.
: 2. Once at your control point location, tum on your flashing warning lights and proceed as follows:
: 2. Once at your control point location, tum on your flashing warning lights and proceed as follows: a . Park the car on the side of the road near the intersection or assigned control point locations.
*
: b. Place a roadblock or barrier across the incoming lane of traffic to restrict access to the evacuated areas. Traffic cones may suffice if a roadblock or barrier is unavailable.
: a.       Park the car on the side of the road near the intersection or assigned control point locations.
: c. . If traffic is to flow in only one direction at an intersection, align traffic cones in an arc across the roadway in a manner which sends vehicles in the proper direction.
: b.       Place a roadblock or barrier across the incoming lane of traffic to restrict access to the evacuated areas. Traffic cones may suffice if a roadblock or barrier is unavailable.
Refer to the 'Designated Evacuation Routes and Traffic Control Points' map provided in the kit you obtained at theEOC. d. Remain in your vehicle with the windows rolled up and outside vents closed, unless required to assist motorists, answer questions, or provide traffic control signals at intersections.
: c.     . If traffic is to flow in only one direction at an intersection, align traffic cones in an arc across the roadway in a manner which sends vehicles in the proper direction.
: e. Provide the Dispatcher periodic updates on the evacuation traffic including when the evacuation is complete 3. Control access to the evacuated areas as follows: P-22-19 June I, 2017 Revision 10
Refer to the 'Designated Evacuation Routes and Traffic Control Points' map provided in the kit you obtained at theEOC.
* *
: d.       Remain in your vehicle with the windows rolled up and outside vents closed, unless required to assist motorists, answer questions, or provide traffic control signals at intersections.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 2of5) a. Vehicles attempting to enter the zone should be stopped and aske.d for proper identification.
: e.       Provide the Dispatcher periodic updates on the evacuation traffic including when the evacuation is complete
: b. Make radio contact with the County BOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher if in doubt as to whether a vehicle should be permitted to pass and ask if access should be allowed. The following organizations may get authorization to pass: * * * * *
: 3. Control access to the evacuated areas as follows:
* STP Nuclear Operating Company STP owners/operators of transmission lines, or their subcontractors The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Ambulance, fire, law enforcement, and rescue personnel Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Texas Department of Public Safety personnel Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) c. DSHS Contamination Control Team personnel (who will staff the access control points) should issue dosimetry to individuals receiving authorization from the County BOC to enter the evacuation zone. If the DSHS has not arrived, ask the EOC whether the individuals should report to the EOC to receive dosimetry prior to entering the zone. d. Information regarding the occupants of each vehicle permitted access should be obtained and documented on Attachment 5, Access Control Point Log. 4. Remain at your assigned control point until directed otherwise by County Officials.
* P-22-19                                 June I, 2017 Revision 10
: a. Read your Electronic Personal Dosimeter (EPD) on a periodic basis and notify the County EOC/Sheriff s Office Dispatcher if the readings approach the administrative limits. b. Be sure you are updated on event conditions on at least an hourly basis by the County EOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 2of5)
If you have not received an update, request one . P-22-20 June 1,2017 Revision 10
: a. Vehicles attempting to enter the zone should be stopped and aske.d for proper identification.
* *
: b. Make radio contact with the County BOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher if in doubt as to whether a vehicle should be permitted to pass and ask if access should be allowed. The following organizations may get authorization to pass:
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GIDDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 3 of5) 5. Once the emergency is over or it is the end of your shift, proceed as appropriate:
* STP Nuclear Operating Company STP owners/operators of transmission lines, or their subcontractors
: a. If a radiation release from STPEGS had occurred, go to . Jhe nearest Reception Center, i.e., Palacios High School in Palacios or MRMC Wellness & Rehabilitation in Bay City, for monitoring and decontamination (if necessary) at the Emergency Worker Facility being run by the Matagorda County Radiological Officer with technical support provided by the DSHS. b. Return to the County BOC and report to the Radiological Officer. Turn in all event paperwork, radiation dosimetry, and the contents of the 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit.' P-22-21 June 1, 2017 Revision 10 I I ! I , I I 'I I l 
* The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
* *
* Ambulance, fire, law enforcement, and rescue personnel
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 4.of 5) LOCATIONS Traffic and Access Control Points may be located at, but not limited to, the following locations:
* c.
DESIGNATOR LOCATION CPl Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2668 CP2 Intersection of FM 521 and FM 1468 CP3 Intersection of FM 521 and CR 391 CP4 Intersection of FM 521 and FM 1095 CPS Intersection of FM 1095 and FM CR 358 CP6 Intersection of CR 242 and SH 60 CP7 Intersection of FM 1468 and CR 411 CP8 Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 380/CR 381 CP9 Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 391 CPlO Intersection of FM 2668 and FM 3057 CPll Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 354 CP12 Intersection of FM 521 and SH 60 CP13 Intersection of FM 2078 and SH 60 in Wadsworth CP14 Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 411 CP15 Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2853 CP16 Intersection of FM 2668 and SH 60 CP17 Intersection of FM 1468 and SH 35 CP18 Intersection of FM 1095 and SH 35 CP19 Intersection of FM 521 and SH 35 CP20 Intersection of FM 2853 and CR 323 to SH 35 CP21 Intersection of FM 521 and CR 364 at the Palacios River CP22 Intracoastal Waterway 3 miles east of Matagorda Locks at the waterway exit into East Matagorda Bay P-22-22 June I, 2017 Revision 10 I I I I I ' ! ' I ' l
              *
* *
              *
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 DESIGNATOR CP23 CP24 CP25 CP26 CP27 CP28 CP29 (Page 5of5) LOCATION FM 2031 and the Intracoastal Waterway at the swing bridge Colorado River at the intersection with the Intracoastal Waterway Intracoastal Waterway at the McNabb Island Cut Intracoastal Waterway at the Rattlesnake Island Cut Entrance to the Intracoastal Waterway at Tres Palacios Bay(East)
* Department of State Health Services (DSHS)
Tres Palacios River and Tres Palacios Bay at Collegeport Riverside Park Note: Refer to the 'Designated Evacuation Routes and Traffic Control Points' map for these locations, which is provided in the Warning and Traffic Control Kit. P-22-23 June 1,2017 Revision 10
Texas Department of Public Safety personnel Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
* *
DSHS Contamination Control Team personnel (who will staff the access control points) should issue dosimetry to individuals receiving authorization from the County BOC to enter the evacuation zone. If the DSHS has not arrived, ask the EOC whether the individuals should report to the EOC to receive dosimetry prior to entering the zone.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ROUTE ALERTING GUIDELINES AND WARNING MESSAGES Attachment 4 (Page 1 of3) GUIDELINES Route alerting units assigned by County Officials should follow these guidelines:
: d. Information regarding the occupants of each vehicle permitted access should be obtained and documented on Attachment 5, Access Control Point Log.
: 1. Prior to dispatch, obtain a 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' at the County BOC and ensure you fully understand the briefing instructions on your assigned route and on radiation exposure control measures.
: 4. Remain at your assigned control point until directed otherwise by County Officials.
Then proceed to your designated route as quickly as possible.
: a. Read your Electronic Personal Dosimeter (EPD) on a periodic basis and notify the County EOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher if the readings approach the administrative limits.
: 2. Once you begin your route, turn on your flashing warning lights and proceed as follows until reached the end of the route: a. Travel vacant distances as quickly as possible . b. If vehicles are encountered, stop them and relay the appropriate warning message, i.e., Shelter in Place or Evacuation, as provided in this attachment.
: b. Be sure you are updated on event conditions on at least an hourly basis by the County EOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.
: c. At housing or places of business where the general public could be located, slow down or stop, then initiate a brief siren signal to get their attention followed by a public address announcement of the .appropriate warning me8sage as provided in this attachment.
If you have not received an update, request one.
: 3. After completing your assigned route (zone), make radio contact with the County EOC/Sheriff s Office Dispatcher and identify yourself, the route you just and any problems you may have identified.
* P-22-20                                 June 1,2017 Revision 10
: 4. Unless reassigned or recalled, backtrack your route repeating the warning in accordance with Step 2 above. a. Attempt to ascertain that everyone in the zone has received the warning information.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GIDDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 3 of5)
: b. If evacuation was recommended, note the presence and locations of residents who do not leave . P-22-24 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
: 5. Once the emergency is over or it is the end of your shift, proceed as appropriate:
* *
: a. If a radiation release from STPEGS had occurred, go to .
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ROUTE ALERTING GUIDELINES AND WARNING MESSAGES Attachment 4 (Page2 of3) 5. Once you have completed backtracking the route, make radio contact with the County BOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and identify yourself, that you've completed a second pass of your route, and that you are standing by for further instructions.
Jhe nearest Reception Center, i.e., Palacios High School in Palacios or MRMC Wellness & Rehabilitation in Bay City, for monitoring and decontamination (if necessary) at the Emergency Worker Facility being run by the Matagorda County Radiological Officer with technical support provided by the DSHS.
In addition, if evacuation was recommended and there were residents who did not leave, report this data to the BOC/Dispatcher also. 6. If requested, remain in the assigned area broadcasting emergency information as needed. a. Read your pocket dosimeters on a periodic basis (roughly 3 0 minutes) and notify the County EOC/Sheriff s Office Dispatcher if the readings approach the administrative limits . b. Be sure you are updated on event conditions on at least an hourly basis by the County BOC/Sheriff's Office Dispatcher.
: b. Return to the County BOC and report to the Radiological Officer. Turn in all event paperwork, radiation dosimetry, and the contents of the 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit.'
If you have not received an update, request one. 7. If you are reassigned to a traffic and access control point, follow the guidelines in Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations, as appropriate.
* I I
                                                                                          !
I ,
II
                                                                                          'I I
* P-22-21                             June 1, 2017 Revision 10 l
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 4.of 5)
LOCATIONS Traffic and Access Control Points may be located at, but not limited to, the following locations:
DESIGNATOR                         LOCATION CPl                               Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2668                                     I I
CP2                               Intersection of FM 521 and FM 1468                                     I I  I CP3                               Intersection of FM 521 and CR 391 CP4                               Intersection of FM 521 and FM 1095 CPS                               Intersection of FM 1095 and FM CR 358 CP6                               Intersection of CR 242 and SH 60 CP7                               Intersection of FM 1468 and CR 411
* CP8 CP9 CPlO CPll Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 380/CR 381 Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 391 Intersection of FM 2668 and FM 3057 Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 354 CP12                               Intersection of FM 521 and SH 60 CP13                               Intersection of FM 2078 and SH 60 in Wadsworth CP14                               Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 411 CP15                               Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2853 CP16                               Intersection of FM 2668 and SH 60 CP17                               Intersection of FM 1468 and SH 35 CP18                               Intersection of FM 1095 and SH 35 CP19                               Intersection of FM 521 and SH 35 CP20                               Intersection of FM 2853 and CR 323 to SH 35 CP21                               Intersection of FM 521 and CR 364 at the Palacios River CP22                               Intracoastal Waterway 3 miles east of Matagorda Locks at the waterway exit into East Matagorda Bay
* P-22-22                                       June I, 2017 Revision 10
                                                                                                          !'
I
                                                                                                          '
                                                                                                          '
l
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 5of5)
DESIGNATOR                          LOCATION CP23                                FM 2031 and the Intracoastal Waterway at the swing bridge CP24                                Colorado River at the intersection with the Intracoastal Waterway CP25                                Intracoastal Waterway at the McNabb Island Cut CP26                                Intracoastal Waterway at the Rattlesnake Island Cut CP27                                Entrance to the Intracoastal Waterway at Tres Palacios Bay(East)
CP28                                Tres Palacios River and Tres Palacios Bay at Collegeport
* CP29                              Riverside Park Note:   Refer to the 'Designated Evacuation Routes and Traffic Control Points' map for these locations, which is provided in the Warning and Traffic Control Kit.
* P-22-23                                     June 1,2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ROUTE ALERTING GUIDELINES AND WARNING MESSAGES Attachment 4 (Page 1 of3)
GUIDELINES Route alerting units assigned by County Officials should follow these guidelines:
: 1. Prior to dispatch, obtain a 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' at the County BOC and ensure you fully understand the briefing instructions on your assigned route and on radiation exposure control measures. Then proceed to your designated route as quickly as possible.
: 2. Once you begin your route, turn on your flashing warning lights and proceed as follows until you'v~ reached the end of the route:
: a.     Travel vacant distances as quickly as possible.
* b.
c.
If vehicles are encountered, stop them and relay the appropriate warning message, i.e., Shelter in Place or Evacuation, as provided in this attachment.
At housing or places of business where the general public could be located, slow down or stop, then initiate a brief siren signal to get their attention followed by a public address announcement of the .appropriate warning me8sage as provided in this attachment.
: 3. After completing your assigned route (zone), make radio contact with the County EOC/Sheriff s Office Dispatcher and identify yourself, the route you just complet~d, and any problems you may have identified.
: 4. Unless reassigned or recalled, backtrack your route repeating the warning in accordance with Step 2 above.
: a.     Attempt to ascertain that everyone in the zone has received the warning information.
: b.     If evacuation was recommended, note the presence and
* locations of residents who do not leave.
P-22-24                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 10
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ROUTE ALERTING GUIDELINES AND WARNING MESSAGES Attachment 4 (Page2 of3)
: 5. Once you have completed backtracking the route, make radio contact with the County BOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and identify yourself, that you've completed a second pass of your route, and that you are standing by for further instructions. In addition, if evacuation was recommended and there were residents who did not leave, report this data to the BOC/Dispatcher also.
: 6. If requested, remain in the assigned area broadcasting emergency information as needed.
: a.     Read your pocket dosimeters on a periodic basis (roughly 3 0 minutes) and notify the County EOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher if the readings approach the administrative limits .
* b.     Be sure you are updated on event conditions on at least an hourly basis by the County BOC/Sheriff's Office Dispatcher. If you have not received an update, request one.
: 7. If you are reassigned to a traffic and access control point, follow the guidelines in Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations, as appropriate.
: 8. Once the emergency is over or it is the end of your shift, proceed as appropriate:
: 8. Once the emergency is over or it is the end of your shift, proceed as appropriate:
: a. If a radiation release from STPEGS had occurred, go to the nearest Reception Center, i.e., Palacios High School in Palacios or MRMC Wellness & Rehabilitation in Bay City, for monitoring and decontamination (if necessary) at the Emergency Worker Facility being run by the Matagorda County Environmental Health Department with technical support provided by DSHS. b. Return to the County EOC and report to the Radiological Officer. Turn in all event paperwork, radiation dosimetry, and the contents of the 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit.' P-22-25 June l, 2017 Revision 10
: a.     If a radiation release from STPEGS had occurred, go to the nearest Reception Center, i.e., Palacios High School in Palacios or MRMC Wellness & Rehabilitation in Bay City, for monitoring and decontamination (if necessary) at the Emergency Worker Facility being run by the Matagorda County Environmental Health Department with technical support provided by DSHS.
* *
: b.       Return to the County EOC and report to the Radiological Officer. Turn in all event paperwork, radiation dosimetry,
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ROUTE ALERTING GUIDELINES AND WARNING MESSAGES Attachment 4 (Page 3 of3) WARNING MESSAGES:
* and the contents of the 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit.'
: 1. SHELTER IN PLACE: 2. "Your attention please! The South Texas Project nuclear power plant is experiencing operational problems.
P-22-25                               June l, 2017 Revision 10
Please go inside and close all doors and windows, turn off outside sources of ventilation.
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ROUTE ALERTING GUIDELINES AND WARNING MESSAGES Attachment 4 (Page 3 of3)
Tune to the National Weather Service (NOAA radio) or to radio . I station KKHA FM 92.5 for further information.
WARNING MESSAGES:
EVACUATION: "Your attention please! The South Texas Project nuclear power plant is experiencing operational problems.
: 1. SHELTER IN PLACE:
For your safety, evacuate.
          "Your attention please! The South Texas Project nuclear power plant is experiencing operational problems.
Please read the evacuation information in your Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet, or on public information postings.
Please go inside and close all doors and windows, turn off outside sources of ventilation. Tune to the National Weather Service (NOAA radio) or to radio               . I station KKHA FM 92.5 for further information.
You should evacuat.e in a (Northerly, Southerly, Easterly, Westerly) direction on highway (number or name) to the Reception Center at (name of Center-MRL\IIC Wellness & Rehabilitation or Palacios High School). NOTE You must select the appropriate information to fill in for the shaded text above. There is no need to hurry, but don't waste time. Go as soon as you can get ready. "Tune to the National Weather Service (NOAA radio) or radio station KK.HA FM 92.5 for further information." P-22-26 June 1, 2017 RevisionlO I I r I ! 
: 2. EVACUATION:
* *
*
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ACCESS CONTROL POINT LOG Attachment 5 (Page_ of__) Officer in Charge Location of Control Point Date Entry Vehicle Dos.orTLD Destination/
          "Your attention please! The South Texas Project nuclear power plant is experiencing operational problems. For your safety, evacuate. Please read the evacuation information in your Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet, or on public information postings.
Time License No. YIN Name Representing Exit Time This form may be replaced with a DSHS form upon the arrival of the DSHS Contamination Control Team . P-22-27 June I, 2017 Revision 10 -------------------"-------------------------
You should evacuat.e in a (Northerly, Southerly, Easterly, Westerly) direction on highway (number or name) to the Reception Center at (name of Center- MRL\IIC Wellness & Rehabilitation or Palacios High School).
----
I NOTE                                                 I r
* Change Number 1. 2. 3. 4. *
You must select the appropriate information to fill in for the shaded text above.
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 22 Emergency Operations Center Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control (Procedure 22, Rev 10) Reference Change Number Global Remove: KMKS Global Replaced:
I
McAllister Junior High with MRMC Wellness & Rehabilitation P-22-26, Replaced:
                                                                                                        !
local phone book Attachment 4, With: Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet Attachment 4, Replaced: "Tune to radio stations Page 3 of3, KMKS 102.5 FM, KKHA FM 92.5 last paragraph and the National Weather Station (NWS) for further information." With: "Tune to the National Weather Service (NOAA radio) or radio station KICTIA FM 92.5 . Reason KMKS is the no longer the primary or backup EAS Station Location and name change of reception center In the future all required public information will not be supplied in the YP One telephone book; but in a Matagorda County/STP pamphlet which will be mailed out to households in the 10-miles EPZ. NOAA Weather Radio (NWS) is the Primary EAS source and ICTCTIA is the secondary backup
There is no need to hurry, but don't waste time. Go as soon as you can get ready.
\I 't.U\\ P.,e_
          "Tune to the National Weather Service (NOAA radio) or radio station KK.HA FM 92.5 for further information."
\ 0 
* P-22-26                                     June 1, 2017 RevisionlO
* *
* WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ACCESS CONTROL POINT LOG Attachment 5 (Page_ of__)
* STI 34475163 Z1808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ...................................................................... , ...............................................................
Officer in Charge                   Location of Control Point                   Date Entry         Vehicle   Dos.orTLD                                   Destination/   Exit Time       License No.     YIN                 Name               Representing     Time
P-24-2 2.0 Discussion
* This form may be replaced with a DSHS form upon the arrival of the DSHS Contamination Control Team .
.................................................................................................................................
* P-22-27                                     June I, 2017 Revision 10
P-24-2 3.0 References
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 22 Emergency Operations Center Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control (Procedure 22, Rev 10)
.................................................................................................................................
Change  Reference                  Change                                 Reason Number    Number
P-24-4 4.0 Equipment Required .................................................................................................................
: 1. Global        Remove: KMKS                          KMKS is the no longer the primary or backup EAS Station
P-24-4 5.0 Precautions and Limitations
: 2. Global        Replaced: McAllister Junior High      Location and name change of with MRMC Wellness &                  reception center Rehabilitation
......................................................................................................
: 3. P-22-26,       Replaced: local phone book           In the future all required public Attachment 4, With: Matagorda County/STP           information will not be supplied in the Emergency Information pamphlet       YP One telephone book; but in a Matagorda County/STP pamphlet which will be mailed out to households in the 10-miles EPZ.
P-24-4 6.0
: 4. Attachment 4,  Replaced: "Tune to radio stations     NOAA Weather Radio (NWS) is the Page 3 of3,   KMKS 102.5 FM, KKHA FM 92.5           Primary EAS source and ICTCTIA is last paragraph and the National Weather Station     the secondary backup (NWS) for further information."
..............................................................................................................................
* With: "Tune to the National Weather Service (NOAA radio) or radio station KICTIA FM 92.5 .
P-24-5 7.0 Procedure
* J\J-~ \I 't.U\\
..................................................................................................................................
P.,e_ \..)\~\e:n \0
P-24-5 8.0 Attachments  
 
.......................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                      ~Oil\'
: ...... P-24-5 Attachment 1 -Matagorda County Sheriffs Checklist..  
STI 34475163                                                                                                                            Z1808
..........................................................
* MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 Table of Contents 1.0    Purpose ...................................................................... ,............................................................... P-24-2 2.0    Discussion ................................................................................................................................. P-24-2 3.0    References ................................................................................................................................. P-24-4 4.0    Equipment Required ................................................................................................................. P-24-4 5.0    Precautions and Limitations ...................................................................................................... P-24-4 6.0    Prerequisite~ .............................................................................................................................. P-24-5 7.0    Procedure .................................................................................................................................. P-24-5 8.0     Attachments ....................................................................................................................... :...... P-24-5 Attachment 1 - Matagorda County Sheriffs Checklist.. .......................................................... P-24-6 Attachment 2 - Sheriff Deputies Briefing Sheet .................................................................... P-24-19 Attachment 3 -BOC Briefing Sheet. ...................................................................................... P-24-21 Attachment 4-Recovery Activities List ................................................................................ P-24-22
P-24-6 Attachment 2 -Sheriff Deputies Briefing Sheet ....................................................................
* Attachment 5 - Acronyms List ................................................................................................ P-24-23 Effective Date:   June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
P-24-19 Attachment 3 -BOC Briefing Sheet. ......................................................................................
Sheriff
P-24-21 Attachment 4-Recovery Activities List ................................................................................
* P-24-1                                                               Junel,2017 Revision 11
P-24-22 Attachment 5 -Acronyms List ................................................................................................
_,
P-24-23 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
 
Sheriff P-24-1 Junel,2017
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
_, Revision 11 
* 1.0 Purpose 1.1 Procedure 24 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Sheriff in the Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center (EOC) in the event of a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
* *
1.2   This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios, and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Sheriff.
* 1.0 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 Purpose 1.1 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Sheriff in the Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center (EOC) in the event of a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).
2.0 Discussion 2.1   The Sheriff or his designee directs Law Enforcement activities throughout the County during a County wide disaster.
1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios, and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Sheriff. 2.0 Discussion 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 The Sheriff or his designee directs Law Enforcement activities throughout the County during a County wide disaster.
2.2    In the event of a Hostile Action Based (HAB) event, a Sheriffs Captain or above will be assigned to the Incident Command Post (ICP).
In the event of a Hostile Action Based (HAB) event, a Sheriffs Captain or above will be assigned to the Incident Command Post (ICP). In the event Matagorda County Dispatch office receives an Accelerated Phone Call based on a Hostile Action Based event, the Emergency Management Director should consider activating the Emergency Operations Center. The Sheriff serves as part of the Direction and Control Group when an emergency is declared in Matagorda County. Responsibilities of the Sheriff include, but are not limited to the following:
2.3    In the event Matagorda County Dispatch office receives an Accelerated Phone
2.5.1 Ensuring 24 hour coverage of the local warning point and the capability of the warning point to communicate with various County and City departments and State agencies during emergency response and recovery.
* 2.4 Call based on a Hostile Action Based event, the Emergency Management Director should consider activating the Emergency Operations Center.
2.5.2 Overseeing the call out of the Matagorda County Emergency Response Organization.
The Sheriff serves as part of the Direction and Control Group when an emergency is declared in Matagorda County.
2.5.3 Supervise the setup of the Emergency Operations Center. 2.5.4 Determining possible traffic and access control points and keeping the Office Dispatcher infornied.
2.5    Responsibilities of the Sheriff include, but are not limited to the following:
2.5.5 Advising DPS, Pierce of types and quantities of Law Enforcement support that may be needed. 2.5.6 Notifying Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas of any support that may be needed. P-24-2 June 1, 2017 Revision 11
2.5.1     Ensuring 24 hour coverage of the local warning point and the capability of the warning point to communicate with various County and City departments and State agencies during emergency response and recovery.
* 2.5.7 2.5.8 2.5.9 2.5.10 2.5.11 2.5.12 2.5.13
2.5.2     Overseeing the call out of the Matagorda County Emergency Response Organization.
* 2.5.14 2.5.15 2.5.16 2.5.17
2.5.3     Supervise the setup of the Emergency Operations Center.
* MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 Maintaining regular and emergency communications systems. Determining if additional Communications personnel are required.
2.5.4     Determining possible traffic and access control points and keeping the s,~erif:fs Office Dispatcher infornied.
Securing additional land line communications.
2.5.5     Advising DPS, Pierce of types and quantities of Law Enforcement support that may be needed.
Coordinating the use of volunteer communication systems (amateur, industry, etc.). Overseeing the activation of the public warning system involving sirens, community autodialer, and route alerting, when requested to implement these systems by the Emergency Management Director or designee.
* 2.5.6     Notifying Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas of any support that may be needed.
Coordinating evacuation planning, and directing movement of people. Directing Sheriffs Department personnel as needed in:
P-24-2                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* 2.5.7 2.5.8 Procedure 24 Maintaining regular and emergency communications systems.
Determining if additional Communications personnel are required.
2.5.9 Securing additional land line communications.
2.5.10 Coordinating the use of volunteer communication systems (amateur, industry, etc.).
2.5.11 Overseeing the activation of the public warning system involving sirens, community autodialer, and route alerting, when requested to implement these systems by the Emergency Management Director or designee.
2.5.12 Coordinating evacuation planning, and directing movement of people.
2.5.13 Directing Sheriffs Department personnel as needed in:
* Maintaining law and order.
* Maintaining law and order.
* Protecting life and property .
*        *
* Enforcing existing and emergency laws, ordinances, court orders, policies, price controls, and curfews.
          *
* Controlling access to affected emergency areas.
          *
* A voiding hostile activity by utilizing alternate evacuation routes.
* Protecting life and property.
Enforcing existing and emergency laws, ordinances, court orders, policies, price controls, and curfews.
Controlling access to affected emergency areas.
Avoiding hostile activity by utilizing alternate evacuation routes.
* Facilitating in-bound response resources.
* Facilitating in-bound response resources.
* Assisting in rescue operations.
* Assisting in rescue operations.
* Establishing traffic and crowd control.
* Establishing traffic and crowd control.
* Performing weather watch service. Assuring Sheriffs Office personnel are trained in radiological monitoring and are properly equipped.
* Performing weather watch service.
Coordinating with other Law Enforcement agencies.
2.5.14 Assuring Sheriffs Office personnel are trained in radiological monitoring and are properly equipped.
Maintaining procedures dealing with warning, communications, and Law Enforcement activities.
2.5.15 Coordinating with other Law Enforcement agencies.
Ensuring Law Enforcement field teams (i.e., Sheriff Deputies, State Police, Local Police, etc.) are briefed on the responsibilities of the mission . P-24-3 June r, 2017 Revision 11
2.5.16 Maintaining procedures dealing with warning, communications, and Law Enforcement activities.
* *
2.5.17 Ensuring Law Enforcement field teams (i.e., Sheriff Deputies, State Police, Local Police, etc.) are briefed on the responsibilities of the mission.
* 2.6 2.7 2.8 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 The Local Warning Point is the designated location where Matagorda County receives warning messages from local industries and the National Weather Service. The Matagorda County local warning point is the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.
* P-24-3                                     June r, 2017 Revision 11
This is the 24 hour notification point for declared emergencies at STPEGS. Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency.
 
Return refers to reoccupation of areas cleared for unrestricted residence or use by previously evacuated or relocated populations.
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
3.0 References 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
* 2.6 Procedure 24 The Local Warning Point is the designated location where Matagorda County receives warning messages from local industries and the National Weather Service. The Matagorda County local warning point is the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher. This is the 24 hour notification point for declared emergencies at STPEGS.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
2.7    Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 13, 'Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation.'
2.8    Return refers to reoccupation of areas cleared for unrestricted residence or use by previously evacuated or relocated populations.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 14, 'Protective Action Guides.' Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 20, 'Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.'
3.0 References 3.1   Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 21, 'Communications Officer.'
3.2    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'
* 3.3 3.4 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 13, 'Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation.'
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.' 4.0 . Equipment Required 4.1 None. 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 The public must be notified in a timely manner of any decision by the Emergency Management Director to implement protective actions for the public. P-24-4 June 1, 2017
Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 14, 'Protective Action Guides.'
* Revision 11
3.5    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 20, 'Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.'
* *
3.6    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 21, 'Communications Officer.'
* 6.0 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 Prerequisite&sect;.
3.7    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'
6.1 A declared emergency by the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) Emergency Director has been received.
3.8    Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
7 .0 Procedure 7 .1 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher, report to the EOC and implement Procedure 13, "Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation," to activate the BOC. 7.2 Upon completion of set up of the EOC, implement Attachment 1, "Matagorda County Sheriffs Checklist." Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position responsibilities.
4.0 .Equipment Required 4.1   None.
8.0 Attachments 8 .1 Attachment 1, Matagorda County Sheriffs Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, Sheriff Deputies' Briefing Sheet 8.3 Attachment 3, EOC Briefing Sheet 8.4 Attachment 4, Recovery Activities List 8.5 Attachment 5, Acronyms List .P-24-5 June 1, 2017 Revision 11 I I I I ' 
5.0 Precautions and Limitations
* *
* 5.1   The public must be notified in a timely manner of any decision by the Emergency Management Director to implement protective actions for the public.
* MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 13) Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. ALERT NOTE If this emergency is due to HOSTILE ACTION BASED event at STPEGS, immediately notify Bay City Police, Palacios Police and Wharton County Sheriff to start mobilization.
P-24-4                                     June 1, 2017
If needed, contact Bay City Fire Chief and Matagorda EMS to standby. Matagorda County has Memorandums of Understanding with local Volunteer Fire Departments and neighboring counties.
* Revision 11
In addition, resource requests through DPS, Pierce can be obtained by completing Form 213 via WebEOC. Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination, Attachment 1, 'Matagorda County Sheriff Checklist' . 1. Report to the EOC Security Post, sign in and receive a badge. 2. Supervise the set up of the EOC by implementing Procedure 13, 'Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation.'
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* 6.0 Prerequisite&sect;.
6.1 Procedure 24 A declared emergency by the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) Emergency Director has been received.
7 .0 Procedure 7 .1   When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher, report to the EOC and implement Procedure 13, "Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation," to activate the BOC.
7.2   Upon completion of set up of the EOC, implement Attachment 1, "Matagorda County Sheriffs Checklist." Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position responsibilities.
8.0 Attachments 8 .1   Attachment 1, Matagorda County Sheriffs Checklist 8.2   Attachment 2, Sheriff Deputies' Briefing Sheet
* 8.3 8.4 8.5 Attachment 3, EOC Briefing Sheet Attachment 4, Recovery Activities List Attachment 5, Acronyms List I
I II '
*                                          .P-24-5                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 13)
Name                                                             Date ACTION                                                                               TIME/LOG I. ALERT NOTE If this emergency is due to HOSTILE ACTION BASED event at STPEGS, immediately notify Bay City Police, Palacios Police and Wharton County Sheriff to start mobilization. If needed, contact Bay City Fire Chief and Matagorda EMS to standby. Matagorda County has Memorandums of Understanding with local Volunteer Fire Departments and neighboring counties. In addition, resource requests through DPS, Pierce can be obtained by completing Form 213 via WebEOC. Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination,
* 1.
2.
Attachment 1, 'Matagorda County Sheriff Checklist' .
Report to the EOC Security Post, sign in and receive a badge.
Supervise the set up of the EOC by implementing Procedure 13,
              'Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation.'
: 3. Request Sheriffs Office staff to discontinue use ofEOC facsimile equipment for the duration of emergency condition.
: 3. Request Sheriffs Office staff to discontinue use ofEOC facsimile equipment for the duration of emergency condition.
: 4. Initiate Emergency Action Log. a. Track telephone calls, key information obtained, actions taken, and any other information needed to document response actions taken. b. Maintain the log until termination of the emergency.
: 4. Initiate Emergency Action Log.
: 5. If available, meet with the Emergency Management Director and/or the Emergency Management Coordinator to review the status of the emergency . P-24-6 June I, 2017 Revision 11 . l
: a.       Track telephone calls, key information obtained, actions taken, and any other information needed to document response actions taken.
* *
: b.       Maintain the log until termination of the emergency.
* ACTION MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2of13) TIME/LOG 6. Determine if additional communications personnel may be required as LOG additional staffing. (Ham Radio operators, radio operators, etc.) Provide 7. this information to the Emergency Management Coordinator, and then ensure Communications Officer arranges for the necessary resources.
: 5. If available, meet with the Emergency Management Director and/or the Emergency Management Coordinator to review the status of the emergency.
Determine status of department staff available to support the emergency response 8. Ensure sufficient Law Enforcement staff are placed on standby for the following emergency duties:
* P-24-6                                   June I, 2017 Revision 11 .
l
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2of13)
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG
: 6. Determine if additional communications personnel may be required as             LOG additional staffing. (Ham Radio operators, radio operators, etc.) Provide this information to the Emergency Management Coordinator, and then ensure Communications Officer arranges for the necessary resources.
: 7. Determine status of department staff available to support the emergency response
: 8. Ensure sufficient Law Enforcement staff are placed on standby for the following emergency duties:
* Joint Information Center Security
* Joint Information Center Security
* Reception Center Security and Traffic Control
* Reception Center Security and Traffic Control
* Traffic and Access Control Points
* Traffic and Access Control Points
* Emergency Operations Center Security
* Emergency Operations Center Security
* Department of State Health Services Staging Area Security
* 9.
* Route Alerting 9. If the STPEGS plant conditions are degrading, direct the Dispatcher to contact mobile units to report to the Radiological Officer at the BOC, for issuance of Emergency Worker supplies.
          *
: 10. Consider Law Enforcement needs if South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) evacuation is ordered. 11. NOTE If road barriers are needed, request assistance from the Precinct Barns and/or City Warehouses.
* Department of State Health Services Staging Area Security Route Alerting If the STPEGS plant conditions are degrading, direct the Dispatcher to contact mobile units to report to the Radiological Officer at the BOC, for issuance of Emergency Worker supplies.
Report any personnel or equipment shortages to the Emergency Management Director or Emergency Management Coordinator.
: 10. Consider Law Enforcement needs if South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) evacuation is ordered.
NOTE If road barriers are needed, request assistance from the Precinct Barns and/or City Warehouses.
: 11. Report any personnel or equipment shortages to the Emergency             NIA Management Director or Emergency Management Coordinator.
: 12. Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
: 12. Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
P-24-7 NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* P-24-7                                   June 1, 2017 I
* *
Revision 11
* ACTION MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 13) II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY
 
: 1. NOTE If emergency is due to HOSTILE ACTION BASED event at STPEGS, immediately notify Bay City Police, Palacios Police and Wharton County Sheriff to start mobilization.
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
If needed, contact Bay City Fire Chief and Matagorda EMS to standby. Matagorda County has Memorandums of Understanding with local Volunteer Fire Departments and neighboring counties.
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 13)
In addition, resource requests through DPS, Pierce can be obtained by completing Form 213 via WebEOC. Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination, Attachment 1, 'Matagorda County Sheriff Checklist' . Complete activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed.
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY NOTE                                   NIA If emergency is due to HOSTILE ACTION BASED event at STPEGS, immediately notify Bay City Police, Palacios Police and Wharton County Sheriff to start mobilization. If needed, contact Bay City Fire Chief and Matagorda EMS to standby.
: 2. Direct the Communications Officer to have mobile units report to the Radiological Officer at the EOC for issuance of Emergency Worker supplies.
Matagorda County has Memorandums of Understanding with local Volunteer Fire Departments and neighboring counties. In addition, resource requests through DPS, Pierce can be obtained by completing Form 213 via WebEOC. Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination, Attachment 1,
              'Matagorda County Sheriff Checklist' .
* 1.
2.
Complete activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed.
Direct the Communications Officer to have mobile units report to the Radiological Officer at the EOC for issuance of Emergency Worker supplies.
: 3. Assign Sheriff Deputies (including reserves) or outside emergency service resources to the following emergency duties as needed:
: 3. Assign Sheriff Deputies (including reserves) or outside emergency service resources to the following emergency duties as needed:
* Joint Information Center Security
* Joint Information Center Security
Line 1,363: Line 2,444:
* Emergency Operations Center Security
* Emergency Operations Center Security
* Route Alerting (if required)
* Route Alerting (if required)
* DSHS Staging Area Security 4. Obtain a copy of the latest Offsite Agency Notification Message Form and review the wind direction.
* DSHS Staging Area Security
Review Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warnings and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control' to determine possible traffic and access control points . P-24-8 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 11 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
: 4. Obtain a copy of the latest Offsite Agency Notification Message Form and review the wind direction. Review Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warnings and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control' to determine possible traffic and access control points.
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4of13) ACTION TIME/LOG a. If the wind direction has not been provided on the Offsite Agency Notification Message Form, ask the Emergency Management Coordinator to obtain this piece of data from the STPEGS. NOTE During peak period at Matagorda Beach, consider establishing additional traffic control to expedite and facilitate traffic entering and exiting the area. b. Coordinate closing FM 521 Park, Riverside Park, Rio Colorado Golf Course and Matagorda Beach with the Bay City Police, Game Wardens, and Precinct Constables, etc. NOTE
* P-24-8                               June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* The STPEGS will utilize a site evacuation scheme (Plan A-D) LOG based on the wind direction and the activated Reception Center. Refer to STPEGS, OERP01-ZV-IN05, Site Evacuation, located in the plant procedures or request assistance from the STPEGS Liaison. 5. Obtain information from the Emergency Management Director or Coordinator concerning any STPEGS site evacuations and establish Traffic and Access Control Points to support the evacuation.
 
: 6. Coordinate alerting the Exotic Isle community of the emergency situation at the STPEGS with Sheriff Deputies, Fish and Game, or the US Coast Guard. a. Determine if the occupants will be able to leave the Isle on their own via barge, tram or personal craft. b. Recommend they leave the Isle and assist them with departure, if needed. c. Ensure occupants understand emergency workers may not be allowed into the area to assist, if the emergency escalates .
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* P-24-9 June 1,2017 Revision 11 L MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4of13)
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of 13) ACTION TIME/LOG d. Ensure the Public Information group is provided an updated status for local dissemination.
ACTION                                                                       TIME/LOG
: 7. Brief Law Enforcement field teams in conjunction with the Radiological Officer (refer to Attachment 2, Sheriff Deputies' Briefing Sheet and to the Evacuation Warning Kits). a. During patrol or from Traffic Control Point location, request each field team, if possible, to note the status of the STP evacuation traffic and report the information to the Dispatcher.
: a.       If the wind direction has not been provided on the Offsite Agency Notification Message Form, ask the Emergency Management Coordinator to obtain this piece of data from the STPEGS.
: b. Request the Dispatcher log this information and report it to you or the Communications officer. c. Relay this information to the EOC staff during the hourly
NOTE During peak period at Matagorda Beach, consider establishing additional traffic control to expedite and facilitate traffic entering and exiting the area.
* briefing . 8. When the need arises to initiate public warning, use Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System' and: a. When deemed necessary by the Emergency Management Director, direct the Dispatcher to sound the sirens. b. Direct the Communications Officer to initiate activation of the auto dialer. 9. Discuss with the Emergency Management Director and Emergency Management Coordinator the possible need to perform route alerting.
: b.       Coordinate closing FM 521 Park, Riverside Park, Rio Colorado Golf Course and Matagorda Beach with the Bay City Police, Game Wardens, and Precinct Constables, etc.
If deemed necessary:
* NOTE The STPEGS will utilize a site evacuation scheme (Plan A-D)           LOG based on the wind direction and the activated Reception Center.
: a. Determine areas and populations for route alerting.  
Refer to STPEGS, OERP01-ZV-IN05, Site Evacuation, located in the plant procedures or request assistance from the STPEGS Liaison.
' b. Direct the Communications Officer to assign mobile units to perform route alerting for designated areas. 10. Coordinate with the Radiological Officer the distribution of dosimetry to the chemical plants in the 10 mile EPZ of STPEGS. Dispatch mobile units to deliver the dosimetry, as appropriate .
: 5. Obtain information from the Emergency Management Director or Coordinator concerning any STPEGS site evacuations and establish Traffic and Access Control Points to support the evacuation.
* P-24-10 June 1, 2017 Revision 11
: 6. Coordinate alerting the Exotic Isle community of the emergency situation at the STPEGS with Sheriff Deputies, Fish and Game, or the US Coast Guard.
* *
: a.       Determine if the occupants will be able to leave the Isle on their own via barge, tram or personal craft.
* ACTION 11. MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of13) In the event of an evacuation and to assist disabled vehicles:
: b.       Recommend they leave the Isle and assist them with departure, if needed.
: a. Establish strategic locations along major routes with tow trucks carrying containers of gasoline and to clear route impediments.
: c.       Ensure occupants understand emergency workers may not be allowed into the area to assist, if the emergency escalates.
: b. Encourage gas stations to remain open during an evacuation.
* P-24-9                                 June 1,2017 Revision 11 L
: 12. If there are any shortages in equipment or manpower, arrange for augmented resources with DPS, Pierce, using Form 213. 13. 14. 15. 16. If the Fire Services Coordinator is unavailable, direct the Communications Officer to notify Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas of the change in classification and the possible need to support an evacuation . If traffic on the Intracoastal Waterway and Colorado River needs to be stopped, then: a. Dispatch the Sheriffs Office and/or Game Wardens boats to warn craft on the Waterway four miles on either side of the FM 2031 bridge at the town of Matagorda.
 
: b. Notify the DPS, Pierce requesting Coast Guard assistance to restrict river and intracoastal waterway traffic using Form 213. If the emergency is oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section IV. Shift Turnover, of this checklist.
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of the checklist.
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of 13)
P-24-11 TIME/LOG LOG NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 11
ACTION                                                                           TIME/LOG
* *
: d.     Ensure the Public Information group is provided an updated status for local dissemination.
* ACTION MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 13) ill. GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 7. Brief Law Enforcement field teams in conjunction with the Radiological Officer (refer to Attachment 2, Sheriff Deputies' Briefing Sheet and to the Evacuation Warning Kits).
: 1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert and Section II, Site Area Emergency, if not already completed.
: a.     During patrol or from Traffic Control Point location, request each field team, if possible, to note the status of the STP evacuation traffic and report the information to the Dispatcher.
: 2. Discuss with the Emergency Management Director or the Emergency Management Coordinator the need to initiate public warning. Use Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public W aming System' and: 3. a. When deemed necessary by the Emergency Management Director, direct the Dispatcher to sound the sirens. b. Direct the Communications Officer to initiate activation of the auto dialer . Confer with the Emergency Management Director and the Emergency Management Coordinator to determine which Protective Response Zones are to be Evacuated or Shelter in Place. 4. Review Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control' to determine locations of traffic and access control points. a. Review the Traffic and Access Control Points with the Radiological Officer to ensure no personnel will be placed in highly contaminated or hazardous areas. b. NOTE If traffic and access control points had been previously established to support the STP evacuation, ensure the points meet the needs of the protective action. If not, move TACP personnel to the appropriate locations.
: b.     Request the Dispatcher log this information and report it to you or the Communications officer.
Direct the Communication Officer to assign mobile units or other Law Enforcement and support personnel to the traffic and access control points . P-24-12 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 11
: c. Relay this information to the EOC staff during the hourly
* ACTION 5 . *
* briefing.
* c. d. e. MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8 of 13) Direct the Status Board Keeper to indicate locations of control points on the Status Board or on W ebEOC and log the locations on the Emergency Action Log. Determine with the Bay City Police Chief if a supplemental TCACP should be established to facilitate the flow of evacuation traffic at the intersection of SH 35 and SH 60. If yes, during the evacuation prohibit traffic from turning west on SH 35. Ensure traffic and access control personnel provide the Dispatcher periodic updates on the evacuation traffic including when the evacuation is complete.
: 8. When the need arises to initiate public warning, use Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System' and:
Initiate route alerting to special populations or the general public as directed by the Emergency Management Director or Coordinator.
: a.     When deemed necessary by the Emergency Management Director, direct the Dispatcher to sound the sirens.
: a. Route alerting shall be performed in accordance with Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'
: b.     Direct the Communications Officer to initiate activation of the auto dialer.
: b. Direct the Communications Officer to assign mobile units to begin route alerting as needed to meet the requests of the Emergency Management Director.
: 9. Discuss with the Emergency Management Director and Emergency Management Coordinator the possible need to perform route alerting. If deemed necessary:
: a.     Determine areas and populations for route alerting.
                                          '
: b.     Direct the Communications Officer to assign mobile units to perform route alerting for designated areas.
: 10. Coordinate with the Radiological Officer the distribution of dosimetry to the chemical plants in the 10 mile EPZ of STPEGS.
Dispatch mobile units to deliver the dosimetry, as appropriate.
* P-24-10                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of13)
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG
: 11. In the event of an evacuation and to assist disabled vehicles:
: a.       Establish strategic locations along major routes with tow trucks carrying containers of gasoline and to clear route impediments.
: b.       Encourage gas stations to remain open during an evacuation.
: 12. If there are any shortages in equipment or manpower, arrange for augmented resources with DPS, Pierce, using Form 213.
: 13. If the Fire Services Coordinator is unavailable, direct the             LOG Communications Officer to notify Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas of the change in classification and the possible need
* 14.
to support an evacuation.
If traffic on the Intracoastal Waterway and Colorado River needs to be stopped, then:
: a.       Dispatch the Sheriffs Office and/or Game Wardens boats to warn craft on the Waterway four miles on either side of the FM 2031 bridge at the town of Matagorda.
: b.       Notify the DPS, Pierce requesting Coast Guard assistance to restrict river and intracoastal waterway traffic using Form 213.
: 15. If the emergency is oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in         NIA accordance with Section IV. Shift Turnover, of this checklist.
: 16. Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the     NIA emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of the checklist.
* P-24-11                               June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 13)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG ill. GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert and Section II, Site Area       NIA Emergency, if not already completed.
: 2. Discuss with the Emergency Management Director or the Emergency Management Coordinator the need to initiate public warning. Use Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public W aming System' and:
: a.     When deemed necessary by the Emergency Management Director, direct the Dispatcher to sound the sirens.
: b.     Direct the Communications Officer to initiate activation of
* the auto dialer.
: 3. Confer with the Emergency Management Director and the Emergency Management Coordinator to determine which Protective Response Zones are to be Evacuated or Shelter in Place.
: 4. Review Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control' to determine locations of traffic and access control points.
: a.     Review the Traffic and Access Control Points with the Radiological Officer to ensure no personnel will be placed in highly contaminated or hazardous areas.
NOTE If traffic and access control points had been previously established to support the STP evacuation, ensure the points meet the needs of the protective action. If not, move TACP personnel to the appropriate locations.
: b.      Direct the Communication Officer to assign mobile units or other Law Enforcement and support personnel to the traffic
* and access control points .
P-24-12                               June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8 of 13)
ACTION                                                                            TIME/LOG
: c.      Direct the Status Board Keeper to indicate locations of control points on the Status Board or on W ebEOC and log the locations on the Emergency Action Log.
: d.      Determine with the Bay City Police Chief if a supplemental TCACP should be established to facilitate the flow of evacuation traffic at the intersection of SH 35 and SH 60. If yes, during the evacuation prohibit traffic from turning west on SH 35.
: e.      Ensure traffic and access control personnel provide the Dispatcher periodic updates on the evacuation traffic including when the evacuation is complete.
*
: 5. Initiate route alerting to special populations or the general public as directed by the Emergency Management Director or Coordinator.
: a.       Route alerting shall be performed in accordance with Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'
: b.       Direct the Communications Officer to assign mobile units to begin route alerting as needed to meet the requests of the Emergency Management Director.
NOTE The Public Information material includes two placards.
NOTE The Public Information material includes two placards.
The resident has been instructed to put the appropriate placard in the window or door when they have been notified or if they require assistance.
The resident has been instructed to put the appropriate placard in the window or door when they have been notified or if they require assistance.
: 6. At the completion of their assigned task or shift, direct route alerting and traffic and access control personnel to a Reception Center for decontamination should they be potentially contaminated . P-24-13 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 11
: 6. At the completion of their assigned task or shift, direct route alerting and traffic and access control personnel to a Reception Center for decontamination should they be potentially contaminated.
* *
* P-24-13                             June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* ACTION 7. 8. MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9 of 13) Contact DPS, Pierce to advise them of the activities underway relating to public warning and protective actions, and to ensure the State EOC has made provisions to stop air, waterway, and rail traffic, with exceptions, should the County be currently involved in search and rescue or similar activities.
 
If normal teletype (TLETS) or radio communications are not sufficient, establish other communications with DPS, Pierce. 9. Status and WebEOC Board Keepers informed of significant events. 10. When requested by the Emergency Management Director to provide a status update at the hourly EOC briefing, provide the information in Attachment 3, BOC Briefing Sheet plus any additional information of value to the EOC staff . 11. Interface with the Radiological Officer to determine special access
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9 of 13)
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG
: 7. Contact DPS, Pierce to advise them of the activities underway           LOG relating to public warning and protective actions, and to ensure the State EOC has made provisions to stop air, waterway, and rail traffic, with exceptions, should the County be currently involved in search and rescue or similar activities.
: 8. If normal teletype (TLETS) or radio communications are not               LOG sufficient, establish other communications with DPS, Pierce.
: 9. Status and WebEOC Board Keepers informed of significant events.
: 10. When requested by the Emergency Management Director to                   NIA provide a status update at the hourly EOC briefing, provide the information in Attachment 3, BOC Briefing Sheet plus any additional information of value to the EOC staff.
* 11. Interface with the Radiological Officer to determine special access
* restrictions to the evacuated areas. Forward this information to the Dispatcher or Communications Officer for distribution to field personnel.
* restrictions to the evacuated areas. Forward this information to the Dispatcher or Communications Officer for distribution to field personnel.
: 12. Interface with the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher concerning the status of dispatched units to traffic and access control points, and inform the following:
: 12. Interface with the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher concerning the status of dispatched units to traffic and access control points, and inform the following:
: a. Emergency Management Coordinator
: a.       Emergency Management Coordinator
: b. Status and WebEOC Board Keepers c. Public Information Staff P-24-14 TIME/LOG LOG LOG NIA Junel,2017 Revision 11 I
: b.       Status and WebEOC Board Keepers
* ACTION 13. 14. *
: c.       Public Information Staff
* MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10of13) ) Advise Law Enforcement and support personnel to report back to the EOC for debriefing prior to shift turnover.
* P-24-14                                 Junel,2017 Revision 11
Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the emergency is terminated and recovery activities are implemented then refer to Sections V. Recovery, and VI. Termination, of this checklist, as appropriate . P-24-15 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
* *
I MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* L ACTION MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11 of 13) IV. SIDFT TURNOVER 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10of13)
: a. Review of completed checklist Items b. Review oflog c. Status board Information
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG
: d. Manpower status e. Locations of traffic and access control points f. Location of the activated Reception Center g. Any action items 2. Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
                              )
: 13. Advise Law Enforcement and support personnel to report back to the EOC for debriefing prior to shift turnover.
: 14. Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the     NIA emergency is terminated and recovery activities are implemented then refer to Sections V. Recovery, and VI. Termination, of this checklist, as appropriate.
*
* P-24-15                               June 1, 2017 Revision 11
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11 of 13)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG IV. SIDFT TURNOVER
: 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
: a. Review of completed checklist Items
: b. Review oflog
: c. Status board Information
: d. Manpower status
: e. Locations of traffic and access control points
* 2.
f.
g.
Location of the activated Reception Center Any action items Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
: 3. Inform the Sheriffs Officer Dispatcher of your shift replacement.
: 3. Inform the Sheriffs Officer Dispatcher of your shift replacement.
: 4. Update Staffing Board. 5. Agree to your return time. 6. Document names, date, and time of turnover.
: 4. Update Staffing Board.
P-24-16 TIME/LOG LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 11
: 5. Agree to your return time.
* *
: 6. Document names, date, and time of turnover.                           LOG
* ACTION MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 12 of 13) V. RECOVERY 1. Develop a list of activities and tasks which should be completed as part of recovery effort using Attachment 4, Recovery Activities List. 2. Provide a copy of the Recovery Activities List to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
* P-24-16                               June 1, 2017 Revision 11
: 3. Assist in the development of recovery plans. 4 . Maintain logs until termination of the event. P-24-17 TIME/LOG LOG NIA June i, 2017 Revision 11
 
** *
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* ACTION MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S C:HECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 13 of 13) VI. TERMINATION
* Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 12 of 13)
: 1. When informed by the Emergency Management Director that access and control requirements are no longer needed, confer with the Radiological Officer as to whether additional personnel monitoring of individuals from the field should be conducted at the Reception Center. a. Direct the Dispatcher or Communications Officer to inform Law Enforcement and support personnel of any special monitoring requirements.
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG V. RECOVERY
: 1. Develop a list of activities and tasks which should be completed as part of recovery effort using Attachment 4, Recovery Activities List.
: 2. Provide a copy of the Recovery Activities List to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
: 3. Assist in the development of recovery plans.                           LOG
: 4. Maintain logs until termination of the event.                           NIA
*
* P-24-17                               June i, 2017 Revision 11
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
**                                      Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S C:HECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 13 of 13)
ACTION                                                                      TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION
: 1. When informed by the Emergency Management Director that access and control requirements are no longer needed, confer with the Radiological Officer as to whether additional personnel monitoring of individuals from the field should be conducted at the Reception Center.
: a. Direct the Dispatcher or Communications Officer to inform Law Enforcement and support personnel of any special monitoring requirements.
: 2. Provide a list of supplies or forms needing replenishing to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
: 2. Provide a list of supplies or forms needing replenishing to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
: 3. Collect and organize, in chronological order, all documents, checklists, forms, and logs, including any documentation generated by Law Enforcement and support personnel.
* 3. Collect and organize, in chronological order, all documents, checklists, forms, and logs, including any documentation generated by Law Enforcement and support personnel.
: a. Sign checklists and logs. 4. Write a summary of actions taken during event, with input from the Dispatcher, Communications Officer, and Law Enforcement Field Teams. 5. Provide the summary to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
: a. Sign checklists and logs.
: 4. Write a summary of actions taken during event, with input from the Dispatcher, Communications Officer, and Law Enforcement Field Teams.
: 5. Provide the summary to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
: 6. Turnover all documentation generated during the emergency to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
: 6. Turnover all documentation generated during the emergency to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
P-24-18 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* P-24-18                               June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* *
 
* MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 SHERIFF DEPUTIES' BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 2 (Page 1 of2) I. Reception Center 1. Traffic Control a. Direct vehicles and evacuees through the facility.
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
: b. Ensure emergencyvehicles (e.g., ambulances and wheelchair vans) enter the Reception Center using a separate entrance.
* Procedure 24 SHERIFF DEPUTIES' BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 2 (Page 1 of2)
: c. Coordinate traffic control and security with other Law Enforcement agencies or fire department volunteers.
I. Reception Center
: 2. Facility Security a. Ensure internal and external facility operations are maintained. b . Control access to contaminated parking areas and decontamination operations.
: 1. Traffic Control
: c. Ensure evacuees do not enter the Matagorda County Reception Center 'Registration Center' without a designated green slip of paper. II. Joint Information Center (JIC) 1. Ensure media representative(s) present proper identification prior to facility entry. 2. Maintain a physical presence in and around the facility.
: a.     Direct vehicles and evacuees through the facility.
: b.     Ensure emergencyvehicles (e.g., ambulances and wheelchair vans) enter the Reception Center using a separate entrance.
: c.     Coordinate traffic control and security with other Law Enforcement agencies or fire department volunteers.
: 2. Facility Security
: a.     Ensure internal and external facility operations are maintained.
*
: b.     Control access to contaminated parking areas and decontamination operations.
: c.     Ensure evacuees do not enter the Matagorda County Reception Center
                    'Registration Center' without a designated green slip of paper.
II. Joint Information Center (JIC)
: 1. Ensure media representative(s) present proper identification prior to facility entry.
: 2. Maintain a physical presence in and around the facility.
: 3. Communicate any civil disturbances or emergency services requirements via every day emergency response channels.
: 3. Communicate any civil disturbances or emergency services requirements via every day emergency response channels.
: 4. Control overall access to the facility during active operations . P-24-19 June 1, 2017 Revision 11 l
: 4. Control overall access to the facility during active operations .
* *
* P-24-19                                   June 1, 2017 Revision 11 l
* MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 SHERIFF DEPUTIES' BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 2 (Page 2 of2) ID. Traffic and Access Control Point (T ACP) Point Operations
 
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* Procedure 24 SHERIFF DEPUTIES' BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 2 (Page 2 of2)
ID. Traffic and Access Control Point (TACP) Point Operations
: 1. When the decision is made to implement protective measures for the ten-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ), Sheriff Deputies will be dispatched to designated TCP/ACP's.
: 1. When the decision is made to implement protective measures for the ten-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ), Sheriff Deputies will be dispatched to designated TCP/ACP's.
: 2. Upon direction from the Sheriff or designee, the deputy will set-up the TACP to facilitate the flow of traffic out of the zone and eventually to control access into the restricted area. 3. Make radio contact with the County/EOC Sheriffs Dispatcher or Communications Officer if in doubt as to whether a vehicle should be permitted to pass and ask if access should be allowed. The following organizations may get authorization to pass:
: 2. Upon direction from the Sheriff or designee, the deputy will set-up the TACP to facilitate the flow of traffic out of the zone and eventually to control access into the restricted area.
: 3. Make radio contact with the County/EOC Sheriffs Dispatcher or Communications Officer if in doubt as to whether a vehicle should be permitted to pass and ask if access should be allowed. The following organizations may get authorization to pass:
* STP Nuclear Operating Company
* STP Nuclear Operating Company
* The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
*              *
* Ambulance, fire, Law Enforcement, and rescue teams
              *
* Department of State Health SerVices
* The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Ambulance, fire, Law Enforcement, and rescue teams Department of State Health SerVices
* Texas Department of Public Safety
* Texas Department of Public Safety
* Other individuals with valid business in.the evacuated zone may be permitted to enter on a case by case basis *
* Other individuals with valid business in.the evacuated zone may be permitted to enter on a case by case basis *
* All other individuals without a valid reason to enter the restricted zone will be denied access. NOTE Review with the Sheriff Deputies the Evacuation Warning Kits. The kits will be assigned to the Deputy prior to dispatch.
* All other individuals without a valid reason to enter the restricted zone will be denied access.
The kits provide more detailed information on SheriffDeputyresponsibilities (e.g. TACP setup, authorization pass, etc.) Ensure the Sheriff Deputies report to the Mon/Decon Supervisor at the Reception Center (Environmental Health staff) for additional instruction.
NOTE Review with the Sheriff Deputies the Evacuation Warning Kits. The kits will be assigned to the Deputy prior to dispatch. The kits provide more detailed information on SheriffDeputyresponsibilities (e.g. TACP setup, authorization pass, etc.)
P-24-20 i June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* Ensure the Sheriff Deputies report to the Mon/Decon Supervisor at the Reception Center (Environmental Health staff) for additional instruction.
* *
P-24-20                                 i June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* 1. MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Field Team/Location A. _______ _ B. _______ _ c. _______ _ D. _______ _ Procedure 24 EOC BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1) Field Team/Location Field Team/Location E. I. __________
 
_ F. J. -----------
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
G. _________
* Procedure 24 EOC BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1)
K. _________
: 1. Field Team/Location           Field Team/Location           Field Team/Location A. _ _ _ _ _ _ __            E.                           I. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ H. L. __________
B. ________ F.                                             J. - - - - - - - - - - -
_ 2. Traffic and Access Control Points CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP 3. Protective Action Recommendations
: c. ________ G. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ K.                            _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 4. Actions Initiated CP CP 5. Evacuation Initiated At ________ _ CP CP __ CP CP--CP CP CP CP From Areas __________________________
D. ________ H.                                             L. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ 6. Status of local industry protective actions _________________
: 2. Traffic and Access Control Points CP          CP        CP        CP        CP        CP        CP _ _CP            CP CP         CP         CP         CP       CP       CP--CP               CP        CP
_ 7. River and Intracoastal Waterway traffic controls initiated
: 3. Protective Action Recommendations
____________
: 4. Actions Initiated
_ 8. Persons who have opted not to evacuate and, if known, the location.
* 5.
: 9. Additional Information
6.
_______________________
Evacuation Initiated At _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ Sheriff or Designeec__
From Areas _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_______________
Status of local industry protective actions _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ Date ______ _ P-24-21 Time June 1, 2017 Revision 11 
: 7. River and Intracoastal Waterway traffic controls initiated _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
* (Name) ITEM# LOCATION
: 8. Persons who have opted not to evacuate and, if known, the location.
* MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 RECOVERY ACTIVITIES LIST Attachment 4 (Page_ of_) (EOC Position)
: 9. Additional Information _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
ACTION/DESCRJPTION P-24-22 (Date) ASSIGNED TO
Sheriff or Designeec___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
* PRIORITY June 1, 2017 Revision 11
Date _ _ _ _ _ __                    Time
* Acronym ACP DHS DPS DRD DSHS EAS EMC EMD EOC EOF EPA EPD
* P-24-21                                  June 1, 2017 Revision 11
* EPZ FEMA ISD JIC KI NRC NWS ORO PAD PAG PAR PIO soc STPEGS TDEM TCP TLD
 
* MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 5 (Page 1of1) A:imlies To Access Control Point Department of Homeland Security Department of Public Safety Direct-Reading Dosimeter Department of State Health Services Emergency Alert System Emergency Management Coordinator Emergency Management Director Emergency Operations Center Emergency Operations Facility Environmental Protection Agency Electronic Personal Dosimeter Emergency Planning Zone Federal Emergency Management Agency Independent School District Joint Information Center Potassium Iodide Nuclear Regulatory Commission National Weather Service Offsite Response Organization Protective Action Decision Protective Action Guide Protective Action Recommendation Public Information Officer State Operations Center South Texas Project Electric Generating Station Texas Division of Emergency Management Traffic Control Point Thermoluminescent Dosimeter P-24-23 June 1, 2017 Revision 11 r * *
*
* Change Number 1. 2. 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8 . Reference Number Global P-24-19 1.2.c P-24-23, Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 24 Emergency Operations Center Matagorda Sounty Sheriff (Procedure 24, Rev 11) Change Reason Replaced:
* MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24
American Red Cross To denote true ownership of Reception Center Reception Center With: Matagorda County Reception Center Replaced:
* RECOVERY ACTIVITIES LIST Attachment 4 (Page_ of_)
white Change in color of contaminated/not With: green contaminated paper slips Deleted: ARC American Red Cross No reference to ARC in procedure Attachment 5, \,'LO\\ fh.e._u\<.'.:>\.01'1 \ \ R:\EMERGENCY
(Name)          (EOC Position)            (Date)
_ RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans  
ITEM#  LOCATION  ACTION/DESCRJPTION      ASSIGNED TO  PRIORITY P-24-22                        June 1, 2017 Revision 11
& Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 24 -Matagorda County Sheriff\AN-W-P24 RU-Changes.doc (3/12/12)
 
.. " * *
MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF
* c.\4() STI 34475165 Z1808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ............................................................................................................................
* Procedure 24 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 5 (Page 1of1)
P-30-2 2.0 Discussion  
Acronym            A:imlies To ACP    Access Control Point DHS    Department of Homeland Security DPS    Department of Public Safety DRD    Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS    Department of State Health Services EAS    Emergency Alert System EMC    Emergency Management Coordinator EMD    Emergency Management Director EOC    Emergency Operations Center EOF    Emergency Operations Facility EPA    Environmental Protection Agency EPD    Electronic Personal Dosimeter
.......................................................................
* EPZ    Emergency Planning Zone FEMA    Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD    Independent School District JIC    Joint Information Center KI      Potassium Iodide NRC    Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS    National Weather Service ORO    Offsite Response Organization PAD    Protective Action Decision PAG    Protective Action Guide PAR    Protective Action Recommendation PIO    Public Information Officer soc    State Operations Center STPEGS  South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM    Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP    Traffic Control Point TLD    Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
: ...............................................
* P-24-23                 June 1, 2017 Revision 11
P-30-2 3.0 References
 
.......................................................................................................................
r
P-3 0-3 4.0 Equipment Required .......................................................................................................
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 24 Emergency Operations Center Matagorda Sounty Sheriff (Procedure 24, Rev 11)
P-30-3 5.0 Precuations and Limitations  
Change          Reference                         Change                                                Reason Number          Number
............................................................................................
: 1.        Global               Replaced: American Red Cross                    To denote true ownership of Reception Center                                Reception Center With: Matagorda County Reception Center
P-30-3 6.0 Prerequisites  
: 2.        P-24-19             Replaced: white                                  Change in color of contaminated/not 1.2.c               With: green                                      contaminated paper slips
....................................................................................................................
: 3.        P-24-23,             Deleted: ARC American Red Cross                 No reference to ARC in procedure Attachment 5, 3.
P-30-3 7.0 Procedures  
4.
.......................................................................................................................
5.
P-30-3 8.0 Attachments  
6.
....................................................................................................................
7.
P-30-3 Attachment 1 -Fire Services Coordinator Checklist..  
8.
....................................................
  *
P-30-4 Attachment 2 -Recovery Activities List. .....................................................................
  *
P-30-11 Attachment 2-Acronynis List .....................................................................................
                                                                                                                  "3~ \,'LO\\
P-30-12 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
fh.e._u\<.'.:>\.01'1 \ \
P-30-1 County Judge June 1, 2017 Revision8 I I I i l ! l I I: *' I ! I ' ' ' 1 I v I' ! I ' . i 1 I r: ' ,, Ii i 1: I (i ii J l I I I I , I I l 
R:\EMERGENCY_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 24 - Matagorda County l
* *
Sheriff\AN-W-P24 RU-Changes.doc (3/12/12)
* L 1.0 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 Purpose 1.1 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Fire Services Coordinator during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station {STPEGS).
 
1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Fire Services Coordinator.
..
2.0 . Discussion 2.1 The Bay City Volunteer Fire Department Fire Chief will act as the Fire Services Coordinator during emergencies at the STPEGS. 2.2 If necessary, the Fire Services Coordinator may report to the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) to carry out the checklist, but it is not mandatory.
"
2.3 The Fire Services Coordinator will coordinate all activities conducted by County Fire Departments, including search and rescue, warning, and evacuation assistance, incident command and radiation monitoring and decontamination support. 2.4 When a fire at the STPEGS is involved and County assistance has been requested by the STPEGS, incident command remains with Fire Brigade Leader. 2.5 Recovery refers to the process ofreducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency.
c.\4() \~
2.6 Restricted zone refers to an area o.f controlled access from which the population has been evacuated or relocated . P-30-2 June 1, 2017 Revision&
* STI 34475165 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 I
* *
I I
* 3.0 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 References 3 .1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR                                                                                     i Procedure 30                                                                               l Table of Contents
* 3 .2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
                                                                                                                                                        !
3 .3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.' 3.4 Emergency Management Plan All Hazards Annexes, Annex F, Firefighting 4.0 Equipment Required 4.1 None. 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None. 6.0 Prereguisites 6.1 An emergency has been declared by STPEGS and notification received from Matagorda County to mobilize.
l 1.0     Purpose ............................................................................................................................ P-30-2 I I:
: 7. 0 Procedure 7 .1 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at STPEGS, begin to implement Attachment 1, Fire Services Coordinator Checklist.
                                                                                                                                                        *'
2.0 3.0 Discussion ....................................................................... :............................................... P-30-2 References ....................................................................................................................... P-3 0-3 I
                                                                                                                                                        !
4.0     Equipment Required ....................................................................................................... P-30-3 I
5.0     Precuations and Limitations ............................................................................................ P-30-3
                                                                                                                                                          ~1*
                                                                                                                                                            '            '
6.0     Prerequisites .................................................................................................................... P-30-3
                                                                                                                                                            '~
1 I
v 7.0     Procedures ....................................................................................................................... P-30-3       I'
  *
                                                                                                                                                            !
8.0     Attachments .................................................................................................................... P-30-3 Attachment 1 - Fire Services Coordinator Checklist.. .................................................... P-30-4 I  1~':
Attachment 2 - Recovery Activities List. ..................................................................... P-30-11                             .
Attachment 2-Acronynis List ..................................................................................... P-30-12
                                                                                                                                                                ~
i
                                                                                                                                                                ~l 1
Effective Date: June 1, 2017                                                                                                                               I r:
                                                                                                                                                                  ',,*~
Ii i1:
APPROVED:                                                                                                                                                    I
                                                                                                                                                                      ~
(i i
                                                                                                      ~
J l
I County Judge                                              I II
* P-30-1                                                             June 1, 2017 Revision8                     I l
 
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
* 1.0  Purpose 1.1 Procedure 30 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Fire Services Coordinator during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station {STPEGS).
1.2    This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Fire Services Coordinator.
2.0 . Discussion 2.1   The Bay City Volunteer Fire Department Fire Chief will act as the Fire Services Coordinator during emergencies at the STPEGS.
2.2   If necessary, the Fire Services Coordinator may report to the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) to carry out the checklist, but it is not mandatory.
2.3   The Fire Services Coordinator will coordinate all activities conducted by County
* Fire Departments, including search and rescue, warning, and evacuation assistance, incident command and radiation monitoring and decontamination support.
2.4   When a fire at the STPEGS is involved and County assistance has been requested by the STPEGS, incident command remains with the.~TPEGS Fire Brigade Leader.
2.5   Recovery refers to the process ofreducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency.
2.6   Restricted zone refers to an area o.f controlled access from which the population has been evacuated or relocated.
* P-30-2                                   June 1, 2017 Revision&
L
 
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
* 3.0 References 3 .1 Procedure 30 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
* 3 .2   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.
3 .3   Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.'
3.4   Emergency Management Plan All Hazards Annexes, Annex F, Firefighting 4.0 Equipment Required 4.1   None.
5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1   None.
* 6.0 Prereguisites 6.1   An emergency has been declared by STPEGS and notification received from Matagorda County to mobilize.
: 7. 0 Procedure 7 .1   When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at STPEGS, begin to implement Attachment 1, Fire Services Coordinator Checklist.
Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position activities.
Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position activities.
8.0 Attachments NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with outside individuals or agencies, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with outside individuals or agencies, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.
8.1 Attachment 1, Fire Services Coordinator Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, Recovery Activities List 8.3 Attachment 3, Acronyms List P-30-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 8
8.0  Attachments 8.1   Attachment 1, Fire Services Coordinator Checklist 8.2   Attachment 2, Recovery Activities List 8.3   Attachment 3, Acronyms List
* *
* P-30-3                                     June 1, 2017 Revision 8
* ACTION *-*---------------------------------
~*
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of7) Name Date TIME/LOG I. ALERT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. NOTE If the emergency is a HOSTILE ACTION BASED (HAB) event at STPEGS, immediately notify all Matagorda County Volunteer Fire Departments to standby or mobilize to a designated staging area. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) is established with an Assistant Chief and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) established with a Volunteer Fire Department representative.
 
If the ICP and OSA are established, ensure staff are provided a briefing, an Emergency Kit, communications equipment, and assigned to the appropriate facility . Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination, Attachment 5 "Fire Services Coordinator Checklist';
                                  *-*- --------------------------------
Attachment 6, 'Fire Services Coordinator ICP Checklist';
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
and Attachment 7, 'Fire Services Coordinator OSA Checklist'.
* Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of7)
Initiate and maintain an Emergency Action Log to document contacts made and actions taken until the response activities are ended by the County Emergency Management Director.
Name                                                             Date ACTION                                                                                TIME/LOG I. ALERT NOTE If the emergency is a HOSTILE ACTION BASED (HAB) event at STPEGS, immediately notify all Matagorda County Volunteer Fire Departments to standby or mobilize to a designated staging area. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) is established with an Assistant Chief and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) established with a Volunteer Fire Department representative. If the ICP and OSA are established, ensure staff are provided a briefing, an Emergency Kit,
Advise the Assistant Chief of the situation at the STPEGS. Advise all mutual aid departments in the County of event at the STPEGS and ask them to be prepared for call out of personnel.
* communications equipment, and assigned to the appropriate facility .
fuspect all vehicles and equipment.
Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination, Attachment 5 "Fire Services Coordinator Checklist'; Attachment 6, 'Fire Services Coordinator ICP Checklist'; and Attachment 7, 'Fire Services Coordinator OSA Checklist'.
Review call lists, equipment lists, and telephone numbers. Keep Sheriff's Office Dispatcher informed of your location at all times to receive further information.
: 1.      Initiate and maintain an Emergency Action Log to document contacts made and actions taken until the response activities are ended by the County Emergency Management Director.
Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
: 2.      Advise the Assistant Chief of the situation at the STPEGS.
* P-30-4 NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision8
: 3.      Advise all mutual aid departments in the County of event at the STPEGS and ask them to be prepared for call out of personnel.
* *
: 4.      fuspect all vehicles and equipment.
* ACTION FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of7) II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY NOTE If the emergency is a HOSTILE ACTION BASED (HAB) event at STPEGS, immediatelynotify all Matagorda County Volunteer Fire Departments to standby or mobilize to a designated staging area. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) is established with an Assistant Chief and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) established with a Volunteer Fire Department representative.
: 5.      Review call lists, equipment lists, and telephone numbers.
If the ICP and OSA are established, ensure staff are provided a briefing, an Emergency Kit, communications equipment, and assigned to the appropriate facility.
: 6.      Keep Sheriff's Office Dispatcher informed of your location at all             NIA times to receive further information.
Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination, Attachment 5 ''Fire Services Coordinator Checklist';
: 7.      Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency               NIA
Attachment 6, 'Fire Services Coordinator ICP Checklist';
* escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
and Attachment 7, 'Fire Services Coordinator OSA Checklist'.
* P-30-4                                   June 1, 2017 Revision8
: 1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed.
 
: 2. Advise mutual aid departments of the upgrade and what, if any, assistance is likely to be needed. 3. Notify all County fire fighters of the upgrade and have them standby for possible call out. 4. 5. Maintain contact with the Emergency Management Coordinator intheEOC.
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
Review Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control' in the event fire services are needed to support route alerting or access control measures.
* Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of7)
NOTE For additional information on establishing Incident Command in support of the South Texas Project, refer to Emergency Management Plan Annexes, Annex F Firefighting, Appendix 2, Coordinated Firefighting Strategy for the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station. P-30-5 TIME/LOG NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 8
ACTION                                                                              TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY NOTE If the emergency is a HOSTILE ACTION BASED (HAB) event at STPEGS, immediatelynotify all Matagorda County Volunteer Fire Departments to standby or mobilize to a designated staging area. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) is established with an Assistant Chief and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) established with a Volunteer Fire Department representative. If the ICP and OSA are established, ensure staff are provided a briefing, an Emergency Kit, communications equipment, and assigned to the appropriate facility. Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance
* *
* Coordination, Attachment 5 ''Fire Services Coordinator Checklist';
* ACTION FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of7) II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY
Attachment 6, 'Fire Services Coordinator ICP Checklist'; and Attachment 7, 'Fire Services Coordinator OSA Checklist'.
: 1.       Complete activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed.
: 2.       Advise mutual aid departments of the upgrade and what, if any, assistance is likely to be needed.
: 3.       Notify all County fire fighters of the upgrade and have them standby for possible call out.
: 4.       Maintain contact with the Emergency Management Coordinator           NIA intheEOC.
: 5.      Review Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control' in the event fire services are needed to support route alerting or access control measures.
NOTE For additional information   on establishing Incident Command in support of the South Texas Project, refer to Emergency Management Plan Annexes, Annex F Firefighting, Appendix 2, Coordinated
* Firefighting Strategy for the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station.
P-30-5                             June 1, 2017 Revision 8
 
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
* Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of7)
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY
: 6. Prepare to provide fire and/or rescue and incident command as required support to the STPEGS, as necessary.
: 6. Prepare to provide fire and/or rescue and incident command as required support to the STPEGS, as necessary.
: 7. Ensure vehicles are fueled and be prepared to respond to a request from the County to support an evacuation of the general public. 8. Confer with the Radiological Officer in the EOC to determine if fire response vehicles within the 10 mile radius of the plant should be relocated.
: 7. Ensure vehicles are fueled and be prepared to respond to a request from the County to support an evacuation of the general public.
: 9. Provide personnel to assist at the Reception Center for monitoring and decontamination, if requested.
: 8. Confer with the Radiological Officer in the EOC to determine if fire               I response vehicles within the 10 mile radius of the plant should be relocated.                                                                         II I
: 10. Ensure all personnel report to their team leader for shift briefing.
: 9. Provide personnel to assist at the Reception Center for monitoring     LOG          I and decontamination, if requested.
I
* 10. Ensure all personnel report to their team leader for shift briefing.
: 11. If the event is oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section IV, Shift Turnover of this checklist.
: 11. If the event is oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section IV, Shift Turnover of this checklist.
: 12. Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
: 12. Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the NIA NIA NIA I
P-30-6 TIME/LOG LOG NIA NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 8 I I I I I I I I ! I I i I ! I I ij I I I ! I ! i I I ' I I I I 
                                                                                                !
* *
Ii I!
* ACTION FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of7) III. GENERAL EMERGENCY
I I
emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
I Iij I
I I!
I!
i I
I I'
* P-30-6                             June 1, 2017 Revision 8 I
I I
 
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
* Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of7)
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG I
III. GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 1. Activate all fire response personnel immediately.
: 1. Activate all fire response personnel immediately.
TIME/LOG 2. Report to or maintain contact with the Emergency Management NI A 3. 4. Coordinator in the BOC at all times. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, and Section II, Site Area Emergency if not already completed.
: 2. Report to or maintain contact with the Emergency Management             NIA Coordinator in the BOC at all times.
Notify all mutual aid departments of the upgrade and that they should be on standby in the even assistance is needed. 5. When directed, assign personnel to assist Law Enforcement with LOG notification and evacuation of the general public according to Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'
: 3. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, and Section II, Site Area Emergency if not already completed.
: 6. Assign personnel to assist in securing evacuated zones, if requested LOG by the Matagorda County Sheriff. 7. If the event involved a release ofradiation, ensure all potentially contaminated personnel report to the Reception Center prior to shift conclusion for monitoring and decontamination, if necessary.
: 4. Notify all mutual aid departments of the upgrade and that they should be on standby in the even assistance is needed.
: 8. 9. Ensure all personnel report to their respective team leader for shift turnover.
: 5. When directed, assign personnel to assist Law Enforcement with         LOG
Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the event is tenninated or recovery is initiated then precede to the appropriate section of this checklist.
* notification and evacuation of the general public according to Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'
P-30-7 NIA NIA June 1, 2017 Revision 8
: 6. Assign personnel to assist in securing evacuated zones, if requested   LOG by the Matagorda County Sheriff.
* *
: 7. If the event involved a release ofradiation, ensure all potentially contaminated personnel report to the Reception Center prior to shift conclusion for monitoring and decontamination, if necessary.
* ACTION FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of7) IV. SHIFT TURNOVER 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
: 8. Ensure all personnel report to their respective team leader for shift   NIA turnover.
: a. Review completed checklist
: 9. Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the     NIA event is tenninated or recovery is initiated then precede to the appropriate section of this checklist.
: b. Review log c. Discuss current conditions
* P-30-7                               June 1, 2017 Revision 8
: 2. Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator in the County EOC of the transfer of responsibilities to the incoming shift replacement. 3 . Document names, date and time of turnover.
 
P-30-8 TIME/LOG LOG June 1, 2017 *Revision 8
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
* *
* Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of7)
* ACTION FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6 of7) V. RECOVERY 1. As personnel are released from other assignments, notify the Emergency Management Coordinator that personnel are available to assist with recovery activities.
ACTION                                                                          TIME/LOG IV. SHIFT TURNOVER
: 2. Develop a list of activities and tasks which should be completed as a part of the recovery effort using Attachment 2, Recovery Activities List. 3. Provide a copy of the Recovery Activities List to the Emergency Management Coordinator . P-30-9 T&#x17d;EILOG June 1, 2017 Revision 8 i I 
: 1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
* * * .... _ ACTION FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of7) VI. TERMINATION
: a.       Review completed checklist
: b.       Review log
: c.       Discuss current conditions
: 2. Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator in the County EOC of the transfer of responsibilities to the incoming shift replacement.
: 3. Document names, date and time of turnover.                               LOG
*
* P-30-8                               June 1, 2017
                                                                                    *Revision 8
 
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
* Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6 of7)
ACTION                                                                        T'EILOG V. RECOVERY
: 1. As personnel are released from other assignments, notify the Emergency Management Coordinator that personnel are available to assist with recovery activities.
: 2. Develop a list of activities and tasks which should be completed as a part of the recovery effort using Attachment 2, Recovery Activities List.
: 3. Provide a copy of the Recovery Activities List to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
* i I
* P-30-9                               June 1, 2017 Revision 8
 
FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
* Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of7)
ACTION                                                                        TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION
: 1. Upon termination of the emergency, advise all activated personnel of the termination, including the mutual aid departments.
: 1. Upon termination of the emergency, advise all activated personnel of the termination, including the mutual aid departments.
: 2. Collect all documents, checklists, and logs used during the event and forward them to the EOC Administrative Assistant or the Emergency Management Coordinator . P-30-10 TIME/LOG June 1, 2017 Revisions  
: 2. Collect all documents, checklists, and logs used during the event and forward them to the EOC Administrative Assistant or the Emergency Management Coordinator.
/ i 
    *                                                                                            / i
* (Name) ITEM# LOCATION
* P-30-10                               June 1, 2017 Revisions
* FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 RECOVERY ACTIVITIES LIST Attachment 2 (Page_of_) (Position)
...._
ACTION/DESCRIPTION P-30-11 (Date) ASSIGNED TO
 
* PRIORITY June 1, 2017 Revision8
    *
* AcronYJl!
* FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
ACP DRS DPS DRD DSHS EAS EMC EMD EOC EOF EPA
* Procedure 30 RECOVERY ACTIVITIES LIST Attachment 2 (Page_of_)
* EPD EPZ FEMA ISD JIC KI NRC NWS ORO PAD PAG PAR PIO soc STPEGS TDEM TCP TLD
(Name)                          (Position)          (Date)
* FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 3 (Page 1of1) Applies To Access Control Point Department of Homeland Security Department of Public Safety . Direct-Reading Dosimeter Department of State Health Services Emergency Alert System Emergency Management Coordinator Emergency Management Director Emergency Operations Center Emergency Operations Facility Environmental Protection Agency Electronic Personal Dosimeter Emergency Planning Zone Federal Emergency Management Agency Independent School District.
ITEM#        LOCATION      ACTION/DESCRIPTION   ASSIGNED TO    PRIORITY
Joint Information Center Potassium Iodide Nuclear Regulatory Commission National Weather Service Offsite Response Organization Protective Action Decision Protective Action Guide Protective Action Recommendation Public Information Officer State Operations Center South Texas Project Electric Generating Station
                                        ~
* Texas Division of Emergency Management Traffic Control Point Thermoluminescent Dosimeter P-30-12 June 1, 2017 Revision 8
P-30-11                         June 1, 2017 Revision8
* *
-----------------*---,*--------*----*-*-------------~~~~~---------
* Change Reference Number Number 1. Attachment 3 2. 3 . Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 30 Emergency Operations Center Fire Services Coordinator (Procedure 30, Rev 8) Change Reason Deleted: ARC American Red Cross No reference to ARC in procedure Jl.UUL \I 'LO\\ R:\EMERGENCY
* FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 3 (Page 1of1)
_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans  
AcronYJl!                    Applies To ACP              Access Control Point DRS              Department of Homeland Security DPS              Department of Public Safety DRD            . Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS            Department of State Health Services EAS              Emergency Alert System EMC              Emergency Management Coordinator EMD              Emergency Management Director EOC              Emergency Operations Center EOF              Emergency Operations Facility EPA              Environmental Protection Agency
& Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 30 -Fire Services Coord\AN-W-P30 ROS Changes.doc (3/12/12)}}
* EPD EPZ FEMA ISD JIC Electronic Personal Dosimeter Emergency Planning Zone Federal Emergency Management Agency Independent School District.
Joint Information Center KI              Potassium Iodide NRC              Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS              National Weather Service ORO              Offsite Response Organization PAD              Protective Action Decision PAG              Protective Action Guide PAR              Protective Action Recommendation PIO              Public Information Officer soc              State Operations Center STPEGS          South Texas Project Electric Generating Station
* TDEM            Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP              Traffic Control Point TLD              Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
* P-30-12                                 June 1, 2017 Revision 8
* Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 30 Emergency Operations Center Fire Services Coordinator (Procedure 30, Rev 8)
Change        Reference                          Change                                               Reason Number          Number
: 1.        Attachment 3          Deleted: ARC American Red Cross                 No reference to ARC in procedure 2.
3.
*
* Jl.UUL \I 'LO\\
                                                                                                                  ~~1..),-:;,,"an ~.
R:\EMERGENCY_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 30 - Fire Services Coord\AN-W-P30 ROS Changes.doc (3/12/12)}}

Revision as of 03:09, 30 October 2019

Matagorda County Annex W Implementing Procedures
ML17164A254
Person / Time
Site: South Texas  STP Nuclear Operating Company icon.png
Issue date: 06/05/2017
From:
Matagorda County, TX, South Texas
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML17164A254 (207)


Text

c T076698

~-------------------------------------~

Page 43 Of 112 )

Distribution Transmittal/Acknowledgement Station Number: 1078 Station Level : 2 Station Location : MAILO UT Station Name :

Station Description :

Transmittal Number:

Distribution Date :

NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION NRC PUBLIC DOCUMENT DESK, 1 WHITE FLINT NORTH 11555 ROCKVILLE PIKE ROCKVILLE, MD 20852-2738 TR1700001893 06/05/2017 5o- 'f78/ i'l(

Special Instructions :

Sub/ Sec Document No/Amend No Unit Sheet Rev Supp Class Media Copy Instructions

- - - - - --- ---

ANNEX W PROC-11 0 14 u 8X11 DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-11 0 15 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-12 0 10 u 8X11 DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-12 0 11 u 8X11 .. 1 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-13 0 10 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-13 0 9 u 8X11 DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-14 0 16 u 8X11 DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-14 0 17 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-20 0 8 u 8X11 DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-20 0 9 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-21 0 10 u 8X11 INSERT

. ANNEX W PROC-21 0 9 u 8X11 DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-22

  • 0 10 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-22 0 9 u 8X11 DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-24 0 10 u 8X11 DESTROY REVISED Instructions:

'Follow the instructions above. If any questions, please contact Document Control.

ATIENTION: SIGNATURE IS NOT REQUIRED FOR LEVEL TWO STATIONS. PLEASE DO NOT RETURN.

Signature of Recipient Date STPNOC Mailing Address STPNOC Document Control P.O. Box289 Wadsworth, Texas 77483

( "This report is SOA level 2 oer OPGP07-ZA-0014J

(~_T_0_7_6_69_s_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Pa_g_e_ _ _4_4__o_f__1_1_2_ _~)

Distribution Transmittal/Acknowledgement Station Number: 1078 Station Level : 2 Station Location : MAILO UT Station Name : NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION Station Description : NRC PUBLIC DOCUMENT DESK, 1 WHITE FLINT NORTH 11555 Transmittal Number: ROCKVILLE PIKE ROCKVILLE, MD 20852-2738 Distribution Date : TR 1700001893 06/05/2017 Special Instructions :

Sub/ Sec Document No/Amend No Unit Sheet Rev Supp Class Media Copy Instructions

- - - - - --- ---

ANNEX W PROC-24 0 11 u 8X11 INSERT ANNEX W PROC-30 0 7 u 8X11 DESTROY REVISED ANNEX W PROC-30 0 8 u 8X11 INSERT

,"-

Instructions:

Follow the instructions above. If any questions, please contact Document Control.

ATTENTION: SIGNATURE IS NOT REQUIRED FOR LEVEL lWO STATIONS. PLEASE DO NOT RETURN.

Signature of Recipient Date STPNOC Mailing Address STPNOC Document Control P.O. Box 289 Wadsworth, Texas 77483

( "This report is SOA level 2 per OPGP07-ZA-0014J

4-t.1007

  • STI 34452386 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ........................................................................................ :............................................. P-11-2 2.0 Discussion ................................................................................................................................. P-11-2 3.0 References ................................................................................................................................. P-11-4 4.0 Equipment Required ................................................................................................................. P-11-4 5.0 Precautions and Limitations ...................................................................................................... P-11-5 6.0 Prerequisites .............................................................................................................................. P-11-5
  • 7.0 Procedure .................................................................................................................................. P-11-5 8.0 Attachments .............................................................................................................................. P-11-5 Attachment 1 - EmegencyManagement Coordinator Checklist.. ............................................. P-11-7 Attachment 2 - Briefing Sheet ................................................................................................ P-11-24 Attachment 3 -Recovery Activities List.. .............................................................................. P-11-25 Attachment 4 - Initial Disaster Report ................................................................................... P-11-26 Attachment 5- Operational Situation Report ......................................................................... P-11-27 Attachment 6 - Acronyms List ............................................................................................... P-11-31 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:

County Judge

  • P-11-1 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

!

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • 1.0 Purpose 1.1 Procedure 11 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Emergency Management Coordinator in the Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center (EOC) during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).

1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Managemen~

Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Emergency Management Coordinator.

2.0 Discussion '

I I

2.1 The Emergency Management Coordinator and alternate to the Coordinator are appointed by the County Judge. I I 2.2 The Emergency Management Coordinator will assist the Emergency Management Director in all phases of the emergency preparedness effort.

  • 2.3 2.4 In the event Matagorda County Dispatch office receives an Accelerated Phone Call based on a Hostile Action Based event, the Emergency Management Director should consider activating the Emergency Operations Center.

The Emergency Management Coordinator will serve as day-to-day liaison between the County, Cities, and State emergency management organizations, and the STPEGS.

2.5 The Emergency Management Coordinator is responsible for the preparation of procedures for the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) as well as maintenance of other applicable procedures, charts, rosters, maps, and supplies necessary for the operation of the EOC, including documents such as the emergency call out list, updated quarterly.

2.6 The Emergency Management Coordinator will respond to the EOC at an Alert or higher emergency classification and direct the activities of the EOC Administrative Assistant and Communications Officer to prepare the EOC for activation and operation.

r 2.7 Event-related responsibilities of the Emergency Management Coordinator include, but are not limited to the following:

2.7.l Coordinate County activities and operations during

  • emergencies .

P-11-2 June 1, 2017 l

  • Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • 2.7.2 Procedure 11 Act as a liaison between the Direction and Control Group and other emergency resources.

2.7.3 Assist the Emergency Management Director with EOC staff briefings.

2.7.4 . Ensure Public Information Staff at the Joint Information Center are provided updates on Matagorda County response activities.

2.7.5 Coordinate response efforts with nearby communities, industry, and State and Federal emergency management agencies.

2.7.6 Ensure sufficient staff and equipment are available to support emergency response activities.

2.7.7 Ensure status boards are kept up to date and staff are informed of major event changes.

2.7.8 Oversee field operations ensuring sufficient staff and resources are available to support deployment of field personnel.

  • 2.7.9 2.7.10 Coordinate emergency and recovery actions for the Emergency Management Director.

Coordinate with Reception Center Coordinator, the need for staffing and activation of a Matagorda County Reception Center.

2.8 Day-to-day responsibilities of the Emergency Management Coordinator include, but are not limited to the following:

2.8.1 Coordinate with and receive assistance from County/City departments, schools, Reception Center Coordinator, hospitals, etc., in the development of the Emergency Management Basic i I Plan.

2.8.2 Coordinate other agencies' emergency plans, i.e., schools, Reception Center Coordinator, hospitals, private utilities, and industries with the Emergency Management Basic Plan.

2.8.3 . Maintain liaison with nearby communities, industry, and State and Federal emergency management agencies.

2.8.4. Provide training for local emergency response agencies and

  • personnel.

P-11-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • 2.8.5 Procedure 11 Coordinate funding for the County emergency response program.

2.8.6 Coordinate an annual assessment of County/City resources.

2.8.7 Coordinate an annual assessment of Functional Needs populations and maintain a list.

2.8.8 Coordinate the activities oflocal volunteer groups.

2.9 An Initial Disaster Report is a short report designed to provide State officials with basic information about an emergency situation.

2.10 An Operational Situation Report (SITREP) is a report compiled daily and forwarded to the Disaster District in order to keep State officials informed about the current status of operations.

2.11 Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable level for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the

  • emergency phase of a radiological emergency.

2.12 Re-entry refers to temporary entry of an individual into a restricted zone under controlled conditions.

2.13 Relocation refers to a protective action, taken in the post-emergency phase, through which individuals not evacuated during the emergency phase are asked to vacate a contaminated area to avoid chronic radiation exposure from deposited radioactive material.

2.14 Return refers to reoccupation of areas cleared for unrestricted residence or use by previously evacuated or relocated populations.

3.0 References 3 .1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City and Palacios.

  • 3 .2 Emergency Management Plan, Ann(fx W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.

3 .3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W Procedure 13, "Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation."

  • 3 .4 Emergency Communications Directory.

4.0 Equipment Required P-11-4 June 1,2017 Revision 15

EM:ERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • 5.0 4.1 None.

Precautions and Limitations Procedure 11 5.1 None.

6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 An emergency has been declared by the STPEGS Emergency Director.

7.0 Procedure

/

7 .1 When notified of an Unusual Event at the STPEGS by the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher, then; 7.1.1 Verify the Dispatcher is implementing the call list for an Unusual Event.

7 .1.2 If a fire was the cause of event, verify Bay City and Palacios Fire Departments have been notified.

7.1.3 If required to leave the area or if you become unavailable to respond should the event escalate in severity, request the Dispatcher to contactthe alternate Emergency Management Coordinator.

7.2 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency, at the STPEGS by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher, report to the EOC and implement Section I of Attachment 1, Emergency Management Coordinator Checklist. Use this checklist as a~ to assist in performing position responsibilities.

NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the EOC, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.

8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, Emergency Management Coordinator Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, Briefing Sheet

  • 8.3 8.4 Attachment 3, Recovery Activities List Attachment 4, Initial Disaster Report P-11-5 June 1,2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 8.5 Attachment 5, Operational Situation Report 8.6 Attachment 6, Acronyms List
  • i

! I

  • P-11-6 June 1,2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG I. ALERT NOTE If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, it is IMPORTANTthat resources, law enforcement, fire, and medical services are priority. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) is established as appropriate.

1. Report to the EOC Security Post, sign in, and receive a badge.
2. If the Sheriff is not available and the EOC has not been setup, then supervise the setup of the EOC, utilizing Procedure 13,

'EOC Concept of Operations and Activation, Attachment 1, EOC

  • Activation/De-Activation Checklist.
3. If the Sheriff is not available, verify with the Sheriff1s Office Dispatcher the status of notification of personnel on the call list for an Alert. Reassign this task to the Communications Officer upon his/her arrival.
4. Obtain the Offsite Agency Notification Message Forms received by the Dispatcher from STPEGS and review with the Emergency Management Director.
5. Initiate and maintain an Emergency Action Log. LOG
a. Track telephone calls, key information obtained, actions taken, and other information needed to document the response actions taken.
b. Maintain the log until termination of the emergency.

NOTE If the STPEGS, Matagorda County/DPS, Pierce ringdown line is inoperable or becomes inoperable ensure the County Sheriffs Office dispatcher forwards

  • STPEGS telephone calls to the STPEGS Liaison. Then inform the Sheriff of the problem.

P-11-7 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCYi MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG

6. Direct support staff to send a test Email to the National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM as designated in the Communications Directory ensuring equipment is functioning properly; IF NOT:
a. Inform the Emergency Management Director of the malfunction and discuss an alternate solution.
7. Ensure a News Advisory is prepared informing the public of the LOG STPEGS emergency.
a. Review the content of message with the Emergency Management Director.
b. Verify with Support Staff the Emailing of the advisory to
  • the National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM as designated in the Communications Directory, and if necessary, the County Joint Information Center.
c. Verify with Support Staff the Emergency Alert Sources National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.5FM (as designated in the Communications Directory) and if necessary, the County Joint Information Center received the Email for immediate broadcast.
1. With NWS Representative, coordinate the sounding of sirens with the broadcasting of BAS Messages. Sounding of sirens must occur prior to the EAS Message being broadcast.

NOTE If the event occurs during hours other than normal working hours, the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) staff may not arrive for up to one hour.

The Offsite Agency Notification Form; item 3 identifies the location, i.e., the Control Room (CR), Technical Support Center (TSC), or Emergency Operations Facility (EOF), where the Emergency Director can be found. If necessary,

  • contact the Emergency Director at the indicated facility for clarification of plant conditions.

P-11-8 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG

8. If directed by the Emergency Management Director, contact STPEGS to obtain current plant status and the potential for the situation to escalate to a Site Area Emergency.
9. Review status of personnel, (e.g.; Police Department, Fire LOG Depariment, Public Works, etc.) supplies and equipment with the Mayors of Bay City/Palacios and the Precinct Commissioner.
10. Based on the emergency, determine with the Emergency LOG Management Director which additional organizations or personnel should be notified and/or activated.
11. Ensure the Communication Officer contacts, industrial, LOG recreational and special facilities within the 10-mile EPZ of the
  • 12.

STPEGS, etc. to determine status of the facilities and provide them with the status of the emergency situation.

Ensure Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas are notified their assistance may be required in fire services, evacuation, route alerting, and at traffic and access control point locations. Provide a briefing of key information.

13. Contact DPS Pierce and provide a briefing of the status of the County Response actions.
a. Verify that DPS, Pierce has a current EOC telephone number for future contact.
b. Obtain the name and telephone number of the contact person at the Disaster District at DPS, Pierce.
c. fuform DPS, Pierce that the EOC is either partially or fully activated at this time.
d. Request equipment and supplies as required to support the emergency situation using form State of Texas Assistance Request (STAR) .
  • P-11-9 June 1,2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG

14. Notify the District Coordinator of the event and status of actions.
15. As required, periodically contact the National Weather Service LOG (NWS) and receive weather updates.

NOTE When time permits, fill out Attachment 4, Initial Disaster Report and Attachment 5, Operational Situation Report and fax them to the District Coordinator, DPS, Pierce. If the emergency is oflong duration, continue to provide the Operational Situation Report on a daily basis.

  • 16. Periodically contact the Support Organization Director in the EOF and review the following:

a.

b.

Obtain. a status of plant conditions and activities.

Provide the Support Organization Director a status of EOC response activities. (e.g.; EOC activation, news LOG advisory issuance, response activities, road impediments, if any, etc.)

17. Ensure status boards are maintained current and accurate. NIA
18. Instruct personnel that if they are required to leave the facility to assign another member of the EOC staff to temporarily fill their position until they return and to inform the Emergency Management Director when this occurs .
  • P-11-10 June 1,2017 Revision 15 i

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG NOTE If shift rotation is necessary, assign times to each position for the turnover. The times should be staggered over a 2 to 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> period. Have the shift change information posted on the Staffing Status Board.

19. If the emergency condition continues for an extended period, direct all personnel to contact their alternates and assist the EOC Administrative Assistant in establishing a 12-hour shift schedule.
20. Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency NIA I I

, I escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.

  • P-11-11 June!, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANA9EMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY NOTE If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, it is IMPORTANT that resources, law enforcement, fire, and medical services are priority. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) are established as appropriate.

1. Complete the activities in Section I, Alert, if not already NIA completed, including the setup of the BOC.
2. Ensure the emergency classification is updated on the Event Status Board.

NOTE t '

Inform the Emergency Management Director, if telephone contact with Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather I Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory cannot be established.

3. When an EAS message is to be issued, .complete the following steps:
a. Quickly review the content of the EAS message with the Emergency Management Director.
b. Verify activation of the sirens by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and the auto dialer system by the Communications Officer.
  • P-11-12 June 1, 2017 Revision 15 L ___

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG

c. Verify emailing of the approved BAS message to the Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and Back-Up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory and if necessary, the county Joint fuformation staff.
d. Vetj.fy activation of the BAS system, including alert radios, and issuance of the BAS message has been confirmed by the BOC Support Staff.
e. Verify with the Communications Officer that special facilities, recreational facilities and industry within the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone of STPEGS have been notified.
4. Contact the STPEGS Support Organization Director to perform the following:

NOTE During a site evacuation, ensure all EOC staff understand whether or not the plant requires a designated evacuation route and/or a Reception Center.

I.

a. Determine if STPEGS requires assistance during the ~

evacuation of non-essential personnel from the site. If yes, I obtain the evacuation scheme (e.g., Alpha, Charlie, etc.)

and when the Reception Center will be needed to support site evacuation. I

b. Request STPEGS provide the BOC with additional information using the Supplemental Notification Form for II the duration of the emergency.
c. Inform the Emergency Operations Facility that the BOC is fully activated.
d. Provide a status update ofEOC response activities.

~y

5. Notify DPS, Pierce Office that the Matagorda County EOC is
  • fully activated.

P-11-13 . June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8 of 17)

ACTION TrnE/LOG

6. Ensure the EOC Staff continuously updates the Public LOG Information group on emergency response activities.
7. Ensure contact is maintained with County Public Information staff LOG at the Joint Information Center and personnel are informed of County response activities.
8. Ensure Radiological Officer establishes contact with the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) in Austin or the LOG I !

DSHS EOC Liaison and discusses the radiological implications of the emergency condition.

9. Activate the Functional Needs Program by contacting those individuals identified on the Functional Needs list maintained by
  • the Matagorda County Emergency Management office to determine if assistance will be required should an evacuation be recommended. In addition, coordinate evacuation assistance with the Transportation Coordinator and special lodging provisions with the Hospital Administrator.
10. Ensure the Sheriff and Radiological Officer coordinate delivery of LOG dosimetry to identified industrial locations (chemical plants), if required.
11. Keep the STPEGS Support Organization Director informed of LOG EOC activities, including siren and EAS activation, and traffic control points established, etc.
12. Ensure the status boards are kept current, concise and accurate NIA with information on activities underway by the EOC and with information provided by the STPEGS EOC Liaison.
13. When requested by the Emergency Management Director to LOG provide a status update at the hourly EOC briefing, provide the information in Attachment 2, "Briefing Sheet" plus any additional information of value to the EOC staff.
14. Notify District Coordinator of event status.
  • P-11-14 June!, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG

15. Evaluate with the Emergency Management Director the need to supplement County resources.
a. If State and Federal assistance is needed, bontact DPS, LOG Pierce.
b. If STPEGS assistance is required, contact the Support LOG Organization Director in the EOF.
c. Request support from surrounding counties through DPS, LOG Pierce.
16. Keep DPS, Pierce informed of County activities and information LOG received from STPEGS .
  • 17.

18.

If the emergency is of long duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section IV. Shift Turner of this checklist.

Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the NIA NIA appropriate sections of this checklist.

  • P-11-15 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10of17)

ACTION TIME/LOG ID. GENERAL EMERGENCY

1. Complete the activities in Section II, Site Area Emergency, if not NIA already completed.

'

2. Ensure the emergency classification is updated on the Event Status Board.
3. When an BAS message is issued, complete the following steps. LOG
a. Quickly review the content of the BAS message with the Emergency Management Director.
  • NOTE Inform the Emergency Management Director, if telephone contact with the Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and back-up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory has not been established.
b. Upon approval of the message, verify activation of the sirens by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and auto dialer system by the Communications Officer.
c. Verify Emailing of the approved EAS message to the Emergency Alert Sources (National Weather Service and Back-Up Emergency Alert Station KKHA 92.SFM) as designated in the Communications Directory and if necessary, County Joint Information Center by the EOC Support Staff.
d. Verify activation of the EAS system, including alert radios, and issuance of the EAS message has been confirmed by the EOC Support Staff.
e. Verify with Communications Officer that special facilities,
  • industry, etc. within the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone of STPEGS have been notified.

P-11-16 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11 of17)

ACTION TIME/LOG

f. Verify with the Sheriff that appropriate traffic and access control points have been or are inthe process of being established.
g. Ensure personnel, who are assigned to missions in the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone, are provided the appropriate briefings (i.e., bus drivers, TCP/ACP personnel, etc.)
4. Notify the District Coordinator of the event status and County LOG response actions.

. 5. Monitor the status of the protective actions being implemented. LOG Keep the Emergency Management.Director and Public

  • Information staff updated and the status boards' current on the following information.

a.

b.

c.

Protective Response Zones evacuating Protective Response Zones sheltering Status of notifications to the public

d. Status of evacuation
e. Estimated time to complete evacuation
f. Availability of the Reception Center and/or Congregate Care Facilities
g. Road and weather conditions  !

I I

h. Closure of tourist and recreational areas I
i. Closure and evacuation of schools
j. Closure and evacuation of affected industries
k. Security of the evacuated area
1. Status of Traffic and Access Control Points
m. Evacuation status of Functional Needs individuals NOTE In addition, if STPEGS provides a recommendation of a PAR beyond 10-miles, refer to Procedure 14, Protection
  • I Actions Guides for additional procedure guidance.

I P-11-17 June 1, 2017 Revision 15 I

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 12 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG NOTE More timely actions may be needed to restrict water traffic. In this case, ask the Sheriff if the Sheriffs Office boat can be used to notify boaters on the Intercoastal Waterway and ask the Fish and Game Wardens if there are staff or volunteers with boats that could notify boaters on the Colorado River.

6. Evaluate the need to request assistance from the Division of Emergency Management (DEM) via DPS, Pierce to restrict air, rail, and iJ?.tercoastal waterway traffic. If necessary, request DEM via DPS, Pierce take appropriate actions .
  • 7. Ensure the Radiological Officer contacts and confers with the DSHS BOC Liaison or the STPEGS Radiological Director in the EOF to determine if Potassium Iodide (KI) should be ingested by
  • County Emergency Workers.

LOG

8. Ensure status boards are kept current with information on activities underway by the EOC and with information provided by the STPEGS Emergency Director and/or EOC Liaison.
9. Periodically check with the Reception Center Coordinator or LOG Reception Center Director on the operations of the Reception Center and Congregate Care Facilities. Determine if support is needed.
10. When requested by the Emergency Management Director to LOG provide a status update at the hourly EOC briefing, provide the information in Attachment 2, Briefing Sheet plus any additional information of value to the BOC staff.
  • P-11-18 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 13of17)

ACTION TINCE/LOG

11. Evaluate with the Emergency Management Director the need to supplement County resources.
a. If State and Federal assistance is needed, contact DPS, LOG Pierce.
b. If STPEGS assistance is required, contact the Support LOG Organization Director in the EOF.
c. Request support from surrounding counties through their LOG respective Emergency Management Offices, if necessary.
12. Keep DPS, Pierce (District Coordinator) informed of County LOG activities and information received from STPEGS .
  • 13.

14.

Track activities of the DSHS/DPS Field Monitoring teams with the assistance of the DSHS EOC Representative. Provide this information to DPS, Pierce via the Communications Officer.

Direct all departments to ensure Emergency Workers are LOG debriefed at the end of their shifts and all radiological dose provided to the Radiological Officer, if applicable. Direct the departments to provide briefmgs of key information to the EOC staff. *

15. Maintain the EOC General Emergency classification activities NIA until the emergency is terminated and recovery activities are implemented .
  • P-11-19 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 14of17)

ACTION TIME/LOG IV. SIDFT TURNOVER

1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
a. Review completed checklist
b. Review log
c. Review status boards
2. Inform the BOC staff of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
3. Update Staffing Board.
  • 4.

5.

Agree to your return time.

Document names, date, and time of turnover. LOG

  • P-11-20 June 1, 2017
  • Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 15of17)

ACTION TIME/LOG V. RECOVERY/RE-ENTRY/RETURN

1. Develop a list of activities and tasks which should be completed as part of the recovery effort using Attachment 3, Recovery Activities List. The following items should be considered.
a. If an evacuation has taken place, temporarily designate these areas as 'restricted zones' until DSHS assessment actions are complete and restoration plans made.
b. If 'restricted zones' are established, Law Enforcement should be coordinated to maintain around the clock access control points in conjunction with DSHS who will staff these points for radiological controls.
  • c. If necessary, coordinate with the DSHS and Reception Center to identify members of the general public who may require re-entry into the restricted zones and temporary identification as an Emergency Worker (e.g., ranchers with livestock in the zones).
d. Ensure Reception Center is ready to support temporary Emergency Worker processing.
e. Ensure congregate care is maintained until relocation plans take effect for those evacuees unable to return to their homes.
f. Ensure clear communications and instructions are provided to those evacuees who reside outsid~ of

'restricted zones' prior to returning to their homes.

g. If any County Emergency Workers were exposed to a radiological releas*e from STPEGS, ensure they receive a medical screening and examination as provided by the DSHS or STPEGS.
h. Ensure media operations are continued in order to assure affected persons receive periodic information updates .
  • P-11-21 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 16 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG

2. Collect Attachment 3, Recovery Activities Lists from the EOC staff and begin organizing activities and assigning priorities.
3. Evaluate the planned recovery activities with the Emergency Management Director and appropriate State and Federal Agencies.

I

4. Assign recovery activities and track progress /
5. Maintain logs until termination of the event
6. Recommend termination of the County recovery activities to the Emergency Director, in conjunction with the termination of State (DSHS) recovery activities, when the following conditions have
  • been met:

a.

b.

All portions of the 'restricted zones' have been surveyed byDSHS.

Work under the State's decontamination plan has been completed to a stage where continued effort does not appear to be cost effective.

c. Long-term exposures have been calculated by DSHS for residences and places of employment where the potential for exposure continues to exist.
d. Occupancy or use limitations have been posted for all buildings and areas where continued restrictions are necessary.
e. Residents and workers have been afforded the opportunity to return to all areas for which restrictions have been lifted.
f. Relocation to permanent or long-term temporary facilities has been accomplished for those persons who could be allowed to return following completion of work under the formal decontamination plan.
  • P-11-22 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11

-EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 17 of 17)

ACTION TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION

1. Provide list of supplies or forms needing replenishing to the BOC Administrative Assistant.
2. Collect and organize in chronological order all documents checklists, and logs.
a. Sign checklists and logs.
3. Submit all documents generated during the emergency to the BOC Administrative Assistant.
4. Deactivate the EOC in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 13 NIA

"EOC Concept of Operations and Activation," when directed by the Emergency Management Director.

  • P-11-23 June I, 2017 Revision 15

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 11 BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 1)
1. Discuss mobilization of personnel (complete or incomplete).
2. Provide updates on contacts with STPEGS, DPS Pierce, National Weather Services, etc.
3. Review times of current news advisories and/or Emergency Alert System messages.
4. Discuss any outstanding or unmet needs with the EOC staff.
  • 5. Remind staff to continue filling out procedures, Emergency Action Logs, etc.
6. Remind staff to ensure status boards are updated by providing information to the Status-Board Keepers.
7. Remind the EOC to continue providing informational updates to the Public Information staff for transfer to the Joint Information Center.
8. Remind the staff to ensure to check with you if they need to leave the EOC. Replacement staff will receive briefing on the status of the Emergency.
  • P-11-24 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
  • EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 RECOVERY ACTIVITIES LIST Attachment 3 (Page 1 ofl)

(Name) (EOC Position) (Date)

ITEM# LOCATION ACTION/DESCRIPTION ASSIGNED TO PRIORITY

  • P-11-25 June!, 2017 Revision ts
  • EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR
  • Procedure 11 INITIAL DISASTER REPORT Attachment 4 (Page 1 of 1)
1. What happened: - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2. Whenilhappened: ------------~------------
3. Where it happened: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4. Extent of Damage of Loss: ---------------------~
5. Best estimate of injured, homeless, fatalities: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
  • 6. Type and extent of assistance required, if known: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7. Additional remarks pertinent to situation: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
  • P-11-26 Jwie 1, 2017 Revision 15 J
  • EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page 1of4)

(Content and Format, Standard Daily Situation Report)

FROM: Matagorda County (Date)

TO: Disaster District Sub 2C, DPS, Pierce, Texas

SUBJECT:

Situation Report No._

1. TYPE OF EMERGENCY
a. Identify the type of emergency, by name if it is due to a tropical storm or hurricane.
b. Describe whe:i:e it happened and when, or if it is likely to happen .
  • 2. DAMAGE
a. Determine the number of dead and injured and their location(s).
b. Determine the type and extent of property damage, especially as to how this directly affects people (e.g., major highways, bridges, rail routes, airports, deep water ports), or military facilities.
c. Determine any additional damage potential as a result of the emergency.
  • P-11-27 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
  • EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page 2 of 4)
3. STATE AND LOCAL ACTIONS
a. Describe major emergency management actions, such as dissemination of warning, activation and us~ of BOC, activation of the Reception Center and Congregate Care facilities, coordination of rescue operations, management of evacuations, arranging for needed emergency supplies, and work with mass media to get official information to the people.
b. Include requests for assistance from state and/or federal civil agencies .
c. Include military support requests and whether support actions are to be performed by National Guard or Federal Active Duty Forces. (Make clear whether such requests are anticipated or actually have been made.)
d. Include Disaster Declarations.
4. FEDERAL ACTIONS I

Describe participation by FEMA Regional Staff members in assisting the affected localities .

  • P-11-28 June 1, 2017 Revision 15

~

  • EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page 3of4)
5. MILITARY ACTION
a. State whether State National Guard or Federal Active Duty Forces are involved, describe in terms of number of trips and type of equipment committed, and the mission(s).
b. Describe action by Army Corps of Engineers.
  • 6. OTHER FEDERAL AGENCIES List actions by other Federal Government Civil Agencies in support of operations.
7. ORGANIZED VOLUNTEER ACTION Identify volunteer agency participation in emergency actions, and describe major actions they have taken.
  • P-11-29 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
  • EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 OPERATIONAL SITUATION REPORT Attachment 5 (Page4of4)
8. OTHER
  • P-11-30 June 1, 2017 Revision 15
  • EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR Procedure 11 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 6 (Page 1of1)

Acronym A:m21ies To ACP Access Control Point DHS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director EOC Emergency Operations Center

  • EOF Emergency Operations Facility

\

EPA Environmental Protection Agency EPD Electronic Personal Dosimeter EPZ Emergency Planning Zone FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD Independent School District JIC Joint Information Center KI Potassium Iodide NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS National Weather Service ORO Offsite Response Organization PAD Protective Action Decision PAG Protective Action Guide PAR Protective Action Recommendation PIO Public Information Officer soc State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM Texas Division of Emergency Management

  • TCP Traffic Control Point TLD Thermoluminescent Dosimeter P-11-3,l June 1,2017 Revision 15

Matagorda County Annex W Procedure

  • Change Number Reference Number Procedure 11 Emergency Operations Center Emergency Management Coordinator (Procedure 11, Rev 15)

Change Reason

1. Global Matagorda County Reception Center N rune Change Care.Director to Matagorda County Reception Center Director 2.

3.

(

  • '

'-

  • \:>- \ \ *-:::;u.~ \J'LD\\

\)-.c.D\~\o'/\ \ ~

  • STI 34452607 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Zl808 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ...................................................................................................................................... P-12-2 2.0 Discussion ................................................................................................................................. P-12-2 3.0 References ................................................................................................................................. P-12-2 4.0 Equipment Required ................................................................................................................. P-12-2 5.0 Precautions and Limitations ...................................................................................................... P-12-3 6.0 Prerequisites .............................................................................................................................. P-12-3 7.0 Procedure .................................................................................................................................. P-12-3
  • 8.0 Attachments .............................................................................................................................. P-12-3 Attachment 1 - EOC Administrative Assistant Checklist ......................................................... P-12-4 Attachment 2 - EOC Staffing Sheet ........................................................................................ P-12-14 Attachment 3 - 24 Hour Shift Rotation ................................................................................... P-12-16 Attachment 4 - Facsmile Log .................................................................................................. P-12-17 Attachment 5 -Acronyms List. ............................................................................................... P-12-18 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:

yti~

Assistant

~~ County Judge

  • P-12-1 June I, 2017 Revision 11

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • 1.0 Purpose 1.1 Procedure 12 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) Administrative Assistant in the Matagorda County EOC during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).

1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the EOC Administrative Assistant.

2.0 Discussion 2.1 The EOC Administrative Assistant responds to the EOC at an Alert and assists the Emergency Management Coordinator with EOC activities.

2.2 The Administrative Assistant is responsible for preparing the EOC for activation and operation, including ensuring necessary equipment, materials and supplies are in place. If assistance is needed with preparation of the EOC for activation,

  • administrative support from the City or County staffs may be obtained.

2.3 Responsibilities of the EOC Administrative Assistant include the following:

2.3 .1 Respond to EOC organization needs and ensure availability of necessary supplies, meals, etc.

2.3.2 Keep a log of incoming and outgoing facsimiles (faxes). Ensure prompt delivery of faxes.

2.3 .3 Assist in other EOC functions as needed.

3.0 References 3 .1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.

3 .2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.

3.3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 13, "Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation."

4.0 Equipment Required

  • 4.1 None.

P-12-2 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None.

Procedure 12 6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 An emergency has been declared by STPBGS and notification received from Matagorda County to mobilize.

7.0 Procedure 7 .1 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at the STPBGS by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher report to the BOC 11'n.d assist in the implementation of Annex W, Procedure 13, 'BOC Concept of Operations and Activation.'

7.2 Upon completion of preparation of the BOC for activation, implement i I Attachment 1, BOC Administrative Assistant Checklist. Use this checklist as a guide in performing position responsibilities.

8.0 Attachments

  • 8.1 8.2 8.3 Attachment 1, BOC Administrative Assistant Checklist Attachment 2, BOC Staffing Sheet Attachment 3, 24-Hour Shift Rotation 8.4 Attachment 4, Facsimile Log 8.5 Attachment 5, Acronyms List
  • P-12-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

EOC ADlVIINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 10)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. ALERT

1. Report to the EOC Security Post, sign in and receive a badge.
2. Report to the Emergency Management Coordinator for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
3. Assist in preparation of the EOC using the "EOC Activation Checklist" and "EOC Floor Plan" attachments to Annex W, Procedure 13, 'Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation,' Attachment 1, EOC Activation Checklist and Attachment 2, EOC Floor Plan.
  • a.

b.

Ensure position name tags and telephones are in the required positions.

Ensure equipment is functioning properly; IF NOT, inform Emergency Management Coordinator.

c. Test the telephones, facsimile machines, and wireless microphone system in accordance with Procedure 13, Emergency Operations Center, Concept of Operations and Activation.
d.
  • Send a test Email to the Emergency Alert Sources:
  • National Weather Service at sr-hgx.nws@noaa.gov
  • KKHA Radio Station at news@kkhafm.com
e. Confirm the above BAS sources have received their Email copy by contacting them via phone line as follows:
  • National Weather Service 1-800-846-1828 (Emergency Line) or 1-281-534-2157 (Back-up Line) for verification
  • KKHA Radio Station, 979-323-7771
  • P-12-4 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 10)

ACTION TIME/LOG

'-

f. Distribute materials
  • Set out clipboards for:
  • News Advisories
  • Check copier paper and toner
  • Position Manuals
  • Emergency Action Logs with clipboards (if hard copy)
  • Supplies needed for Status Board Keeper Ii I
  • WEB EOC Computers or ' Ii
  • Eraser ~

i

  • Wide black and red erasable markers I
  • g.
  • Board cleaner
  • Camera from the Emergency Management Coordinator, if required Ensure that necessary plans and procedures are available.

I

h. Retrieve magnetic Protective Response Zone Map overlays.
i. Have EOC staff synchronize their watches, facsimile machines and facility clock with the County Dispatcher.
4. Issue the EOC Security Officer a copy of his or her checklist, necessary forms to begin logs, and a copy of the EOC layout.
5. Notify the Emergency Management Coordinator when the set-up of the EOC is complete.
6. Complete Attachment 2, the "EOC Staffing Sheet," using information from the EOC Security Log. Distribute completed staffing sheet to:

a.

b.

Emergency Management Director Emergency Management Coordinator Ii I

c. STPEGS Representative I
  • d. Public Information Officer/Writer I
e. Joint Information Center, as soon as activated I I

P-12-5 June 1, 2017 Revision 11 i

l

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 10)

ACTION TIME/LOG

7. Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator if any positions are unfilled.
8. Update and redistribute as significant changes in staffing occur and at shift changes.
9. EAS Messages and News Advisories must be scanned and LOG Emailed to the following:
  • National Weather Service at sr-hgx.nws@noaa.gov
  • KKHA Radio Station at news@kkhafin.com

!

It .I

a. Confirm the above EAS sources have received their Email I copy by contacting them via phone line as follows:
  • National Weather Service
  • 1-800-846-1828 (Emergency Line) or
  • 281-534-2157 (Back-up Line) for verification
  • KKHA Radio Station
  • 979-323-7771
b. Email or fax copies of outgoing documents, EAS messages and news advisories to locations as programmed into facsimile machine, and in the order in which they are programmed.
  • If conducting a drill or exercise, stamp message with THIS IS A DRILL priorto emailing or faxing.
  • Keep log of transmitted email or faxes using Attachment 4, Facsimile Log.
  • If you have a backlog of documents to email or fax and a new document is initiated, stop sending the older message and send the newer one instead. If you do send a message out of sequence, let those receiving it know this is going to happen.
  • P-12-6 l

June 1, 2017 Revision II

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 10)

ACTION TIME/LOG NOTE The email or fax should be quickly reviewed by the Emergency Management Coordinator to determine if any essential information (e.g., change in emergency classification or radiation release) should be immediately announced to the EOC staff and then returned to you so that copies can be made.

LOG

10. Log incom~ng emails and faxes.
11. Immediately give incoming email and faxes to Emergency NIA Management Coordinator.
  • NOTE Refer to Emergency Communications Directory for a prioritized list of locations requiring EAS messages, news advisories and the applicable facsimile telephone numbers
12. If scanner and/or fax machine malfunctions, inform the Emergency Management Coordinator, then:
a. Use the scanner or fax machine at the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher or, if necessary, telephone the Emergency Alert Station(s) as designated in the Communications Directory to broadcast the EAS message live over the air.
b. Request Communications Officer to notify the STPEGS Support Organization Director of the malfunction and request support to fix the facsimile machine immediately.
13. Maintain the Alert classification activities until the NIA emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
  • P-12-7 June I, 2017 Revision II

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of 10)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY

1. Complete the activities in Section I. Alert, if ~ot already completed. NIA
2. Maintain adequate supplies to meet BOC staff needs. NIA
3. Respond to facility personnel needs. NIA
4. Deliver BAS message to the Status Board Keeper after EAS NIA messages are sent.
5. Assist the Status Board Keeper in maintaining the BOC boards up- NIA to-date, concise and accurate.
6. If requested, obtain names and telephone numbers of key utility
  • positions from STPEGS BOC Liaison for the following and provide to Emergency Management Coordinator.

a.

b.

Emergency Director Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Offsite Communicator

c. Support Organization Director (EOF)
d. Radiological Director (EOF)
e. Technical Support Center (TSC) Manager
f. Security Manager (TSC)
g. Shift Manager (of affected unit)
7. If directed by the Emergency Management Director or Emergency Management Coordinator, develop a two shift rotational schedule using Attachment 3, 24-Hour Shift Rotation.
  • P-12-8

/

June 1,2017 Revisionll

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6 of 10)

ACTION TIME/LOG

8. If the shift is scheduled to pass a normal meal time frame, order meals as follows:
a. Solicit approval from the Emergency Management Director.
b. Request Matagorda County Reception Center Coordinator provide meal count for entire Reception Center Staff including Radiological Officer and Department of State Health Services (DSHS) personnel.
c. Includy field teams. Communications Officer can provide count. *
d. Place order for meals and ask the Transportation Officer to
  • coordinate delivery of the meals to the EOC field teams and Reception Center.
9. In the event the emergency is oflong duration, perform shift NIA turnovers in accordance with Section N. Shift Turnover of this checklist.
10. Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until NIA the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
  • P-12-9
  • June 1, 2017 Revisionll

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 10)

ACTION TIME/LOG ID. GENERAL EMERGENCY

1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, and Section II, Site Area NIA Emergency, if not already completed.
2. Update Protective Response Zone map using colored overlays NIA (use only if electronic projection of the 10 mile EPZ map fails).
a. Yellow - Shelter in Place
b. Red- Evacuation
3. Assist the Status Board Keeper in maintaining the status boards NIA up-to-date, concise, and accurate.
  • 4.

5.

Assist in secretarial support.

If EOC supplies are near depletion, obtain necessary material from local sources, with approval of Emergency Management Coordinator.

N/A N/A

6. Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the N/A emergency has ended and recovery has commenced, then proceed to Section V. Recovery of this checklist.

I I

II

  • P-12-10 June 1, 2017 I

Revision 11

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8 of 10)

ACTION TIME/LOG IV. SHIFT TURNOVER f

1. Provide briefing of events to the relief person on the current status of:
a. EOC Operations and problems including any supplies needed. *
b. Status of meals in conjunction with the Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management.
2. fuform the Emergency Management Coordinator of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
3. Update Staffing Board.
4. Agree to your return time.
5. Document names, date, and time of turnover. LOG
  • P-12-11 June 1, 2017 l

Revision 11

--- --- -

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9 of 10)

ACTION TIME/LOG V. RECOVERY

1. Maintain adequate supplies to meet BOC staff needs. NIA
2. Respond to facility personnel needs. NIA
3. Keep event status board current. NIA
4. Maintain fax operations. NIA
  • P-12-12 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (PagelO of 10)

ACTION TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION

1. Collect all documents generated during the emergency and NIA combine into groups (e.g., all EOC documents, all Reception Center documents, all traffic control documents).
a. fuclude forms, checklists, supplies required, logs, summary reports, etc.
b. Recovery Activities Lists.
c. Attachment 4, Facsimile Log and copies of faxes generated during the emergency.
d. Request the Matagorda County Reception Center
  • Coordinator and Radiological Officer provide all the Reception Center documentation.
e. Request the Emergency Alert Station(s) as designated in the Emergency Communications Directory to submit checklists and copies of the station logs that show when BAS messages were broadcast and personnel shift changes occurred.
2. Submit the assembled documents to the Emergency Management NIA Coordinator.
  • P-12-13 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

I I

I I

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • I Procedure 12 EOC STAFFING SHEET Attachment 2 Page 1 of2 I

As of-Date: Time:  !

x POSITION NAME Emergency Mgmt. Director Emergency Mgmt. Coordinator Matagorda County Sheriff Precinct Commissioner Public Info Officer Radiological Officer Reception Center Coordinator Transportation Officer

  • Communications Officer Mayor Bay City Mayor Palacios Hospital District Administrator Bay City Police Dept.

Palacios Police Dept.

STPEGS Liaison TDEM Liaison DSHS Liaison Federal Liaison Coast Guard Rep.

Runner EMD/EMC Assistant Amateur Radio Operator

  • Fire Service Coordinator I

!

X - Denotes change in staff !i P-12-14 June 1,2017 Revision 11 I

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

    • :Procedure 12 EOC STAFFING SHEET Attachment 2 Page 2 of2 As of-Date: Time:

x POS1'.TION NAME EOC Admin Assistant EAS Generator Staff Status Board Keeper IT Communications EOC Security FEMA Liaison NRC Liaison Industry Liaison Status Board Keeper 0NebEOC)

  • Reception Center - Bay City Director ,,

,

!

I I

I Mon/Decon Supervisor Reception Center Manager I Reception Center - Palacios Director I

Mon/Decou Supervisor Reception Center Manager

  • X - Denotes change in staff P-12-15 June I, 2017
  • Revision 11

EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

  • Procedure 12 24 HOUR SIDFT ROTATION Attachment 3 (Page_ of__)

lSTSHIFT 2NDSHIFT IPOSffiON: START TIME: START TIME:

NAME TELEPHONE# NAME TELEPHONE#

  • Emergency Mgmt. Director
  • Emergency Mgmt. Coordinator
  • Matagorda County Sheriff

!+Precinct Commissioner

  • Public Information Officer
  • Radiological Officer
  • Reception Center Coordinator
  • Transportation Officer
  • Communications Officer
  • Security Officer Hospital District Administrator Fire Services Coordinator
  • BOC Admin Assistant EMD/EMC Assistant STPEGS Representative Public Information Officer IDEM Liaison

--.)

DSHS Liaison Coast Guard Rep.

Amateur Radio Operator FEMA Liaison NRCLiaison

.. staffing pos1t1ons

  • Minimum .. .

+Note: The Precinct Commissioner becomes a minimum staffing position when the Emergency Management Director position is not filled by the County Judge.

  • Signature P-12-16 June 1, 2017 Revision 11
  • EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 FACSIMILE LOG Attachment 4 (Page_ of__) Date: _ _ _ _ __

TO* FROM SUBJECT INCOMING OUTGOING TIME

  • "Broadcast" (BC) sends to ten locations. See list on fax machine.

P-12-17 June I. 2017 Revision 11

  • EOC ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Procedure 12 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 5 (Page 1 of 1)

Acronym A12121ies To ACP Access Control Point DHS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System )

EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director BOC Emergency Operations Center EOF Emergency Operations Facility

  • TCP Traffic Control Point TLD Theimoluminescent Dosimeter )

P-12-18 June I, 2017 Revision II

  • Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 12 Emergency Operations Center Administrative Assistant (Procedure 12, Rev 11)

Change Reference Change Reason Number Number

1. Global Replaced: American Red Cross To identify correct ownership With: Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management
2. Global Removed: KMKS KKHA is our backup
3. Global Matagorda County Reception Center Care Name Change Director to Matagorda County Reception Center Director
4. Global Replaced: 979-244-5542 To identify correct telephone With: 979-323-7771 number.
5. Attachment 1 Replaced: Supervisor Title Change II, 6.g With: Manager
5. Attachment 2 Updated: Entire Table To better align with EOC Sign in Board
4. Attachment 3 Replaced: ARC Director To identify correct ownership With: Reception Center Director
  • 5.

6.

Attachment 5 Attachment 5 Updated: Entire Table Remove: ARC American Red Cross Added: MCOEM Matagorda County Office To better align with EOC Sign in Board ARC is not called-out in Procedure 12 To identify acronym in of Emergency Management procedure

  • ?-\'2..-\°\ T u_,'-S>. \ I 'l...D \I

\~.e._1._)\~lOV\ \\

.

,*,

STI 34483154 Zl808 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ........................................................................................................................... P-13-2 2.0 Discussion ...................................................................................................................... P-13-2 3.0 References ...................................................................................................................... P-13-6 4.0 Equipment Required ............................................................................... ~ ...................... P-13-7 5.0 Precautions and Limitations ........................................................................................... P-13-7 6.0 Prerequisites ............................................... :................................................................... P-13-7 7.0 Procedure ....................................................................................................................... P-13-7 8.0 Attachments ................................................................................................................... P-13-7

  • Attachment 1-EOC Activation/De-Activation Checklist.. .......................................... P-13-8 Attachment 2- EOC Floor Plan .................................................................................. P-13-11 Attachment 3-EOC Task Groups .............................................................................. P-13-12 Attachment 4 - Emergency Operations Center Security Control Point Checklist ...... P-13-13 Attachment 5 - EOC Entry Log................................................................................... P-13-19 Attachment 6- Status Board Keeper Checklist.. ......................................................... P-13-20 Attachment 7 - EMD/EMC Assistant Checklist ......................................................... P-13-22 Effective Date: June, 1, 2017 APPROVED:

c:y2-;:-];i~

County Judge

  • P-13-1 Junel,2017 Revision IO I l.
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 1.0 Purpose 1.1 This procedure specifies the concept of operations and the process for activating the Emergency Operations Center (EOC).

1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response specific to EOC activation and operation.

2.0 Discussion 2.1 Setup of the Emergency Operations Center (EOC), which is located in the Matagorda County Sheriffs Office, is the responsibility of the Emergency Management Coordinator or the Sheriff.

  • The first of these to arrive should perform Section 7.0.

2.2 The EOC is to be set up at Ale~t and activated at a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, unless directed otherwise by the Emergency Management

  • Director.

2.3 Concept of Operations 2.3 .1 The County Judge will assume overall direction and control of EOC staff activities as the Emergency Management Director.

The Emergency Commissioner will serve as alternate or as relief if shifts are established.

2.3 .2 The Emergency Management Coordinator is responsible for the ongoing EOC operations. The County Judge is responsible for designating the Emergency Management Coordinator and alternates.

2.3 .3 The Emergency Management Coordinator will serve as the primary operational liaison between the EOC and outside governmental agencies.

2.4 Heads of agencies, departments, and organizations are responsible for emergency functions as assigned in the Emergency Management Basic Plan or by Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs).

2.5 Emergency operations will be conducted by government agency personnel augmented, as required, by trained auxiliaries, volunteer groups, and personnel

  • supplied through mutual aid agreements .

l P-13-2 June I, 2017 Revision 10

  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.6 The BOC will operate on a 24-hour basis during an emergency. Typically, staffs will be assigned to work 12-hour shifts.

2.7 Task Groups 2.7.1 Direction and Control: This group is responsible for overall direction of the governmental response to an emergency.

2.7.1.1 Primary functions include:

a. Emergency policy decisions
b. Emergency purchases/allocations
c. Declaration of a state of emergency
d. Invocation of emergency powers
e. Requesting/directing outside assistance
  • f. Activating the BOC
g. Recommending and implementing protective actions to the public
h. Requesting a Presidential disaster declaration
i. Law Enforcement decisions 2.7.1.2 Group Members include:
a. Matagorda County Judge
b. The Mayors of Bay City and Palacios *
c. County Commissioners
d. Emergency Management Coordinator
e. Matagorda County Sheriff or Designee
  • June 1,2017 I

Revision 10

  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.7.1.3 Special Considerations:
a. Only the Chief Executive of a County or City may declare an emergency for that jurisdiction, except the County Judge may declare a county-wide emergency.
b. State assistance procedures require requests for State or Federal assistance be made by the Chief Executive, or by another official specifically authorized to perform the function in the name of the Chief Executive. In Matagorda County, the Emergency Commissioner may transmit such requests if the County Judge is not available.
c. The Emergency Management Director is responsible for the activation of the EOC .
  • 2.7.2 Operations Group: This group is responsible for mobilizing and coordinating personnel and resources in response tg an emergency. Representatives from this group may or may not locate in the BOC.

2.7.2.1 Functions include:

a. Law Enforcement actions
b. Fire Services
c. Search & Rescue
d. Emergency Medical/Hospital
e. Monitoring & Decontamination
f. Transportation
g. Shelter - evacuee registration
h. Public Information Security
  • 1.

P-13-4. June 1, 2017 Revision 10

  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.7.2.2 Group Members include:
a. Fire Services Coordinator
b. Hospital District Administrator or designee
c. Radiological Officer or designee
d. Transportation Officer
e. Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management

! i

f. Public Information Officer/Writer
g. Communications Officer
h. EOC Security Officer 2.7.3 Administrative Group: This group provides administrative and
  • logistical support for EOC operations .

2.7.3.1 Functions include:

a. Procurement of supplies
b. General administrative activities
c. Updating the Status Boards
d. Maintaining logs and documentation of EOC response activities.

2.7.3.2 Group Members include:

a. EMD/EMC Assistant
b. EOC Administrative Assistants
c. Status Board Keepers
d. Runners
  • P-13-5 June I, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 2.7.4 Support Group: Representatives of other jurisdictions (Federal, State, other cities/counties, industry advisors, etc.) This group is responsible for assisting Matagorda County with resources and technical support during an emergency. This group may provide support services from remote locations. It is expected, however, that in the event of an incident at the STPEGS, technical advisors from the Department of State Health Services and the STPEGS will report to the EOC.

2.7.4.1 Functions include:

a. Providing technical advice and support.
b. Provide supplies and resources from outside the County.

2.7.4.2 Group Members may include:

a. Texas Division of Emergency
  • Management (DEM) Liaison
b. Department of State Health Services (DSHS) EOC Liaison
c. STPEGS EOC Liaison
d. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Liaison
e. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)

Liaison

f. U.S. Coast Guard
g. Others, as requested by the Emergency Management Director 3.0 References 3 .1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.

3.2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response .

  • P-13-6 June 1, 2017 Revision 10 I

I l

  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 4.0 Equipment Required 4.1 All equipment for the Emergency Operations Center is stored in the BOC with additional office supplies available in the supply cabinet of the Sheriffs Office.

5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None.

6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 An Alert or higher Emergency Classification has been declared by the STPEGS or the Emergency Management Director has ordered activation of the BOC.

7.0 Procedure 7.1 Activation of the BOC is supervised by the Matagorda County Sheriff or the Emergency Management Coordinator and carried out with assistance from BOC Staff members, including the Administrative Assistant and the Communications

  • Officer. Matagorda County jail trustees can also be utilized to assist in the setup oftheEOC.

7.2 The BOC is to be setup using Attachment 1, EOC Activation Checklist,Section I.

7.3 BOC activation is declared by the Emergency Management Director in accordance with Procedure 10, 'Emergency Management Director.'

7.4 The BOC is to be deactivated using Attachment 1, BOC Deactivation,Section II.

8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, BOC Activation Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, EOC Floor Plan 8.3 Attachment 3, EOC Task Groups 8 .4 Attachment 4, BOC Security Control Point Checklist 8.5 Attachment 5, BOC Entry Log 8.6 Attachment 6, Status Board Keeper Checklist 8.7 Attachment 7, EMD/EMC Assistant Checklist

  • P-13-7 June 1,2017 Revision* 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ACTIVATION/DE-ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of3)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. EOC SET-UP

i' i

1. Establish security at the EOC entrance in accordance with i t

Attachment 4, EOC Security Control Point Checklist.

2. Set up furnishings in accordance with Attachment 2, EOC Floor Plan.
3. Verify telephones are operational by checking for a dial tone after each phone is plugged in to its designated outlet.
  • 4.

5.

Obtain EOC radio from the dispatch office and ensure operability by doing a radio check with the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.

Ensure all maps and status boards have been erased or cleared of any old information and only current data has been posted.

6. Ensure computer equipment is available to support WebEOC.
7. Of the available personnel, establish a status board keeper to maintain the status boards in accordance with Attachment 6, EOC ~

Status Board Keeper Checklist.  !

8. Check with the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher to ensure all I Emergency Response Call List personnel have been notified and i at least a primary or alternate has been reached for each of the I minimum staffmg positions listed in Attachment 3, EOC Task Groups.

I

[

I I

  • P-13-8 June 1,2017 Revision 10 I l
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ACTIVATION/DE-ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of3)

ACTION TIME/LOG

9. Verify the Prompt Notification System equipment is operational if time permits (i.e., a fast breaking emergency has not occurred) as follows: *
a. Fax Machine by sending a test fax to the Emergency Alert Stations(s) as designated in the Communications Directory.
b. Sirens (by doing a growl test of the STPEGS Siren System).
c. Alert Radios (by calling the EAS source and verifying availability).
  • NOTE If telephone contact cannot be established with National Weather Service, ensure the Emergency Management Director is made aware of the situation.
10. Verify operability of the fax machine 'Broadcast' capability by a

faxing a test message to each of the agencies, with follow-up phone call.

NOTE Ensure Sheriffs Department staff discontinues use of facsimile for the duration of the emergency condition.

11. Verify operability of the wireless microphone system by testing all frequencies.
12. Check administrative supplies and food stock for availability with assistance from the jail supervisor.
13. Perform operability test of the backup emergency generator.
14. Report any problems or unmet needs to the Emergency
  • Management Director.

P-13-9 Junel,2017 l

Revision IO

  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ACTIVATION/DE-ACTIVATION CHECKLIST  !

Attachment 1 (Page 3 of3) I ACTION TIME/LOG II. EOC DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the Emergency Management Director, deactivate the EOC at the termination of the STPEGS emergency response activities as follows:
a. Ensure all messages, logs, and event documentation is assembled and forwarded to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
b. Clear all EOC status boards of event information.
c. Store all EOC plans, procedures, and position manuals in
  • designated location.
d. Ensure equipment and supplies are stored properly in the designated areas. *
e. Assemble all EOC survey meters, remove batteries, and store in designated area. *
f. Check EOC inventory using the posted list and inform the Emergency Management Coordinator of any missing/damaged equipment or shortages in supplies.
2. Once all personnel have exited the BOC~ ask a member of the Sheriffs Office to lock the EOC entrance .
  • P-13-10 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY .TIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13
  • EOC Floor Plan Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 1) l'l

[ ] ~@ ~ ~~i

  • -q~

0

1! ~ ~

"

[ ] EBi* 0

~ s "'

ii

~

~

m

~ 0 ~~1~ D

~ i D::  ::

u ~EB!s 0

~ ~

[ ] ~@*:;;

~

.... -u:a Z:c:,

I:

Si i~

~

[]£ 0 ~EIY~

~ w i ~ - U'I 5 e;

D P-13-11 June 1, 2017 Revision 11 Revisions

..,..-.--.---------

  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC TASK GROUPS Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1)

Direction and Control

  • Emergency Management Director
  • Emergency Management Coordinator
  • Matagorda County Sheriff Precinct Commissioner (See Note)

Operations Group

  • Public Information Officer Fire Services Coordinator Hospital District Administrator
  • Radiological Officer or designee
  • Reception Center Coordinator
  • Transportation Officer
  • Communications Officer
  • Security Officer
  • Administrative Group BOC Administrative Assistant EMD/EMC Assistant Status Board Keeper Runner Support Group Texas Division of Emergency Management Liaison Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Liaison South Texas Project Electric Generating Station Representative Federal Emergency Management Agency Liaison Nuclear Regulatory Commission Liaison U. S. Coast Guard Amateur Radio Operators Others, as necessary
  • Minimum staffing required to activate BOC Note: This becomes a minimum staffing position when the Emergency Management Director position is not filled by the County Judge.
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER P-13-12 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 1of6)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY

1. Sign in on the EOC 'Entry Log' and issue a badge.
2. Report to the Emergency Management Coordinator for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
3. Obtain the following material from the EOC.
  • EOC Security Control Point Manual
  • Pens
  • Roster
  • Identification Badges
4. If any staff are already present in the EOC, have them sign in on Attachment 5, EOC Entry Log.
5. Establish access control near the entrance of the EOC (refer to Attachment 2, BOC Floor Plan).
a. Verify arriving personnel are part of the emergency response organization as listed on the call list or roster.
b. Have arriving personnel sign in on the EOC Entry Log.
c. Provide an identification badge.

EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 2 of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG

  • d. For arriving personnel not on the call list or roster, radio the Communications Officer or go to the EOC entrance P-13-13 . June!, 2017 Revision 10*
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 and direct the EOC Administrative Assistant to notify the Emergency Management Coordinator or Sheriff to obtain approval for their entry. DO NOT get out of visual range of or otherwise leave the security control point unattended.
6. Request the Administrative Assistant regularly provide you with copies of EAS messages, press releases and Offsite Agency Notification Message Forms.
7. Log people out as they leave EOC (ifleaving building) .
  • P-13-14 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 3of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. GENERAL EMERGENCY

1. Obtain a survey instrument from Radiological Officer.
2. Validate ,the survey instrument is in working order.
a. Do a battery check and obtain new batteries if the battery check fails.
b. Turn the instrument to the xlscale.
c. Allow 15 seconds for the instrument to stabilize, before
  • d.

e.

taking reading.

Open window on probe.

Place probe near the check source obtained from the Radiological Officer.

f. Make sure the instrument responds with the indicator moving upscale.
g. Notify Radiological Officer ifinstrument is not working properly and obtain a replacement.

\

P-13-15 June 1, 2017 Revision 10 D

i I*

I l

\

  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 .

EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 4of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG

3. Before allowing people into the BOC, question them to see if they have been inside the 10 mile EPZ.

If they have, survey them before they enter the BOC.

a. Verify meter is turned on to the xl scale NOTE A whole body frisk should take approximately one minute.
  • Instruct the individual to stand with arms at side, palms facing out, and legs together. Then scan the individual with the survey probe held about one-half inch away from the surface, moving at a rate of about 2 to 3 inches per second. Frisk the individual's head, face, and shoulders, then scan the front of the body from the top to bottom using a single sweep, frisk the elbows, hands, and buttocks, then scan the back of the body from top to bottom using a single sweep. Finally frisk the feet and soles of shoes.
b. Perform a whole body survey, emphasizing the head, nose area, hands and bottom of shoes.
c. If a reading above background is detected while performing the survey, immediately notify the Radiological Officer.
  • P-13-16 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 5 of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG III. SHIFT TURNOVER

1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
a. Review completed checklist
b. Review Entry Log
2. Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator of the transfer of responsibilities to the incoming shift replacement.
  • 3.

4.

Update Staffing Board Document names, date and time of turnover. (The log entry should be made on the Sheriffs Emergency Action Log.)

LOG

  • P-13-17 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER SECURITY CONTROL POINT CHECKLIST Attachment 4 (Page 6of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG IV. TERMINATION

1. Provide a list of any supplies or forms needing replenishing to the Administrative Assistant.
2. Collect, and organize in chronological order, all documents, checklists, and logs.
a. Sign checklists and logs
3. Turnover all documents generated during the emergency to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
  • 4. Return your area to pre-event status . NIA
  • P-13-18 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER
  • CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EOC ENTRY LOG Attachment 5 (Page_ of_)

DATE:

PRINTED NAME Last First MI Department Time In Time Out Signature

\

J P-13-19 June I, 2017 R:\EMERGENCY_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 13 - EOC Concept of Operation & Activation\AN-W-P13 RI O.docx Revision 10

  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 STATUS BOARD KEEPER CHECKLIST Attachment 6 (Page 1 of2)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG

1. Sign in at the BOC Security Post and obtain a badge.
2. Report to the Emergency Management Coordinator (EMC) for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
3. Obtain the following materials (ifWebEOC and electronic status boards are unavailable).
  • Broad tip, black and red erasable markers
  • Erasers
  • Status board cleaner
4. Print legibly and use concise statements. NIA
5. Record the time and pertinent information throughout the exercise , NIA or event on the Event board and Significant Event board, but not necessarily in this order:
a. Event declarations
b. BOC activation time
c. New~ Advisories message numbers (eg., NA-1, NA-2, etc.) and brief content (initial message, supplemental information, etc.)
d. Emergency Alert System (BAS) message numbers and brief content, (e.g. EAS-1, EAS-2, etc.)
e. Traffic Control Points
f. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)
  • P-13-20 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTNATION Procedure 13 STATUS BOARD KEEPER CHECKLIST Attachment 6 (Page 2 of2)

ACTION TIME/LOG

g. Reception Center/Congregate Care Facility status
h. School district decisions
1. Outside assistance requested
j. Activation of the Prompt Notification System; Sirens, Alert Radios, EAS message broadcast, auto dialer, route alerting I
k. South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) facility activation times, especially the
  • Emergency Operations Facility (EOF)
1. Notification of special facilities
m. Considerations of special needs populations
6. If different actions occur at the same time, record the time once, NIA then list on a separate line each event that occurred at that time.
7. If information for the Status Boards is not forthcoming, request NIA key directors, coordinators, and officers provide input.
8. Obtain hard copy documentation of status board information prior NIA to erasing a status board.
  • P-13-21 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMD/EMC ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 7 (Page 1 of3)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG

1. Sign in at the EOC Security Post and obtain a badge.
2. Report to the EMC for a briefing on the status of the emergency.
3. Obtain the following materials:
  • Log sheets
  • Pens an:d other writing material
  • Other materials as directed by the EMC
4. Initiate and maintain an Emergency Action Log.
a. Track telephone calls, key information obtained, factors affecting the event or decisions made, and other information needed to document the response actions taken.
b. Maintain the log for the EMD/EMC/Mayors, etc. until termination of the emergency or recovery activities, as directed.
c. Provide periodic updates of emergency status to the EOC Public Information Staff.
5. Print legibly and use short and concise statements. NIA
6. Perform an operational check of the speak:erphone by checking for a dial tone.
  • P-13-22 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • EMERGENCY OPERA1JONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMD/EMC ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 7 (Page2 of3)

ACTION TIME/LOG

7. Ensure the Public Information group provides the county JIC staff updates on the following type of information:
a. Event declarations
b. EOC activation time
c. News Advisories message numbers and brief content
d. Emergency Alert System (EAS) message numbers and brief content
e. Traffic Control Points
f. Field Team dispatch, location, and survey results
g. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)
h. Reception Center/Congregate Care Facility status
i. School district decisions
j. Outside assistance requested
k. Activation of the Prompt Notification System; Sirens, Alert Radios, EAS message broadcast, auto dialer, route alerting
1. South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) facility activation times, especially the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF)
m. Notification of special facilities
n. Considerations of special needs populations
  • P-13-23 June 1,2017 RevisionlO
    • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS AND ACTIVATION Procedure 13 EMDIEMC ASSISTANT CHECKLIST Attachment 7 (Page 3 of3)

ACTION TIME/LOG

8. As directed, assist the EMDIEMC with the following activities: NIA
a. EOC staff briefings
b. Ongoing EOC operations
c. Securing BOC or field operations unmet needs
d. Ensuring 24-hour staffing is maintained
9. Assist the EOC staff with their concerns and questions associated NIA with EOC response activities .
  • 10. Ensure all EOC boards are maintained up-to-date, concise and accurate .
  • P-13-24 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 13 Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation (Procedure 13, Rev 10)

Change Reference Change Reason Number Number L Global Replaced: American Red Cross To denote proper ownership Director With: Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management

2. Page 6 and Added: Texas to Division of Change of name Page 12 Emergency Management
3. Page 11 Updated: entire floor plan Change of numbers and some titles
4. '

5.

6.

  • ~'"\_\;\.. \I '1...0 l-=\-

\~-C. U \~\_~ \(),

L\4o \D

  • STI 34500977 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose .................................................................................................................................2 2.0 Discussion ............................................................................................................................ 2 3.0 Definitions............................................................................................................................ 3 4.0 References ............................................. ,..............................................................................4 I

5.0 Equipment Required ................................................................................:...........................4 6.0 Precautions and Limitations ................................................................................................. 4 7.0 Prerequisites ......................................................................................................................... 5 8.0 Procedure ............................................................................................................................. 5

  • 9.0 Attachznents .......................................................................................................................... 5 Attachment 1 ~Plume Exposure Pathway Protective Action Worksheet.. .......................... 7 Attachment 2-Protective Response Zones Beyond IO Miles .......................................... 12 Attaclunent 3 -Explanation of Protective Action Recommendations .............................. 14 Attachment 4 - Protective Response Zone Populations, Special Facilities and Evacuation Times .................................................................................................................................. 17 Attachznent 5 - BAS Message Input Fonn ........................................................................20 Attachznent 6 -Protective Action Decision Making Flowchart ........................................21 Attachment 7 - Protective Response Zone Table ............................................................... 22 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:
  • P-14-1 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 1.0 Purpose 1.1 This procedure provides decision making guidance on protective actions to be taken by the public during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).

1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response specific to protective actions for the public.

2.0 Discussion 2.1 The Emergency Management Director is responsible for ensuring that protective actions are effectively taken to protect the public around the STPEGS site. This includes preplanned actions for the public living within the 10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ).

2.2 The Emergency Management Director is responsible for ensuring that protective actions are effectively taken to secure food crops within Matagorda County and to

  • 2.3 coordinate with the Texas Department of Health, Department of State Health Services (DSHS), concerning the impact on food crops outside Matagorda County.

The STPEGS Emergency Director and the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) are responsible for providing the Matagorda County Emergency Management Director with information concerning plant conditions, releases of radioactive material, the potential magnitude of radiological exposures to the emergency workers and the public which could occur, and recommended protective actions for the public.

2.4 The Emergency Management Director is responsible for determining the protective actions to be taken based on the recommendations of STPEGS and the State.

Consideration should also be given to the current and forecasted weather conditions, time required to evacuate the public, impediments to an evacuation, plant conditions, potential for release of radioactive material, potential magnitude of radiological exposures to the public, and the prognosis for the situation to become worse.

I' I

II

!I I

P-14-2 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 I

!

I~

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 3.0 Definitions 3 .1 Monitor and Prepare is a type of precautionary action intended to advise the public within the EPZ that a serious emergency at the nuclear power plant exits and that it should monitor the situation and prepare for the possibility of evacuation, SIP, or other protective actions.

Further, if an evacuation is underway, officials should ask individuals who are not involved in the evacuation to remain off the roadways to allow those who are instructed to evacuate to do so.

3.2 Protective Action Guide (PAG) refers to projected dose to an individual in the general population that warrants the implementation of protective action. Specific PAGs have been recommended in terms of the level of projected dose that warrants the implementation of evacuation (or Sheltering in Place if factors such as severe weather make it a greater risk to evacuate than to Shelter in Place), respiratory protection, relocation, and limiting the use of contaminated food, water, and animal feed.

3 .3 Plume dose projections are estimates ofradiation dosage to the public from exposure to the plume, over a period of time, in the absence of initiating protective actions.

  • 3.4 Plume exposure pathway: The principal exposure sources from this pathway are whole body external exposure to gamma radiation from the plume and from deposited materials, and inhalation exposure from the passing radioactive plume.

3 .5 Ingestion exposure pathway: The principal exposure sources from this pathway are from ingestion of contaminated water or foods, such as milk or fresh vegetables.

3 .6 Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase.

3. 7 Reentry: Emergency workers perform detailed radiation dose rate surveys and conduct environmental samplings. The results will be utilized as the basis for protective actions or release to restricted or unrestricted use. Routes of exposure during this phase are external (ground deposition) and internal (inhalation of re-suspended particles).

3 .8 Relocation represents the inability to restore affected areas to unrestricted use.

People are removed or excluded from these areas in order to avoid chronic radiation exposures in excess of established limits. Factors, on which decisions to relocate or attempt restoration will be based, include both technological and economic considerations .

  • P-14-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

Procedure 14 3.9 Restricted zone refers to an area of controlled access from which the population has been evacuated or relocated or within which certain activities should be avoided.

3 .10 Return Phase: Individuals are permitted to re-occupy previously restricted areas.

Depending on residual exposure rates and the potential for re-suspension, precautions or limitations may be recommended. Routes of exposure during this phase are the same as during reentry. However, an additional ceiling on exposure, total dose commitment, is now being considered.

3 .11 Special populations are transportation dependent populations, special facilities and groups of individuals with physical or mental handicaps that need assistance when protective actions are implemented.

4. 0 References

!

4.1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios. 1i 4.2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.

4.3 EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for I

~

Nuclear Incidents, May, 1992. '- ~

  • 4.4 4.5 State of Texas, Department of State Health Services (DSHS), "Radiological Emergency Management Procedure" (Procedures 1 and 22).

NUREG 0654, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluati~n of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants, Supplement 3, i

I I

Crit~ria for Protective Action Recommendations for Severe Accidents 4.6 Evacuation Time Estimate Report, 2012 (KLD Engineering)

(

I I

4.1 Food and Drug Administration, Guidance on "Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergencies I 5.0 Equipment Required 5.1 None.

6.0 Precautions and Limitations 6.1 This procedure is for information and may be used as a guide, if needed to assist in the decision making process.

6.2 Once a decision is made by the Emergency Management Director to implement a plume phase protective action, the public is to be notified within a timely manner, without undue delay.

  • P-14-4 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 6.3 A failure of any component of the primary public notification system (i.e., sirens, alert radios, or Emergency Alert System (BAS) announcements) requires that the public be notified by route alerting.

7.0 Prerequisites

'

7.1 A verified (e.g., verbal or written) General Emergency has been declared by the STPEGS.

8. 0 Procedure 8.1 Upon receiving a notification from STPEGS recommending protective actions for the general public, review the recommendation and implement Attachment 1, "Plume Exposure Pathway Protective Action Worksheet." Implement a new worksheet for each protective action recommendation.

8.1.1 If any questions or concerns are identified during the review, contact the Emergency Director at STPEGS and obtain the necessary clarifications before implementing the protective actions.

  • NOTE When required by the procedure to make contacts with ' I individuals or agencies outside of the Emergency Operations Center (BOC), refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.

8.1.2 To obtaill an independent verification of the appropriateness of the STPEGS recommended protective actions, 9ontact the Department of State Health Services (DSHS).

8.1.3 Attachment 2, "Explanation of Protective Action Recommendations" (review as necessary).

8.2 Upon completion of plume exposure pathway protective actions for the public, arrange with the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) to evaluate the potential for contamination of agricultural products and to take necessary actions for the ingestion exposure pathway based on DSHS policy and procedures.

9. 0 At1:achments 9 .1 Attachment 1, Plume Exposure Pathway Protective Action Worksheet 9.2 Attachment 2, Explanation of Protective Action Recommendations
  • P-14-5 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 9.3 Attachment 3, Protective Response Zone Populations, Special Facilities, and Evacuation, Times 9.4 Attachment 4, BAS Message Input Form 9.5 Attachment 5, Protective Action Decision Making Flowchart 9.6 Attachment 6, Protective Response Zone Table
  • P-14-6 June 1,2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 1of5)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG

1. When a recommendation is received from STPEGS or the DSHS to implement protective actions for the public, counsel with key BOC personnel to review the basis and the implementation of the protective actions. This should include:
a. Ensure the Public Information Writer completes Attachment 4, BAS Message Input Form", if needed.
b. Direct the Public Information Writer to initiate development of an BAS. message based on the
  • recommendations just received.
c. Determine if the recommended actions for the public appear to be appropriate by considering the following:
  • Review Attachment 5 "Protective Decision Making Flow Chart".
  • If the emergency classification is General Emergency, then STPEGS may recommend a range of protective actions. These protective action recommendations are based on the status of the reactor core, the status of the Reactor Containment Building, and if a radiological release is in progress, the results of dose projections and/or field team measurements.

This range may include:

NOTE The recommendations may be expanded by the Matagorda County Emergency Management Director based on additional information that could affect the health and safety of the public. These actions will be

  • documented.

P-14-7 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 2 of5) i ACTION TIME/LOG I I

i

'

1. A 2-mile radius evacuation,
2. A 2-mile radius evacuation with a recommendation to evacuate downwind zones to 5 miles,
3. A 2-mile radius evacuation with a i i recommendation to evacuate downwind sectors beyond 10 miles.
4. If Protection Action Guides are exceeded at 10-miles, evacuate in 2-mile increments downwind until the limits are not exceeded.
d. Using the current wind direction data from STPEGS and
  • the recommended radius, review Attachment 6, "Protective Response Zone Table", to verify the correctness of the area(s) selected by STPEGS or DSHS.
e. If an evacuation is being considered:
  • Verify with the Sheriff that no major impediments exist to implementing the evacuation, such as severe weather or other impediments (i.e., flooding, car wreck, hostile activity or chemical accident) on evacuation routes.
  • Verify with Radiological Officer and Matagorda County Reception Center Director that a Reception Center has been or can be activated.
  • Refer to the Table 1 of the Evacuation Time Estimate Study, 2012 (KLD Engineering) to support determining recommended Protective Decisions. (See attachment 3 of this procedure)
f. Determine with the Transportation Officer if special actions should be taken for Tidehaven and Matagorda schools .
  • P-14-8 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAV PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 3 ofS)

ACTION TIME/LOG

g. Consider, in consultation with the EOC staff, the needs of special populations and the transportation dependent within the affected area.

NOTE The siren and alert radio activation and BAS message to the public should occur in a timely manner, without undue delay, of the decision to take protective actions.

2. Review the draft EAS message prepared by the Public Information Writer and incorporate any changes or additions that were determined in Step 1 above.
3. Direct the Public Information Writer with assistance from the Public Information Officer (if present in the BOC) to finalize the EAS Message.
a. Review and approve the message.
b. Direct the EOC Administrative Assistant to fax the BAS message to the EAS stations.
c. Direct the Public Information Writer/Officer to contact the EAS stations to confirm receipt of the message.
4. After verification of sounding the sirens, direct the Sheriff or Communications Officer to activate the sirens [using the correct tone (Alert) for a STPEGS emergency] and the Auto Dialer System.
5. Log the following information: LOG
a. Shelter in Place Zones -------------~
c. Time sirens sounded _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
d. BAS Message number issued _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
  • P-14-9 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

,.

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 4of5)

ACTION TIME/LOG

e. Time BAS Message issued _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
f. STPEGS Offsite Notification Message No., which recommended the protective actions._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
6. Direct the Emergency Management Coordinator to verify LOG activation of the sirens, the alert radio system, the BAS including the actual announcement of the BAS message and the Auto Dialer System.
a. If any portion of these systems fail to function, direct the Sheriff to initiate route alerting in the affected areas.
b. If the contents of the BAS message were incorrectly read
  • 7.

over the air, direct the Public Information Writer to contact the radio station involved and request they correct their announcement in:imediately and on subsequent re-broadcasts.

Upon issuance of the initial protective action for the public, determine if additional precautionary protective actions should be taken for other facilities.

a. Review Attachment 3, "Protective Response Zone Populations, Special Facilities, and Evacuation Times",

to determine if schools, industries, or recreational areas should be included in the protective actions.

/

1) Ensure Transportation Officer contacts County School Districts with recommendations.
2) Ensure Communications Officer contacts local jurisdictions and private entities with recreational facilities such as Bay City, Palacios, golf courses, parks, boat landings, etc.
3) Ensure the Communications Officer contacts local industry with recommendations .
  • P-14-10 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY PROTECTIVE ACTION WORKSHEET Attachment 1 (Page 5 of5)

ACTION TIME/LOG

b. Determine if precautionary evacuation of special populations such as pregnant women, children, disabled, and handicapped should be implemented.
c. Confer with the EOC staff and DSHS to evaluate the need to implement additional precautionary protective actions.
d. If any special population (mobility impaired) individuals have remained inside evacuated areas, ensure the Radiological Officer arranges for potassium iodide (KI) to be provided to them.
8. If protective actions being implemented are different from the LOG
  • 9.

recommendations of STPEGS and the DSHS, identify reasoning behind the change.

If protective actions being implemented are different from the recommendations of STPEGS or the DSHS, notify the STPEGS EOC Liaison and/or the Support Organization Director and the DSHS Liaison and explain the difference.

10. If any problems occur in the implementation of the protective LOG actions, list the problems.
11. Post on the status boards information on the protective actions recommended and the status of implementation.
12. Periodically inform the STPEGS EOC Liaison and the DSHS LOG Liaison and advise them of the progress of the protective actions being taken.
13. Protective Actions completed (time). LOG
14. Inform the STPEGS EOC Liaison and the DSHS Liaison when implementation of the protective actions have been completed.
  • P-14-11 June 1, 2017 Revision 17 v

PROTECTIVE ACTION GillDES Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONES BEYOND 10-MILES Attachment 2 (Page 1 of2)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG

1. If the Protective Action Guides are exceeded at 10-mil, evacuate in 2-mile increments downwind until the limits are .

not exceeded.

2. Determine with the Command and Control team the geographical boundaries for the recommended STP Protective Action Recommendations.
a. Consider utilizing E911 GIS program to determine geographic boundaries. (DOUG).
b. Coordinate with the Sheriff for Route Alerting evacuation control measures and T/ACP within the extended area.
c. Coordinate with the Transportation Officer needed bus resources to support evacuation of the exceeded area.
d. If the exceeded area crosses a State Hwy, coordinate with DPS Pierce and the DOT to re-route traffic.
e. Coordinate with the Public Information Officer a News Advisory to inform those residents and transients in the exceeded area.
f. Inform the Reception Center Director of those individuals that might be responding to the facility for the exceeded area.
3. Provide STPEGS Emergency Operations Facility with an update of response actions taken in the exceeded area.
  • P-14-12 June 1,2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONES BEYOND 10-MILES Attachment 2 (Page 2 of2)
4. As required, request additional resources from the Department of State Health Services to support the needs of the exceeded evacuation area and staffing resources for the Reception Center mon/decon activities.
5. As required, request through the WebEOC STAR process additional Department Public Safety law enforcement support.
6. Ensure WebEOC Emergency Action Logs and the Status Board for Traffic and Access Control Point are updated documenting the exceeded area.
  • P-14-13 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 EXPLANATION OF PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 1 of3)

I. Protective Actions for the Plume Exposure Pathway Two types of protective actions can be taken for the public. These are Shelter in Place and Evacuation.

Shelter in Place: This type of protective action is most effective in situations where an evacuation may result in the public receiving a higher dose by entering the plume during the evacuation, or when the plume is a short puff and will not result in extended or high exposures in the area where Shelter in Place is recommended. This protective action rather than evacuation may also be appropriate when severe weather conditions exist; another disaster exists that is more threatening (including hostile activity along evacuation routes that could put evacuees in danger), when persons are not readily mobile, or when impediments to an evacuation may be present.

When persons are sheltering in Place in an area affected by a radioactive release, special instructions should be issued to reduce the effects of the exposure. Persons should seek

  • shelter in permanent, reasonably airtight structures. Windows and doors should be closed and air conditioners which draw air in from the outside should be turned off.

These actions reduce the air flow into the facility.

The use of a handkerchief or other cloth over the nose and mouth is effective in reducing the intake ofradioactive contaminates into the body. The public should be warned not to eat or drink foods that may be contaminated. However, foods that are canned or kept in the refrigerator can be consumed if care is taken to avoid contact with other items that may have radioactive contamination. Water taken from wells or covered water supplies can also be consumed. Anyone who may be contaminated should wash off or shower immediately and obtain clean clothing.

All other residents in the 10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone should be told to Monitor and Prepare. This action can be accomplished by Sheltering in Place. This is an effective way of providing additional time for persons in rural areas to take actions to prepare for an evacuation, such as ensuring all field workers have been notified, preparing animals to remain behind, securing equipment, packing clothing and supplies for an evacuation, notifying relatives of the situation, etc.

  • P-14-14 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 EXPLANATION OF PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 2 of3)

Persons traveling by motor vehicle should close windows, close outside vents, tum off air conditioners that cannot be placed in the recirculation setting and proceed out of the area to a Reception Center to be surveyed and decontaminated.

Shelter in :e1ace should not be continued if the radioactive plume has deposited contamination which will result in external exposures to persons Sheltering in Place or may result in internal exposures due to high airborne levels or re-suspension of contaminants. Evacuation should be conducted as soon as practical.

Evacuation: This type of protective action is most effective when conducted prior to a release of radioactive material. Evacuation is also necessary when exposure levels could approach or exceed the EPA Protective Action Guides of 1 Rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) or 5 Rem Committed Dose Equivalent (CDE) Thyroid exposure .

.n. Protective Actions for the Ingestion Exposnre Pathway

  • III.

A decision to restrict movement of agricultural products from the affected area will be made by the Texas Department of Health.

Role of the Department of State Health Services (DSHS)

The Department of State Health Services (DSHS) is responsible and has the capability to monitor for radioactive releases and contamination. This agency will provide information, technical advice, and personnel to support the County during a radiological problem. Additional guidance for accident assessment and protective actions for the public and for agricultural products has been developed by the DSHS and is available in the State of Texas "Radiological Emergency Management Procedures Manual."

During the emergency phase of an accident, for the plume exposure pathway, DSHS resources will primarily be used to assure that persons within about 10 miles of the nuclear power facility receive exposures less than EPA guidelines by performing dose projections and field monitoring to determine public protective actions. Then at the first opportunity, DSHS will perform an evaluation of the ingestion exposure pathway.

Appropriate preventive and emergency protective action recommendations will be developed as soon as possible. Examples include covering wells used for human or animal drinking water; covering animal feed supplies, not using vegetables from gardens in the affected area; removing animals from pasture and placing them on stored feed, and providing uncontaminated drinking water.

  • P-14-15 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES

  • Procedure 14 EXPLANATION OF PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 3 of3)

The DSHS accident assessment team will make a determination of radiological hazards within the ingestion exposure pathway. Two levels of criteria will be used to determine protective actions necessary to minimize exposure of the public to contaminated food.

They are:

a. Preventive Protective Action Guides, which consist of:
  • 1.5 Rem dose commitment to the thyroid or,
  • 0.5 Rem dose commitment to the bone marrow or whole body for an exposed individual in the population.
b. Emergency Protective Action Guides, which consist of:
  • 15 Rem dose commitment to the thyroid, or
  • 5 Rem dose commitment to the bone marrow or whole body for an exposed individual in the population.

Preventive ingestion pathway protective action recommendations are generally advisory in nature and may be released directly by the DSHS to appropriate federal, state, and local officials and to the public via news advisories or announcements over the emergency broadcast system. In some instances, specifically involving the introduction of food stuffs into commerce, these recommendations may be regulatory in nature. In those instances,* enforcement by the appropriate authority will be coordinated prior to release of the recommendation.

Emergency protective action recommendations are expected to result in some form of enforcement by appropriate regulatory authorities. Release of these recommendations may be made either by the appropriate regulatory agency, or by the DSHS's Public Information Coordination team.

DSHS follow-up of protective action implementation will involve monitoring public and emergency broadcast systems to ensure that recommendations have been disseminated to the affected producers, processors and consumers. Follow-up will also involve consultation with regulatory authorities to identify supplemental sampling activities necessary to ensure compliance with regulatory protective action recommendations .

  • P-14-16 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

\

  • -

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14

  • PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE POPULATIONS, SPECIAL FACILITIES AND EVACUATION TIMES

-Attachment 4 (Page 1 of3)

I. EVACUATION TIME ESTIMATE (90%)

T~l:ilif];, Time tq*Ciear 't~e' !ndiC:ated PRZ*f~i' a'*Summ:Eir, Wee~eni;I, Mit!day, .R:ain;(Scenario

,1n:d.Mduai PRZ Evacuatfori Entini.EPZ Eva*cuatiO'n, goth 100~11 :goth' -ioath

General *Pi~J'.centiie. Percentiie Percentile Perc~itt;iie .

PRZ i>tJ~.~1at1oii2 (minutes} '(minutes) '(minutes} (mhii.itesJ

];1.. 173 -:1,55: 3.30 15~

2

G'eneralp
op.ulatibli inclu.des r.~sideotsYtra:nsient$.,-an.d employees.

3

PRz-1 indudes the sTP:site; P-14-17 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14

  • PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE POPULATIONS, SPECIAL FACILITIES AND EVACUATION TIMES Attachment 4 (Page2 of3)

II. INDUSTRIAL FACILITIES FACILITY EST. POPULATION ZONE Chemical Plant 1 304 2 Chemical Plant 2 270 3

\ El Paso Field Services, Oyster 3 NIA Lake Plant Port of Bay City 10 2 Seahawk, Matagorda Gas Plant 10 10 STPEGS 1200 1 USACOE Locks 12 9 III. RECREATIONAL FACILITIES

Transient Transient ZONE 2

9 3

i.

Fisherman's Hotel Transient 7 Karank:awa Village Transient 3 Lighthouse RV Park Transient 7 Lyondell Park Transient 3 Matagorda Bay Nature Park Transient (350: Jul, Nov) 7 Matagorda Harbor & RV Park Transient (65) 7 Riverside Park/Rio Colorado Transient (200) 3 Golf Course STP Visitor Center Transient 1 IV. SCHOOLS SCHOOL STUDENTS/STAFF ZONE Matagorda School 110 7 Tidehaven Junior and High 543 10

  • School P-14-18 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14

  • PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE POPULATIONS, SPECIAL FACILITIES AND EVACUATION TIMES Attachment 4 (Page 3 of3)

V. RECEPTION CENTERS & SHELTERS PRIMARY FACILITY MRMC Wellness and Rehabilitation 135 Medical Center Drive Bay City, TX 77414 BACK UP FACILITY Palacios High School Hornet Drive Palacios, TX 77465 A complete list of shelters are maintained on file with the Matagorda County Office of Emergency Management.

  • P-14-19 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14

  • EAS M:ESSAGE INPUT FORM Attachment 5 (Page I of 1)

Date/Time:

I. Message Number:

2. Is this a drill? Yes I No (circle one)
3. Is this message in addition to the last message? Yes I No (circle one)
4. Choose one: Alert Site Area General Emergency Terminated Emergency
5. Choose the appropriate attachment:

Alert Advisory - Schools In Session

  • Alert Advisory-Schools Not In Session Site Area Emergency Site Area/General Emergency - Evacuation/Shelter in Place Shelter in Place Advisory Supplemental Information Evacuation Advisory Supplemental Information
6. Have there been releases of Yes I No (circle one) radiation from the plant?
7. Are schools in session? Yes I No (circle one)
8. Choose Reception Center: NIA Bay City Palacios
9. Choose Evacuation Zones: NIA I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Beach
10. Choose Shelter in Place Zones: NIA I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Beach
  • P-14-20 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14

  • PROTECTIVE ACTION DECISION MAKING FLOWCHART Attachment 6 (Page 1 of 1)

No Yes Evacuate & SIP zones

  • Yes provided by STP OR use evacuate zone 1 and SIP downwind zones 2 - 5 miles. Refer to Addendum 6 page 1 for Evacuation &

SIP zones & affected downwind sectors. Direct Consider precautionary SIP all remaining zones to zone 1 and downwind zones monitor and prepare.

2 - 5 miles. Refer to Addendum 6 page 2 for SIP Yes zones & affected downwind sectors. Direct all remaining Consider sheltering in place zones to monitor and zone 1 and downwind zones 2 -

prepare. 5 miles. Refer to Addendum 6 Consider Additional page 2 for SIP zones & affected PAR Expansion if downwind sectors. Direct all recommended by STP remaining zones to monitor and prepare.

NOTE: A rapidly progressing severe accident challenging all 3 fission product barriers with the

. Emergency Director in the Control Room (Prompt General Emergency) STP will recommend:

Evacuate downwind zones 10 miles. Refer to addendum 6 page 1 for evacuated & affected downwind sectors. Direct all remaining zones to monitor and prepare.

  • SIP = Shelter In Place PAR= Protective Action Recommendation P-14-21 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14

  • PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE TABLE Attachment 7 (Page 1 of2)

AFFECTED ZONES: Determine Shelter in Place (SIP) protective response zones and affected downwind sectors.

EVACUATE EVACUATE DOWNWIND ZONES 2 DOWNWIND ZONES 5 WIND , MILES; SIP EVACUATE DOWNWIND AFFECTED MILES; SIP DIRECTION ZONES 10 MILES DOWNWIND DOWNWIND ZONES 2 DOWNWIND ZONES 5 FROM IS -SMILES -lOMILES SECTORS BETWEEN EVACUATE SIP EVACUATE SIP EVACUATE ZONE ZONE(S) ZONE(S) ZONE(S) ZONE(S) 355° to 5° H,J,K. 1 None 1,4 8,9 1,4,8,9 6° to 16° H,J,K,L 1 None 1,4 8,9 1,4,8,9 17°to 28° J,K,L 1 None 1,4 8,9 1,4,8,9 29° to 39° J,K,L,M 1 4 1,4 8,9 1,4,8,9 40° to so* K,L,M 1 4 1,4 8,9 1,4,8,9 51°to 61° K,L,M,N 1 4,5 1,4,5 8,9,10 1,4,5,8,9,10

  • 62° to 73° L,M,N 1 4,5 1,4,5 9,10 1,4,5,9,10 74° to 84° L,M,N,P 1 4,5 1,4,5 9,10 1,4,5,9,10 85° to 95° M,N,P 1 4,5 1,4,5 9,10 1,4,5,9,10 96° to 106° M,N,P,Q 1 4,5 1,4,5 9,10,11 1,4,5,9,10,11 107° to 118° N,P,Q 1 5 1,5 9;10,11 1,5,9,10,11 119° to 129° N,P,Q,R 1 5 1,5 9,10,11 1,5,9,10,11 130° to 140° P,Q,R 1 5 1,5 10,11 1,5,10,11 141° to 151° P,Q,R,A 1 2,5 1,2,5 10,11 1,2,5,10,11 152° to 163~ Q,R,A 1 2,5 1,2,5 10,11 1,2,5,10,11 164° to 174° Q,R,A,B 1 2,5 1,2,5 6,10,11 1,2,5,6,10,11 175° to 185° R,A,B 1 2 1,2 6,11 1,2,6,11 186° to 196° R,A,B,C 1 2 1,2 6,11 1,2,6,11 197° to 208° A,B,C 1 2 1,2 6,11 1,2,6,11 209° to 219° A,B,C,D 1 2 1,2 6,11 1,2,6,11 220° to 230° B,C,D 1 2 1,2 6 1,2,6 231° to 241° B,C,D,E 1 2,3 1,2,3 6,7 1,2,3,6,7 242° to 253° C,D,E 1 2,3 1,2,3 6,7 1,2,3,6,7 254° to 264° C,D,E,F 1 2,3 1,2,3 6,7 1,2,3,6,7 265° to 275° D,E,F 1 2,3 1,2,3 6,7 1,2,3,6,7 276° to 286° D,E,F,G 1 2,3 1,2,3. 6,7 1,2,3,6,7 287° to 298° E,F,G 1 3 1,3 7 1,3,7 299° to 309° E,F,G,H 1 3 1,3 7,8 1,3,7,8
  • 310° to 320° F,G,H 1 3 1,3 7,8 1,3,7,8 321° to 331° F,G,H,J 1 3 1,3 7,8 1,3,7,8 332° to 343° G,H,J 1 None 1 8 1,8 344° to 354° G,H,J,K 1 None 1,4 8,9 1,4,8,9 P-14-22 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES Procedure 14

  • PROTECTIVE RESPONSE ZONE TABLE Attachment 7 (Page 2 of2)

AFFECTED ZONES: Determine Shelter in Place (SIP) protective response zones and affected downwind sectors.

WIND DIRECTION AFFECTED DOWNWIND SIP DOWNWIND ZONES SIP DOWNWIND ZONES FROM IS BETWEEN SECTORS SMILES lOMILES 355° to 5° H,J,K 1,4 1,4,8,9 6° to 16° H,J,K,L 1,4 1,4,8,9 17° to 28° J,K,L 1,4 1,4,8,9 29° to 39° J,K,L,M 1,4 1,4,8,9 40° to 50° K,L,M 1,4 1,4,8,9 51°to61° K,L,M,N 1,4,5 1,4,5,8,9,10 62° to 73° L,M,N 1,4,5 1,4,5,9,10 '

74° to 84° L,M,N,P 1,4,5 1,4,5,9,10 85° to 95° M,N,P 1,4,5 1,4,5,9,10 96° to 106° M,N,P,Q 1,4,5 1,4,5,9,10,11

  • 107° to 118° 119° to 129° 130° to 140° 141° to 151° 152° to 163° N,P,Q N,P,Q,R P,Q,R P,Q,R,A Q,R,A 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,2,5 1,2,5 1,5,9,10,11 1,5,9,10,11 1,5,10,11 1,2,5,10,11 1,2,5,10,11 164° to 174° Q,R,A,B 1,2,5 1,2,5,6,10,11 175° to 185° R,A,B 1,2 1,2,6,11 186° to 196° R,A,B,C 1,2 1,2,6,11 197° to 208° A,B,C 1,2 1,2,6,11 209° to 219° A,B,C,D 1,2 1,2,6,11 220° to 230° B,C,D 1,2 1,2,6 231° to 241° B,C,D,E 1,2,3 1,2,3,6,7 242° to 253° C,D,E 1,2,3 1,2,3,6,7 254° to 264° C,D,E,F 1,2,3 1,2,3,6,7 265° to 275° D,E,F 1,2,3 1,2,3,6,7 276° to 286° D,E,F,G 1,2,3 1,2,3,6,7 287° to 298° E,F,G 1,3 1,3,7 299° to 309° E,F,G,H 1,3 1,3,7,8 310° to 320° F,G,H 1,3 1,3,7,8
  • 321° to 331° 332° to 343° 344° to 354° F,G,H,J G,H,J G,H,J,K P-14-23 1,3 1

1,4 1,3,7,8 1,8 1,4,8,9 June 1, 2017 Revision 17

..

4-Y-C 11

  • STI 34474854 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCH;ER

\

Procedure 20 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ......................................................................................................................... P-20-2 2.0 Discussion .................................................................................................................... P-20-2 3.0 References .................................................................................................................... P-20-3 4.0 Equipment Required .................................................................................................... P-20-3 5.0 Precautions and Limitations ......................................................................................... P-20-3 6.0 Prerequisites ........................._........................................................................................ P-20-4

  • 7.0 8.0 Procedure ..................................................................................................................... P-20-4 Attachments ................................................................................................................. P-20-4 Attachment 1 - Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist .................................................. P-20-5 Attachment 2 - Immediate Public Notification Checklist ........................................ P-20-16 Attachment 3 - Site Area: Emergency EAS Message ................................................ P-20-18 Attachment 4- General Emergency/Protective Actions Notification ....................... P-20-19 Attachment 5 - False Siren Activation Chec~st ...................................................... P-20-20 Attachment 6 -Acronyins List .................................................................................. P-20-21 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:

(C) '

~-~.~

Sheriff

  • P-20~1 June I, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 1.0 Purpose 1.1 This procedure specifies the action8 to be completed by the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher in the event of a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).

NOTH IMPORTANT - If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, contact the Sheriff, Emergency Management Director or their designees immediately after completing the notification form.

1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.

  • 2.0 Discussion 2.1 The Sheriffs Office Dispatcher is responsible for receiving notification of emergencies at STPEGS and for communications with field Law Enforcement personnel.

2.2 The Sheriffs Office Dispatcher shall verify, if necessary, notifications of declared emergencies from the STPEGS.

2.3 In the event Matagorda County Dispatch office receives an Accelerated Phone Call based on a Hostile Action Based event, the Emergency Management Director should consider activating the Emergency Operations Center.

2.4 For each classification of the emergency, the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher shall initiate notification of the Matagorda County Emergency Response Organization personnel as specified in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List.

2.5 The Sheriffs Office Dispatcher implements the false siren activation instructions, if a spurious activation is reported.

2.6 Responsibilities for the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher include, but are not limited to the following:

2.6.1 Verifying the declared emergency.

  • 2.6.2 Notifying key Emergency Response personnel.

P-20-2 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 2.6.3 Maintaining a log of available key officials.

2.6.4 Sounding the sirens upon request from the Sheriff, Communications Officer, or Emergency Management Director or Coordinator.

2.6.5 Sounding the sirens and initiating the Emergency Alert System in the case of a fast-breaking event when the Emergency Management Director is unavailable and the senior Sheriffs Department official present (i.e., the Detention/Patrol Sergeant) approves.

2.6.6 Maintaining communications with field Law Enforcement personnel.

2. 6. 7 Interfacing with the Communications Officer concerning the status and dispatch of units to traffic and access control points.

2.6.8 Assisting and coordinating with the Communications Officer as may be required .

  • 3.0 References 3.1 3 .2 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.

Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.

3 .3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.'

I 3.4 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'

I I I

3 .5 Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List. I

!

i 4.0 Equipment Required '1

'

4.1 None.

5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None .

  • P-20-3 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 An emergency has been declared at STPEGS or member of the public has reported a false siren activation.

7.0 Procedure 7.1 When notified of an emergency at the STPEGS, implement Section I of I'

Attachment 1, Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist. Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position responsibilities. '

~

7.2 For emergencies oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with i

!

Section VI. Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist, of Attachment 1.

7 .3 When notified of a false STPEGS siren activation, implement the actions of Attachment 5, False Siren Activation Checklist.

' i

8. 0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, Sheriffs Office Dispatcher Checklist
  • 8.2 8.3 8.4 Attachment 2, Immediate Public Notification Checldist Attachment 3, Site Area Emergency BAS Message Attachment 4, General Emergency/Protective Actions Notification 8.5 Attachment 5, False Siren Activation Checklist 8.6 Attachment 6, Acronyms List
  • P-20-4 June 1, 2017 Revision9 I

I l

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1of11)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. NOTIFICATION OF AN EMERGENCY AT STPEGS NOTE IMPORTANT - If this emergency is due to a HOSTILE ACTION event at STPEGS, ~  !

contact the Emergency Management Director, Sheriff, or their designees immediately after completing the notification form.

1. If notified of an emergency or of a change in emergency LOG classification at the STPEGS, obtain an 'Offsite Agency Notification Message Form' from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher's Position
  • Manual and record the information given by STPEGS, then sign, date and record the time on the bottom of the form in Item 12. Based on the emergency classification level provided by STPEGS, skip to the appropriate section of this checklist as follows:

NIA

a. For a Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call, or  !

i an Unusual Event go to Section II I

b. For an Alert go to Section III NIA I ,
c. For a Site Area Emergency go to Section N I
d. For a General Emergency go to Section V I
2. If supplemental information is being provided by STPEGS, obtain a

'Supplemental Notification Form' from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher's Position Manual and record the information provided, I then sign the form in Item 17.

3. Forward all STPEGS message forms to the Emergency Management Director at the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) when it is activated.

NOTE If the EOC is not activated, i.e., if the emergency does not escalate beyond a Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call or an Unusual Event, retain

  • the message forms for the Emergency Management Director.

P-20-5 June 1, 2017 Revision9 l

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. NON-DECLARED EMERGENCY, ACCELERATED PHONE CALL OR UNUSUAL EVENT NOTE For a non-declared emergency or an Accelerated Phone Call, the Offsite Notification Form will not be filled out; therefore the Sheriff's Office will only be contacted verbally via the Orange Ring Down phone. Following this call, immediately contact the Emergency Management Director, Sheriff, or designee listed under the Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call, or an Unusual Event section in the Matagorda County Call-List.

1. If the Accelerated Phone Call is a Hostile Action Based event, and the Emergency Management Director activates the BOC, use the Alert or higher call out list.
2. If notification of the emergency is received by any means other than LOG the orange ring-down telephone, then verify the emergency by one of the following methods.
a. Contact the Control Room at STPEGS directly via the orange ring down phone, satellite telephone, or by telephone using the phone number provided in the Emergency Communications Directory.

NOTE The orange ring-down telephone is a dedicated line and is not intended for routine communications. To contact STPEGS directly via the dedicated line, lift the receiver, press 1, a'.nd wait for an answer. Identify yourself and ask for the Emergency Director or Shift Manager.

b. Telephone the DPS, Pierce office. If during daylight hours, ask for the Communications Supervisor. Ask if notification
  • from, or regarding STPEGS has been verified; I

P-20-6 June 1, 2017 Revision9 I l

'

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG

c. Radio DPS, Pierce on Intercity frequency. Ask the DPS, Pierce operator to contact the Communications Supervisor and have the Supervisor contact you via telephone. Provide your telephone number. When the Supervisor returns your call, verify the STPEGS emergency; or
d. Teletype via TLETS the DPS, Pierce office. In the message, ask the Communications Supervisor to advise you whether they have verified any information regarding an emergency at STPEGS. Allow ten (10) minutes maximum for reply.
e. Satellite Telephone A backup communications pathway to communicate
  • emergency information with the STPEGS and DPS Pierce.
3. Call for assistance with dispatching duties. NIA
4. If the Accelerated Phone Call is a Hostile Action Based event, and the Emergency Management Director activates the EOC, use the Alert or higher call out list.
5. Upon notification that the Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call, or Unusual Event has been terminated, notify all personnel previously contacted and advise them of the termination.
  • P-20-7 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG ill. ALERT

1. If notification of the Alert was not received over the orange ring-down telephone then verify the call by one of the methods described in Section II, Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call or Unusual Event, Step 1.
2. Call for assistance with dispatching duties. NIA
3. Notify key personnel listed for call out at Alert in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List of the Alert. Advise those designated to report at Alert to proceed to the BOC.
4. Advise all mobile units of the declared emergency and direct them
  • 5.

to standby for further information.

Notify field personnel of emergency situation.

NOTE In the event notifications to some officials cannot be achieved by radio or telephone, dispatch units to the officials presumed locations. If local resources are insufficient for this task, request support from DPS, Pierce.

6. Contact all persons on the Alert Call List that are not reporting to the BOC of the emergency. Direct them to standby should additional support be needed. Maintain a log of the whereabouts of these personnel.

NOTE Upon activation of the MCEOC and the STP Liaison position staffed, transfer STP calls to this position (979-318-7218) .

  • P-20-8 June 1, 2017 Revision9 l

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 ofl 1)

ACTION TIME/LOG

7. Take Rumor Control messages for the Public Information Officer NIA (PIO) using a Rumor Control Information Form from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher's Position Manual.
8. Upon notification that the Alert has been terminated.
a. Notify personnel previously contacted and advise them of the termination.
b. Notify the on duty Sheriffs Office supervisor (i.e.,

Detention/Patrol Sergeant) of event termination.

c. Advise all mobile units of the Alert termination.
  • 9. If the emergency classification escalates prior to the BOC being staffed, proceed with the appropriate section of the checklist. If the BOC has been activated, allow the BOC staff to assume responsibility for the orange ring-down telephone notifications and for notifying individuals on the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List.

NIA

  • P-20-9 June 1, 2017 Revision9 I l

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG IV. SITE AREA EMERGENCY

1. If notification of the Site Area Emergency was not received over the orange ring-down telephone, then verify the call by one of the methods described in Section II, Non-Declared Emergency, Accelerated Phone Call or Unusual Event, Step 1, if the EOC has not been activated.
2. Notify an Emergency Management Director in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List within ten (10) minutes of the Site Area Emergency notification.
3. If an Emergency Management Director cannot be contacted within ten

(10) minutes following a confirmed notification from the STPEGS that a Site Area Emergency exists, immediately implement Attachment 2, Immediate Public Notification Checklist, and complete Section I and Attachment 3, Site Area Emergency EAS Message.

Immediate Activation of the Public Alert/Notification System within the next five (5) minutes.

4. Call for assistance with dispatching duties. LOG
5. Notify key personnel listed for call out at Site Area Emergency in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List. Advise them to report to the EOC.
6. Notify on-duty Sheriff's Office supervisor (i.e., Detention/Patrol Sergeant) to receive instructions for information to be given to field personnel.
7. Notify field personnel of emergency situation.
8. Contact all persons on the Site Area/General Emergency Call List that are not reporting to the EOC, and inform them of the emergency.

Direct them to standby should additional support be needed.

Maintain a log of the whereabouts of these personnel.

  • P-20-10 June 1,2017 Revision9

- - - -- _____ ___!

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 11)

ACTION TIME/LOG

9. Interface with the Communications Officer concerning the status of LOG dispatch of units to Traffic and Access Control Points to support an STPEGS evacuation. Log lcications.
10. When the Public Information Officer notifies you that the Joint Information Center (JIC) has been activated, refer all Rumor Control telephone calls to the Public Inquiry telephone number listed in the Emergency Communications Directory under Joint Information Center, Public Inquiry.

NOTE Calls concerning rumors and long term information are routed to the Joint Information Center (JIC), e.g., potable water, milk,

  • crops, etc. Calls concerning emergency operations should be routed to the EOC, e.g., search and rescue, traffic and access control. evacuations etc.
11. Keep the Communications Officer, Sheriff or Emergency NIA Management Coordinator abreast of all pertinent communications received from the field.
12. When requested by the Sheriff or Emergency Management LOG Coordinator, dispatch personnel to Reception Centers/Congregate Care Facilities for traffic control and security. Assistance may be derived from local police departments and reserve deputies, as well as other law enforcement officers available locally.
13. When time permits, review the Siren System Operations Guide attachment to Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
14. When time permits, review the attachment to override the lead*

Emergency Alert System Station in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'

15. Upon notification that the Site Area Emergency has been terminated, confer with the Communications Officer. Advise
  • mobile units of the termination.

P-20-11 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG

16. If the emergency classification escalates prior to the BOC being NIA staffed, perform all steps in Section V, General Emergency; otherwise, perform steps 6through12 in Section V .
  • P-20-12 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9of11)

ACTION T'EILOG V. GENERAL EMERGENCY

1. If notification o_f the General Emergency was not received over the orange ring-down telephone then verify the call by one of the methods described in Section II, Non-Declared Emergency or Unusual Event, Step 1, if the EOC has not been activated.
2. Notify an Emergency Management Director in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List within ten (10) minutes of the General Emergency notification.
3. If an Emergency Management Director can not be contacted within ten (10) minutes following a confirmed notification from the
  • STPEGS that a General Emergency exists, immediately implement Attachment 2, Immediate Public Notification Checklist, and complete Section I. Immediate Activation of the Public Alert/Notification System within the next five (5) minutes.
4. Call for assistance with dispatching duties.
5. Contact the remainder of the personnel listed for call out at General NIA Emergency in the Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List, if not previously notified.
6. Complete activities in Section N, Site Area Emergency, steps 4 through 11, if not already completed.
7. Advise all mobile units of the following:
a. STPEGS has issued a General Emergency.
b. Evacuation of some or selected segments of the public may be necessary.
c. All units should standby for further information.
  • P-20-13 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10 of 11)

ACTION TIME/LOG

8. Assign mobile units to provide information to the public at LOG various locations, as designated by the Sheriff or Communications Officer, and to begin implementation of the attachment on Route Alert Warning messages in Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.' Advise mobile units to use either Shelter in Place or Evacuation message.
9. If evacuation is recommended, request field teams to note location LOG and name of residents who opt not to evacuate, if possible. Log this information and report it to the Sheriff.
10. Upon direction from the Sheriff or Communications Officer, activate the siren system in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'

I

11. Keep the Sheriff or Communications Officer updated concerning NIA the status of Traffic and Access Control Points.
12. Keep the Sheriff or Communications Officer informed of all NIA pertinent information received from the field.
a. Relay to the Sheriff or Communications Officer information such as name and location of persons opting not to evacuate, if evacuation is recommended.
13. Upon notification that the General Emergency has been terminated, obtain atiy special instructions for Law Enforcement from the Communications Officer. Advise these personnel of the termination and any special instructions.

NOTE Do not release Traffic and Access Control Points unless specifically directed to do so. Restricted zones may be required to be maintained during the recovery efforts following a General Emergency.

  • P-20-14 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11 of 11)

ACTION TIME/LOG VI. SHIFT TURNOVER

1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
a. Review completed checklist
b. Review log entries
c. Review current status of Sheriff's Office personnel
2. Inform the Communications Officer of transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.
3. Document names, date, and time of turnover. LOG
  • 1 !

i

  • P-20-15 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 IMMEDIATE PUBLIC NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 1 of2)

ACTION TIME/LOG I. IMMEDIATE ACTIVATION OF THE PUBLIC ALERT/NOTIFICATION SYSTEM NOTE The Steps in this section of Attachment 2 must be completed within five (5) minutes. Prepare for these actions while trying to reach an Emergency Management Director.

1. Contact the on-shift Sheriffs Office supervisor (i.e., the Detention/Patrol Sergeant) and obtain approval to continue this attachment.
  • 2.

Supervisor's Signature Activate all sirens in the STPEGS siren system in accordance with Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23,

'Activation of The Public Warning System.'

3. Contact Emergency Alert Sources at the National Weather Service and radio station KKHA 92.5 FM and inform those STPEGS has declared a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, the sirens have been activated, notification of the public is required through EAS, and to standby for a fax of the BAS message.
  • National Weather Service 1-800-846-1828 (Emergency Line)
  • KKHA Radio Station 979-323-7771
4. Fax Attachment 3, Site Area Emergency or Attachment 4, General

.Emergency/Protective Action & Notification, of this procedure to the Emergency Alert Station(s) using the Dispatcher's preprogrammed facsimile machine or the facsimile located in the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) .

  • P-20-16 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 IMMEDIATE PUBLIC NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 2 of2)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. FOLLOW-UP ACTIONS

1. Complete activities in Section V, General Emergency, steps 4 NIA through 12.
2. Until an Emergency Management Director is reached or until NIA directed otherwise, continue to try to notify, by any means available, an Emergency Management Director as listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.
  • P-20-17 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 SITE AREA EMERGENCY Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1)

EMERGENCY ALERT SYSTEM MESSAGE Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center TffiS IS A DRILL - - - - - NOTICE _ __

THISISNOTADRILL _ _ DATE _ _ __

TIME _ _ __

Matagorda County Officials have received notification that a SITE AREA EMERGENCY has been declared at the South Texas Project nuclear power plant. This means events are in progress or have occurred involving failures of plant safety equipment that may be needed for the protection of the public.

If you know of any neighbors, co-workers, or family with hearing, language problems, or special needs, plea.Se inform them of this message. All persons within a ten mile radius of the plant i i '

i

Emergency hlformation pamphlet, or the emergency information posted at public facilities . I

/

i Again, a SITE AREA EMERGENCY has been declared at the South Texas Project nuclear power plant. The Emergency Management Director urges everyone to stay tuned to your NOAA I! I I

Weather Radio or KKHA FM 92.5 for further information. I

-End-

\

  • P-20-18 June 1, 2017 l

Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 GENERAL EMERGENCY/PROTECTIVE ACTIONS NOTIFICATION Attachment 4 (Page 1 of 1)

EMERGENCY ALERT SYSTEM MESSAGE Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center THIS IS A DRILL _ _ __ NOTICE _ __

THISISNOTADRILL _ _ DATE _ __

TIME _ _ __

Attention Matagorda County residents and visitors in the area, The South Texas Project Electric Generating Station has declared a General Emergency. Transients and visitors are recommended to evacuate a two mile area around the plant. An evacuation zone map can be found in the curren.t Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet or posted in public facilities.

The area to be evacuated includes an area generally north and northeast of the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station and FM 521, running in an arc around the

  • northern portion of the Station. If referring to your evacuation zone map, it is zone 1 that should be evacuated. Law enforcement officers are being dispatched to block off the evacuated zone.

Stay tuned to NOAA Weather Radio or K.KHA 92.5 FM radio stations for further announcements.

Again, the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station has declared a General Emergency. Transients and visitors are recommended to evacuate a two mile area of the plant. The area to be evacuated ~ncludes an area generally north and northeast of the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station and FM 521, running in an arc around the northern portion of the Station. Ifreferring to your evacuation zone map, it is zone 1 that should be evacuated. Law enforcement officers are being dispatched to block off the evacuated zone.

Stay tuned to NOAA Weather Radio or KKHA 92.5 FM radio stations for further announcements.

-End-

  • P-20-19 June 1, 2017 Revision9

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 FALSE SIREN ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Attachment 5 (Page 1of1)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG

1. Record the name and phone number of the individual reporting the LOG false siren activation as well as the location of the siren.

NOTE If the sirens have been activated by the Sheriffs Office, inform the caller it is not a false activation and give the reason for the activation (i.e., fire, tornado, hurricane, or an STPEGS emergency). If the EAS is being used, inform

  • the caller to tum to the NOAA Weather Radio or KKHA for further information.
2. Notify the STPEGS Control Room at 361-972-8614 or LOG 361-972-7953 of the false siren activation and ask them to:
  • a. Notify the on-call telecommunications technician to
  • immediately remedy the problem, and
b. Have the technician call you at 979-241-3205 as soon as information is available regarding the siren.
3. Respond to the person who reported the incident as to how it has LOG been handled.
  • P-20-20 June 1, 2017 Revision9 L __

SHERIFF'S OFFICE DISPATCHER

  • Procedure 20 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 6 (Page 1 of 1)

Acronym A:QJ2lies To ACP Access Control Point DHS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director EOC Emergency Operations Center EOF Emergency Operations Facility EPA Environmental Protection Agency

  • EPD Electronic Personal Dosimeter EPZ Emergency Planning Zone FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD Independent School District ITC Joint Information Center Kl Potassium Iodide NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS National Weather Service ORO Offsite Response Organization PAD Protective Action Decision PAG Protective Action Guide PAR Protective Action Recommendation PIO Public Information Officer soc State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP Traffic Control Point TLD Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
  • P-20-21 June 1, 2017 Revision9
  • Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 20 Emergency Operations Center Sheriff's Office Dispatcher (Procedure 20, Rev 9)

Change Reference Change Reason Number Number

1. Global Removing: KMK.S No longer primary or back up EAS Station
2. Pg. 20-8, Last Added: Last Note box on page. To capture a required action.

Note Box Upon activation of the MCEOC and the STP Liaison position staffed, transfer STP calls to this position (979-318-7218).

3. P-20-16, Replaced: 979-244-5542 To denote correct telephone number Attachment 2, With: 979-323-7771 I.3.
4. P-20-18, Replaced: Yellow Book Publishing In the future all required public Attachment 3 telephone book information will not be supplied in the With: Matagorda County/STP YP One telephone book; but in a Emergency Information pamphlet Matagorda County/STP pamphlet which will be mailed out to
  • 5. P-20-19 Attachment 4 Replaced: Yellow Book Publishing telephone book With: Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet households in the 10-miles EPZ .

In the future all required public information will not be supplied in the YP One telephone book; but in a Matagorda County/STP pamphlet which will be mailed out to households in the 10-miles EPZ.

6. Attachment 6 Removed: ARC American Red No reference to ARC in body of Cross procedure
  • J~-U.... \I 'LCJ\I

\='- 'Z..D~ 21.. 0-1 e... \.:>\~~n °\

l R:\EMERGENCY_ RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proo 20 - Sheriffs Office Dispatoher\AN-W-P20 R09-Changes.doc

  • STI 34474872 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose .............................................................................................................................. P-21-2 2.0 Discussion ......................................................................................................................... P-21-2 3.0 References ......................................................................................................................... P-21-3 4.0 Equipment Required ......................................................................................................... P-21-4 5.0 Precautions and Limitations .............................................................................................. P-21-4 6.0 Prerequisites ...................................................................................................................... P-21-4 7.0 Procedure .......................................................................................................................... P-21-4
  • 8.0 Attachments ...................................................................................................................... P-21-4 Attachment 1 - Communications Officer Checklist.......................................................... P-21-5 Attachment 2- Siren Map .............................................................................................. P-21-16 Attachment 3 - Industrial Recreational and Special Facilities Map ............................... P-21-17 Attachment 4-Acronyrns List ....................................................................................... P-21-18 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:

~~

Officer Sheriff

  • County Judge P-21-1 June 1, 2017 l

Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • 1.0 Purpose Procedure 21 1.1 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Communications Officer in the Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center (EOC) in the event of a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).

1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios, and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Communications Officer.

2.0 Discussion 2.1 The Communications Officer is the direct link between the EOC operations and the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.

2.2 Once the EOC is activated, the Communications Officer shall verify notifications of declared emergencies from the STPEGS not received on the orange ringdown

  • telephone .

2.3 Responsibilities for the Communications Officer include, but are not limited to the following:

2.3.l Assisting in EOC setup.

2.3 .2 Verifying the upgraded classification of a declared emergency.

2.3 .3 Requesting the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher to sound the sirens when requested by the Emergency Management Director or designee.

2.3 .4 Activating the auto dialer when the sirens are activated, and as directed by the Sheriff, Emergency Management Director or Emergency Management Coordinator.

2.3.5 Requesting additional communications personnel, ifrequired.

2.3 .6 Establishing communications with appropriate officials, organizations, field teams, and other emergency personnel.

2.3.7 Keeping the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher informed of the Reception Center activation, location and available routes to the

  • Center.

P-21-2 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • 2.3.8 2.3.9 Procedure 21 Maintaining a log of activities.

Interfacing and coordinating with the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher, the Transportation Officer and the Public fuformation Officer regarding Traffic and Access Control Points.

2.3.10 Contacting industrial, recreational and special facilities listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.

2.4 Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency.

2.5 Return refers to reoccupation of areas cleared for unrestricted residence or use by previously evacuated or relocated populations.

3.0 References

  • 3.1 3.2 3.3 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.

Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.

Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 14, 'Protective Action Guides.'

3.4 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 20, 'Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.'

3.5 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.'

3.6 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'

3.7 Matagorda County Emergency Response Call List.

3.8 FEMA REP-14, Radiological Emergency Preparedness Exercise Manual.

  • P-21-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • 4.0 Equipment Required Procedure 21 4.1 Radio to communicate with dispatch and field teams, 4.2 Siren Map, 4.3 Industrial, Recreational, and Special Facilities Map, and 4.4 Industrial, Recreational, and Special Facilities Call List 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None.

6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 An emergency has been declared by STPEGS and notification received from Matagorda County to mobilize.

7.0 Procedure

  • 7.1 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at the STPEGS by the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher, report to the BOC and implement Attachment 1, Communications Officer Checklist. Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position responsibilities.

NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the EOC, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.

8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, Communications Officer Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, Siren Map 8.3 Attachment 3, Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Map 8.4 Attachment 4, Acronyms List

  • P-21-4 June 1, 2017 Revision IO

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 11)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. ALERT

1. Sign in at the EOC Security Post and receive a badge.
2. Report to the Sheriff or designee for a briefing on the stattis of the emergency.
3. Assist in set up of the EOC.
4. Gather materials:
  • a.

b.

c.

Map (See Attachments 2 and 3 Siren Map and Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Map),

Checklist, Position Manual,

d. Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Call List
e. Hand held radio (Sheriff department frequency).
5. Initiate Emergency Action Log
a. Track telephone calls, key information obtained, actions taken, and any other information needed to document response actions taken.
b. Maintain the log until termination of the emergency.
  • P-21-5 June 1, 2017 Revision 10 L________ _

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 11)

ACTION TIME/LOG

6. Take over responsibility of call out of the Matagorda County Emergency Response Organization from the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher as soon as possible.

NOTE If the orange ringdown line is inoperable or becomes inoperable, ensure Sheriffs Dispatcher re-directs calls, related to the emergency, to the EOC.

7. Contact industrial, recreational and special facilities listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.
  • 8.

9.

Once the STP EOC Liaison reports to the EOC, notify Dispatch they will no longer be required to answer the orange ring down line.

Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency NIA escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.

  • P-21-6 Junel,2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 11)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY.

1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed. NIA
2. At the direction of the Sheriff, contact mobile units and I or LOG alternates to report to the EOC, then:
a. Report to the Radiological Officer for issuance of emergency worker supplies and a briefing on radiological exposure limits, and
b. Report to the Sheriff for assignment and briefing on the emergency mission.
  • 3. When directed by the Sheriff or Emergency Management Director, ensure activation of:
a. Siren System in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23,

'Activation of the Public Warning System' via Sheriff's Office Dispatcher.

b. Auto dialer in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23,

'Activation of the Public Warning System.'

  • P-21-7 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 11)

ACTION TIME/LOG

4. Whenever an Emergency Alert System (EAS) message is LOG approved by the Emergency Management Director for release to the public, contact the facilities listed on the Industrial Recreational and Special Facility Call List.
5. Keep the Sheriff's Office Dispatcher informed of the Reception LOG Center activations, locations, and routes the public should ta1ce during evacuation.
6. Inform state and local law enforcement field teams of Reception Center activations, location, and routes the public should ta1ce during evacuation.
7. Upon direction of the Sheriff, assign mobile units to establish control points or to begin route alerting in accordance with Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.'
8. Establish periodic communications with the following: LOG
a. Appropriate County and State officials as instructed by the Sheriff,
b. County field teams,
c. Response organizations, volunteer and charity, if instructed by the Sheriff, and
d. Facilities, as identified, on the Industrial, Recreational and Special Facilities Call List.
  • P-21-8 Junel,2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG

9. If directed by the Sheriff, notify DPS, Pierce for any equipment or LOG personnel which may be needed that is not available locally.

Advise DPS, Pierce of types and quantities of support which may be needed. Inform them this request will be made via Form 213.

a. Identify yourself,
b. Describe types of resources needed and how they will be utilized (law enforcement, fire fighter, vehicles, etc.),
c. Quantity needed (four two-man units, two helicopters, etc.),
  • d.

e.

f.

How long they will be needed, Where support personnel are to go and to whom they are to report, and Request estimated time of arrival.

NOTE The Sheriff will complete the first notification to DPS Pierce, then delegate follow-up notifications and resource requests, as appropriate.

10. At the direction of the Sheriff, notify Fire Chiefs in potentially LOG affected areas of the change in classification, and the possible need to support an evacuation.
  • P-21-9 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG

11. Contact the U.S. Coast Guard, advise them of the emergency situation and if directed, request Coast Guard assistance to control access on the intercoastal wateiway.
a. Freeport Coast Guard Station
b. Port O'Connor Coast Guard Station
c. Corpus Christi Coast Guard Station
d. Galveston Coast Guard Station
12. Upon direction from the Sheriff, contact industrial, recreational LOG and special facilities listed in the Emergency Communications
  • Directory. Advise them of the emergency and request assistance as directed by the Emergency Management Coordinator.
13. If the emergency is of long duration, perform shift turnovers in NIA accordance with Section N of this checklist.
14. Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until NIA the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
  • P-21-10 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG ID. GENERAL EMERGENCY

1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert and Section II, Site Area NIA Emergency, if not already completed.
2. Contact Flying Services to notify them of the emergency, and to LOG tell them to instruct pilots to stay away from the air space around STPEGS. Flying Services are found in the Emergency Communications Directory.
3. Upon direction from the Sheriff, reassign mobile units to designated traffic and access control points if the public protective zones are changed due to changing conditions at
4. When directed by the Sheriff or Emergency Management Director, ensure activation of:
a. Siren System in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23,

'Activation of the Public Warning System' via Sheriff's Office Dispatcher.

b. Auto dialer in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23,

'Activation of the Public Warning System.'

5. Keep the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and State and local law enforcement field teams informed of any changes in Reception Center activations and the evacuation routes that the public should be taking.
  • P-21-11 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS.OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG

6. Keep Status Board Keeper and WEBEOC Status Board Keeper informed of significant events.
7. Keep the Sheriff informed of the status of notifications.
8. Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the NIA emergency is terminated and recovery activities are implemented then refer to Sections V and VI of this checklist as appropriate.
  • P-21-12 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG IV. SIDFT TURNOVER

1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
a. Review of Completed Checklist Items
b. Review of Log
c. Status Board Information
d. Staffing Availability
e. Locations of Traffic and Access Control Points
  • 2.

f.

g.

Location of the Activated Reception Center Any Action Items Inform the Sheriff of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.

3. Inform the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher of your shift replacement.
4. Update Staffing Board.
5. Agree to your return time.
6. Document names, date and time of turnover. LOG
  • P-21-13 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG V. RECOVERY

1. Assist in the development of recovery plans.
2. Maintain logs until termination of the event.
  • P-21-14 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER

  • Procedure 21 COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11of11)

ACTION TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION

1. Provide a list of supplies or forms needing replenishing to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
2. Collect and organize, in chronological order, all documents, checklists, forms, and logs, including any documentation generated by Law Enforcement and support personnel.
a. Sign checklists and logs.
3. Turnover all documentation generated during the emergency to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
  • P-21-15 June I, 2017 Revision 10
  • COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 SIREN MAP Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 1)

SOUTH TEXAS PROJECT ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 10-MILE EPZ SIREN LOCATIONS SIREN LOCATION 001 Maragcrda Beach st End or Road 002 RWer Bend Boat Access 003 ~orda VoltmtGGr Fl:o Dopartmenl 004 CR 259 (Scu!tl Gull' Road) 005 CR 244 (Ntxth Gui!' Road) 006 Se!l<irk, South (end Of CR 243) 007 Se!klrk Volunteer Fire Department ooa Selldrk, North(CR239)

  • 009 LyondeUbasell(SKBQ) 010 Wadsworth\folumeerFlroOepartrr.enl 011 CR222@SH60(Sheppan:IMD!l.Road) 012 FM2MB.O.l5mltes(S)afRlversidePam 013 FM 3057@ FM 2858 (Celanese Road) 014 FM2078@FM2568 015 Markham VolunteerFlm D~ent 018 FM 14G81,6 mDes from SH 35 017 FM 1468 (RailroadTmch) 018 B Malan@ FM 1095 and CR 432 {Hidd Road) 019 CR353 (Hejtmanek)@FM1095 020 FM1095@rinTop 021 CR385 (.9mDestromFM1095) 022 CR 37B@CR 379 (Milfion Donar Road) 023 Collegepott VoJunteer Fire Depiirtment 024 SH3S@Stt71 025 Blessing Vohm~r Fire Department 029 lidewatar Oaks FM 2853 & FM 343 (Harter Rd.)

027 TrcsPaleciosOabVoluntettF"ireDepartment 028 FM 2853 @ FM 521 029 CR 323@ FM 2853 (Han1slan Road) 030 FM 521, 1.0mDea (El ofSH35 031 East Side of Resesvolr (STP) 032 WildSidacTRa&arvolr(STP}

Legend Approximate Siren Range .. 1112 MHe Radius

-MajorRoads Paved, Dirt er Gravel Road

-Raill'tladTrai::ks P-21-16 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

  • COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER Procedure 21 INDUSTRIAL RECREATIONAL AND SPECIAL FACILITIES MAP Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1)

SOUTH TEXAS PROJECT ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 10-MILE EPZ W.E s 05-09-2016 INDUSTRIAL, RECREATIONAL AND SPECIAL FACILmES (1YPICAL)

Taw.l'IJJll!.Pl'DSURZl'llllMWQ'Q'ZPDl'UJllDIS!lll~-r.,.mc-s,f*'

Al'Pllll:I Fl'.CIUTY POP111J111N

.....,

=~~SU!po

@)Pt>rto!llaJCly

~lnm""1 s~=.=-

@a-ic.1rtirt1 (3Chn:clo1Pllnl2

@-.........~goodOco:aoPloal

~~Elt<Olo

@u.a........,c:oq,a1Eaa--

--

........Elt=-

=:~

@Colonol9GolC:O-

ct1.-

@)F-..tll/<*11 (fi}UltoaDoltll'Pn

~===

@a,...i.J~

~..C&!I ....

9 ...i.c... Daraor=rktaol --

@111W-...,..,,,.. ,l'>U~-

llo~FhDl!mll:Nim1

@~'HD

@lla-Qoli:>VFD

@r-.VFD

@)CoCogopDolVfD

@)101<H<VFD Legend

-t-t.ajorRoalk o" r...--****-----*-

P-21-17 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

  • COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
  • Procedure 21 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 4 (Page 1 of 1)

Acronym A~liesTo ACP Access Control Point DHS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director EOC Emergency Operations Center EOF Emergency Operations Facility EPA Environmental Protection Agency

  • EPD EPZ FEMA ISD JIC Electronic Personal Dosimeter Emergency Planning Zone Federal Emergency Management Agency Independent School District Joint Information Center KI Potassium Iodide NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS National Weather Service ORO Offsite Response Organization PAD Protective Action Decision PAG Protective Action Guide PAR Protective Action Recommendation PIO Public Information Officer soc State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP Traffic Control Point TLD Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
  • P-21-18 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 21 Emergency Operations Center Communications Officer (Procedure 21, Rev 10)

Change Reference Change Reason Number Number

1. Attachment 2 Replace: Siren Map with updated Corrections on map I P-21-16 map
2. Attachment 4 Removed: ARC American Red Not referenced in procedure Cross
  • 0°'L~ \,1...D\I

{h..Q..\.i\~\01 \ \()

R:\EMERGENCY_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Flans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 21 - Communications:

Officer\AN-W-P21 RIO Changes.doc (6/30/16{)

  • STI 34474934 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 WARNING AND EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose .................................................................................................................................... P-22-2 2.0 Discussion .......................................................... :.................................................................... P-22-2 3.0 References ............................................................................................................................... P-22-4 4.0 Equipment Required ............................................................................................................... P-22-5 5.0 Precautions and Limitations .................................................................................................... P-22-5 6.0 Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................ P-22-5 7.0 Procedure ................................................................................................................................ P-22-5
  • 8.0 Attachments ............................................................................................................................ P-22-6 Attachment 1 - Public Warning Checklist .............................................................................. P-22-7 Attachment 2-Evacuation Control Checklist. ..................................................................... P-22-13 Attachment 3 - Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations ...................... P-22-19 Attachment 4 - Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages ..................................... P-22-24 Attachment 5 -Access Control Point Log.................................................................. ,......... P-22-27 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:

Sheriff

  • P-22-1 June 1, 2017 Revision 10 I

i I

I

~

  • 1.0 WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Purpose Procedure 22 1.1 This procedure covers the broad based categories of Warning and Evacuations/Traffic and Acc~s Control Points to be implemented by Law Enforcement with assistance from other agencies, as required.

1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios, and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.

2.0 J)iscussion 2.1 The Sheriff is responsible for ensuring this procedure is carried out when so .

directed by the Emergency Management Director.

2.2 The Sheriff or designee is responsible for directing the activities of field Law Enforcement personnel.

  • 2.3 Warnings 2.3.1 Warnings are issued to provide for effective and timely protective actions.

2.3 .2 The public will be issued warnings for protective actions based upon protective action decisions made by County Officials using information provided by the Department of State Health Services (DSHS), and/or officials of South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS). The public will be advised to seek shelter where they are (in-place) or to evacuate (relocate).

2.3.3 Warning systems are used to attract the attention of the public.

The county has three systems:

  • P-22-2 June 1,2017 Revision IO
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL 2.3.3.1 Procedure 22 Outdoor pole-mounted sirens can provide the public with three basic messages, depending upon which signal is transmitted. The three minute slow wavering tone alerts the public to talce cover, as in an attack situation. The steady tone alerts the public to tune their radios to an BAS station or to stand by to receive information from the alert radios. A third tone is used for notification of fires.

2.3.3.2 Alert radios are distributed to designated residents, industrial, recreational and special facilities within the ten-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ).

The alert radios can provide both an attention message and detailed emergency information.

2.3.3.3 An electronic auto dialer notifies, via telephone, the residents within the ten mile EPZ of the

  • 2.3 .4 STPEGS. The auto dialer is activated when directed by the Emergency Management Director.

Information systems 2.3.4.1 Emergency Alert System The primary method for providing information to the public, once the sirens and alert radios have alerted them, is the Emergency Alert System (BAS).

Except in the case of a fast-brealcing emergency, the Emergency Management Director authorizes activation of this system with assistance from the Public Information Officer and/or Public Information Writer. The BAS is activated by contacting the lead emergency alert station and instructing them to initiate BAS procedures. The lead emergency alert station is listed in the Emergency Communication Directory.

  • P-22-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL 2.3.4.2 Procedure 22 Route Alerting In the event the EAS cannot be utilized, or as a complement to that system, the County's mobile public address units may be dispatched to provide information to the public. Route alerting of the protective response zones should be completed within approximately 45 minutes.

Messages for use during route alerting are provided in Attachment 4, Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages.

2.4 Evacuation and Traffic and Access Control Points 2.4.1 Should evacuation become necessary, traffic and access control points will be established based on natural boundaries and roads .

  • 2.4.2 The Emergency Management Director will receive advice and guidance from the Department of State Health Services (DSHS),

and/or the STPEGS, regarding the areas for which traffic and access control points should be established.

2.4.3 If conditions warrant, obtain tow truck services to remove traffic impediments as reported by the Transportation Officer or Law Enforcement representatives in the field.

3.0 References 3 .1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.

3.2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.

3.3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 14, 'Protective Action Guide.'

3 .4 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 20, 'Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.'

  • P-22-4 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • 3.5 WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 21, 'Communications Officer.'

3.6 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Waining System.'

3. 7 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control for Emergency Workers.'

3 .8 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 60, 'Public Information Officer.'

3.9 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 63, 'Emergency Alert System Messages and News Advisories.'

4.0 Equipment Required 4.1 None.

  • 5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 Route alerting and traffic/access control point personnel should limit their exposure to radiation by following the guidelines of Annex W, Procedure 42,

'Exposure Control For Emergency Workers.'

6.0 Prerequisites 6.1 Direction from the Emergency Management Director or designee, such as the Emergency Management Coordinator.

7.0 Procedure 7 .1 When instructed by the Emergency Management Director to implement the public warning system, implement Attachment 1, Public Warning Checklist. Use this checklist as a guide when notification of the public is required. Refer to Section I of this checklist for implementation of the prompt notification systems and Section II for route alerting.

  • P-22-5 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • 7 .2 WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 When instructed by the Emergency Management Director to implement measures to assist in evacuating the public and establishing traffic and access control points, implement Attachment 2, Evacuation Control Checklist.

NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with individuals or agencies outside of the BOC, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.

8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, Public Warning Checklist

/

8.2 Attachment 2, Evacuation Control Checklist 8.3 Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations

  • 8.4 8.5 Attachment 4, Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages Attachment 5, Access Control Point Log
  • P-22-6 June 1,2017 Revision 10

(

  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of6)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. Prompt Notification Systems

1. Ensure the Sheriff1s Office Dispatcher activates all the sirens in the 10 mile EPZ as follows:
a. The Dispatcher should activate the siren system in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, "Activati_on of the Public Warning System."
  • b. The Dispatcher should then che~k the siren status report to ensure all sirens activated. If the report indicates a siren(s) failed to operate, the Emergency Management Director should be informed in the event route alerting is deemed appropriate.
c. If the entire siren system fails, the Dispatcher should notify STPEGS and request they attempt to activate the system from the control console in the EOF. If STPEGS is unable to activate the sirens, notify the Emergency Management Director so route alerting can be immediately initiated.
2. Ensure the lead emergency alert system station has been notified to activate the alert radios. The lead emergency alert system station is listed in the Emergency Communications Directory.
  • P-22-7 Jwie 1, 2017 Revision 10

.*

  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG

3. Ensure the approved EAS message was faxed to the Emergency Alert Radio station(s) for dissemination to the public.
a. The broadcasts made by the radio stations should be monitored for completeness and accuracy.
b. If the EAS message is not being announced correctly, contact the radio station and inform them of the corrections needed.
4. If supplementary public notification methods are deemed appropriate by the Emergency Management Director, ensure:
  • a. Route alerting is accomplished as identified in Section II of this checklist.

NOTE If assistance is needed to perform route alerting and with permission of the Emergency Management Director, contact DPS, Pierce to obtain additional resources. This request must be followed up with submittal of Form 213.

b. The auto dialer is implemented in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
c. The Cable Television Warning System is implemented in accordance with Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'
  • P-22-8 June 1,2017 RevisionlO

\

  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. Route Alerting

1. When directed by the Emergency Management Director, ensure route alerting units are dispatched to provide information to the public.
a. Routes should be selected based on the zones where public protective actions have been recommended and whether backup notifications are required due to full or partial failure of the primary public warning systems .
  • NOTE The primary public warning systems include the siren system, alert radio system, and Emergency Alert System.

A full or partial failure of any of these systems warrants the implementation of route alerting. All routes initiated due to a failure of one or more of these systems must be completed within 45 minutes from the time the decision was made by the Emergency Management Director to implement public protective actions. If the alert radio system fails to operate, use Figure 1, "Siren Locations,"

from the Annex W, Plan Tab 1 to determine those areas outside of siren coverage that would require route alerting.

b. Route alerting units may be comprised of Law Enforcement, Local Assets, or Fire Department personnel.
c. Emergency vehicles used for route alerting shall be equipped with public address systems, flashing warning lights, radios and clearly marked as an official vehicle .
  • P-22-9 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG

2. Route alerting units should be issued a "Warning and Traffic Control Kit" and be briefed on:
a. Their areas of responsibility.
b. The need to follow the instructions provided in Attachment 4, "Route Alerting Guidelines and Warning Messages" of this procedure.
c. Radiation exposure control measures as provided in Annex
  • W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control for Emergency Workers.'
3. Once their routes have been completed and if conditions permit, have each vehicle remain in its assigned area, broadcasting emergency information until:
a. All residents are sheltering in place, if shelter in place is being recommended, or
b. Evacuation is complete, if evacuation has been recommended, or
c. Recalled or reassigned by the Dispatcher.

NOTE Consider using local assets to assist with river patrols and notification purposes .

  • P-22-10 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG

4. If available, the Sheriffs Office boat should be placed on the Colorado River at Riverside Park and be directed to head North to the dam and then South to the Intracoastal Waterway, alerting all river traffic encountered. It should then traverse the Intracoastal Waterway alerting traffic encountered on the Waterway up to four miles in both directions from the FM 2031 bridge.
5. With permission from the Emergency Management Director, obtain additional assistance for alerting areas inaccessible by road.
a. Instruct the U.S. Coast Guard to issue an alerting message
  • over marine band radio and to dispatch craft to patrol the Intracoastal Waterway, Tres Palacios Bay, and West Matagorda Bay.
b. Contact local Game Wardens and, if available, request their assistance in patrolling local waterways to notify any boaters in the affected zones of the recommended protective actions.
c. If additional resources are needed to alert the public on local waterways, contact the Fire Services Coordinator and determine the availability of Fire Department volunteers with boats who are willing to assist in this process. If volunteers are available, ensure they are briefed and assigned to designated areas before being dispatched.

NOTE Each vehicle, including boats, used for route alerting shall have radio communications with County Officials in order to be informed of changes in assignment or in the recommended protective actions .

  • P-22-11 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 PUBLIC WARNING CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG

6. If a radiation release occurred from STPEGS during the emergency, ensure each route alerting unit is checked for contamination at an Emergency Worker monitoring and decontamination facility located at the Reception Centers in Palacios and/or Bay City, once the unit is released from duty at the end of a shift or at the termination of the emergency.
7. Ensure each route alerting unit turns in their documentation, I dosimetry, and contents of their 'Warning and Traffic Control I Kit' to the County EOC upon completion of their assignment.

!

  • I i
  • P-22-12 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 1of6)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I.* Traffic and Access Control

1. When directed by the Emergency Management Director, ensure Traffic and Access Control Point (TACP) units are dispatched to establish evacuation controls.

NOTE In the event of a hostile Action Based (HAB) incident,

  • locations must be verified as safe from hostile activity prior to selecting TACPs to ensure safety of emergency workers.
a. TACPs should be selected based on the zones where public protective actions have been recommended.

NOTE All TACPs should be established in time to perform their functions before the arrival of evacuation traffic.

Refer to Figure 1, 'Evacuation Routes and Traffic Control Points,' from the Annex W, Plan Tab 3 to determine specified locations of all pre-selected TACPs

b. The following locations are recommended as TACPs if an evacuation of just a 2 mile radius is being implemented:
  • Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2668
  • Intersection of FM 521and FM 1468
  • Intersection of FM 521 and CR 392 P-22-13 June 1, 2017 Revision IO
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 2of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG

c. The TACPs listed in Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines & Locations, of this procedure can be used as a basis for assigning units to control the evacl;lation of the public in a 10 mile radius of the STPEGS. The following locations are recommended as TACPs if an evacuation of just a 5 mile radius is being implemented:
  • Intersection of CR 242 road and St. Hwy. 60
  • Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2668
  • Intersection of CR 411 and FM 1468
  • Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 358
  • Intersection of FM 1095 and FM 521
  • Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 380
  • Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 391
  • Intersection of FM 2668 and FM 3057
  • Colorado River at the South end of Selkirk Island NOTE If assistance is needed to establish the necessary TACPs

~d with permission of the Emergency Management Director, contact DPS, Pierce to obtain additional resources.

2. TACP units should be issued a 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' and be briefed on:
a. Their assigned TACP.
b. The need to follow the instructions provided in Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations of this procedure.
  • P-22-14 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 3of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG

c. Radiation exposure control measures as provided in Annex W, Procedure 42, 'Exposure Control For Emergency Workers.'
d. Where to obtain additional roadblocks or barriers if needed.
3. Determine the need for waiving normal traffic regulations, such as changing two-way streets to one-way, allowing the use of unlicensed vehicles, etc., if necessary to implement a more timely evacuation.
  • NOTE If certain traffic regulations are waived, ensure this information is included in EAS messages, as well as the time period in which the waivers are valid.
4. Coordinate with the Emergency Management Director and the Radiological Officer to determine organizations which will be allowed access to affected zones. These may include:
  • STP Nuclear Operating Company
  • STP owners/operators of transmission lines, or their subcontractors
  • The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
  • Ambulance, fire, law enforcement, and rescue personnel
  • Department of State Health Services (DSHS)
  • Texas Department of Public Safety personnel
5. Coordinate with the DSHS to phase DSHS Contamination Control Team personnel in with appropriate TACP units. The DSHS personnel will be responsible for issuing dosimetry to members of the public who receive authorization to reenter the evacuated areas .
  • P-22-15 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 4 of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG

6. If a radiation release occurred from STPEGS during the emergency, ensure each TACP unit is checked for contamination at an Emergency Worker monitoring and decontamination facility located at the Reception Centers in Palacios and/or Bay City, once the unit is released from duty at the end of a shift or at the termination of the emergency.
7. Ensure each TACP unit turns in their documentation, dosimetry, and contents of their 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' to the County BOC upon completion of their assignment.

!

  • P-22-16 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 5 of6)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. Evacuation Assistance

1. Coordinate with the Transportation Officer for transporting special populations.
2. The primary evacuation routes for evacuating the public are: NIA
a. FM 521 East and West
b. FM 2668 North
c. FM 1468 North
d. FM 1095 North
e. FM 2853 South
f. St. Hwy. 35 East and West
g. St. Hwy. 60 North
h. Colorado River, North and South
3. If inclement weather or flooding exists, ensure the Communications Officer with assistance from the Texas Department of Public Safety and Department of Highways and Public Transportation review the primary evacuation routes and determine alternate routes or actions that may be appropriate to ensure passability of evacuating vehicles.
4. If STPEGS requires assistance in transporting personnel from the plant site, ensure the Communications Officer establishes pick-up, delivery locations, and evacuation routes in concert with recommendations of the STPEGS Emergency Director.
  • P-22-17 June 1, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 EVACUATION CONTROL CHECKLIST Attachment 2 (Page 6 of6) I l I I

ACTION TIME/LOG

5. Ensure tow truck services are obtained to remove any I I.

impediments reported to be blocking evacuation routes. I

a. Impediments could include vehicle breakdowns, traffic accidents, trees or other debris that blocks the highway in a manner which severely restricts evacuation traffic flow.
b. Tow truck personnel should be issued dosimetry and briefed on radiation exposure controls by the Radiological Officer prior to entering the 10 mile EPZ.
6. Ensure the Fire Services Coordinator is notified of any fires or requests for rescue reported by members of the public. If response is required inside the 10 mile EPZ, the Radiological Officer should determine possible exposure levels and stay times, if applicable, of the responding fire department personnel. If it appears stay times will be exceeded, mutual aid fire department personnel should be used to replace the initial responders at the scene.
  • P-22-18 June I, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 1of5)

GUIDELINES:

Traffic and access control point personnel assigned by County Officials should follow these guidelines:

1. Prior to dispatch, obtain a 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' at the County EOC and ensure you fully understand the briefing instructions on your assigned control point and on radiation exposure control measures. Then proceed to your assigned control point as quickly as possible.
2. Once at your control point location, tum on your flashing warning lights and proceed as follows:
a. Park the car on the side of the road near the intersection or assigned control point locations.
b. Place a roadblock or barrier across the incoming lane of traffic to restrict access to the evacuated areas. Traffic cones may suffice if a roadblock or barrier is unavailable.
c. . If traffic is to flow in only one direction at an intersection, align traffic cones in an arc across the roadway in a manner which sends vehicles in the proper direction.

Refer to the 'Designated Evacuation Routes and Traffic Control Points' map provided in the kit you obtained at theEOC.

d. Remain in your vehicle with the windows rolled up and outside vents closed, unless required to assist motorists, answer questions, or provide traffic control signals at intersections.
e. Provide the Dispatcher periodic updates on the evacuation traffic including when the evacuation is complete
3. Control access to the evacuated areas as follows:
  • P-22-19 June I, 2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 2of5)
a. Vehicles attempting to enter the zone should be stopped and aske.d for proper identification.
b. Make radio contact with the County BOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher if in doubt as to whether a vehicle should be permitted to pass and ask if access should be allowed. The following organizations may get authorization to pass:
  • STP Nuclear Operating Company STP owners/operators of transmission lines, or their subcontractors
  • The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
  • Ambulance, fire, law enforcement, and rescue personnel
  • c.
  • Department of State Health Services (DSHS)

Texas Department of Public Safety personnel Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)

DSHS Contamination Control Team personnel (who will staff the access control points) should issue dosimetry to individuals receiving authorization from the County BOC to enter the evacuation zone. If the DSHS has not arrived, ask the EOC whether the individuals should report to the EOC to receive dosimetry prior to entering the zone.

d. Information regarding the occupants of each vehicle permitted access should be obtained and documented on Attachment 5, Access Control Point Log.
4. Remain at your assigned control point until directed otherwise by County Officials.
a. Read your Electronic Personal Dosimeter (EPD) on a periodic basis and notify the County EOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher if the readings approach the administrative limits.
b. Be sure you are updated on event conditions on at least an hourly basis by the County EOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.

If you have not received an update, request one.

  • P-22-20 June 1,2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GIDDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 3 of5)
5. Once the emergency is over or it is the end of your shift, proceed as appropriate:
a. If a radiation release from STPEGS had occurred, go to .

Jhe nearest Reception Center, i.e., Palacios High School in Palacios or MRMC Wellness & Rehabilitation in Bay City, for monitoring and decontamination (if necessary) at the Emergency Worker Facility being run by the Matagorda County Radiological Officer with technical support provided by the DSHS.

b. Return to the County BOC and report to the Radiological Officer. Turn in all event paperwork, radiation dosimetry, and the contents of the 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit.'
  • I I

!

I ,

II

'I I

  • P-22-21 June 1, 2017 Revision 10 l
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 4.of 5)

LOCATIONS Traffic and Access Control Points may be located at, but not limited to, the following locations:

DESIGNATOR LOCATION CPl Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2668 I I

CP2 Intersection of FM 521 and FM 1468 I I I CP3 Intersection of FM 521 and CR 391 CP4 Intersection of FM 521 and FM 1095 CPS Intersection of FM 1095 and FM CR 358 CP6 Intersection of CR 242 and SH 60 CP7 Intersection of FM 1468 and CR 411

  • CP8 CP9 CPlO CPll Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 380/CR 381 Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 391 Intersection of FM 2668 and FM 3057 Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 354 CP12 Intersection of FM 521 and SH 60 CP13 Intersection of FM 2078 and SH 60 in Wadsworth CP14 Intersection of FM 1095 and CR 411 CP15 Intersection of FM 521 and FM 2853 CP16 Intersection of FM 2668 and SH 60 CP17 Intersection of FM 1468 and SH 35 CP18 Intersection of FM 1095 and SH 35 CP19 Intersection of FM 521 and SH 35 CP20 Intersection of FM 2853 and CR 323 to SH 35 CP21 Intersection of FM 521 and CR 364 at the Palacios River CP22 Intracoastal Waterway 3 miles east of Matagorda Locks at the waterway exit into East Matagorda Bay
  • P-22-22 June I, 2017 Revision 10

!'

I

'

'

l

  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL POINT GUIDELINES AND LOCATIONS Attachment 3 (Page 5of5)

DESIGNATOR LOCATION CP23 FM 2031 and the Intracoastal Waterway at the swing bridge CP24 Colorado River at the intersection with the Intracoastal Waterway CP25 Intracoastal Waterway at the McNabb Island Cut CP26 Intracoastal Waterway at the Rattlesnake Island Cut CP27 Entrance to the Intracoastal Waterway at Tres Palacios Bay(East)

CP28 Tres Palacios River and Tres Palacios Bay at Collegeport

  • CP29 Riverside Park Note: Refer to the 'Designated Evacuation Routes and Traffic Control Points' map for these locations, which is provided in the Warning and Traffic Control Kit.
  • P-22-23 June 1,2017 Revision 10
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ROUTE ALERTING GUIDELINES AND WARNING MESSAGES Attachment 4 (Page 1 of3)

GUIDELINES Route alerting units assigned by County Officials should follow these guidelines:

1. Prior to dispatch, obtain a 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit' at the County BOC and ensure you fully understand the briefing instructions on your assigned route and on radiation exposure control measures. Then proceed to your designated route as quickly as possible.
2. Once you begin your route, turn on your flashing warning lights and proceed as follows until you'v~ reached the end of the route:
a. Travel vacant distances as quickly as possible.
  • b.

c.

If vehicles are encountered, stop them and relay the appropriate warning message, i.e., Shelter in Place or Evacuation, as provided in this attachment.

At housing or places of business where the general public could be located, slow down or stop, then initiate a brief siren signal to get their attention followed by a public address announcement of the .appropriate warning me8sage as provided in this attachment.

3. After completing your assigned route (zone), make radio contact with the County EOC/Sheriff s Office Dispatcher and identify yourself, the route you just complet~d, and any problems you may have identified.
4. Unless reassigned or recalled, backtrack your route repeating the warning in accordance with Step 2 above.
a. Attempt to ascertain that everyone in the zone has received the warning information.
b. If evacuation was recommended, note the presence and
  • locations of residents who do not leave.

P-22-24 June 1, 2017 Revision 10

  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ROUTE ALERTING GUIDELINES AND WARNING MESSAGES Attachment 4 (Page2 of3)
5. Once you have completed backtracking the route, make radio contact with the County BOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher and identify yourself, that you've completed a second pass of your route, and that you are standing by for further instructions. In addition, if evacuation was recommended and there were residents who did not leave, report this data to the BOC/Dispatcher also.
6. If requested, remain in the assigned area broadcasting emergency information as needed.
a. Read your pocket dosimeters on a periodic basis (roughly 3 0 minutes) and notify the County EOC/Sheriffs Office Dispatcher if the readings approach the administrative limits .
  • b. Be sure you are updated on event conditions on at least an hourly basis by the County BOC/Sheriff's Office Dispatcher. If you have not received an update, request one.
7. If you are reassigned to a traffic and access control point, follow the guidelines in Attachment 3, Traffic and Access Control Point Guidelines and Locations, as appropriate.
8. Once the emergency is over or it is the end of your shift, proceed as appropriate:
a. If a radiation release from STPEGS had occurred, go to the nearest Reception Center, i.e., Palacios High School in Palacios or MRMC Wellness & Rehabilitation in Bay City, for monitoring and decontamination (if necessary) at the Emergency Worker Facility being run by the Matagorda County Environmental Health Department with technical support provided by DSHS.
b. Return to the County EOC and report to the Radiological Officer. Turn in all event paperwork, radiation dosimetry,
  • and the contents of the 'Warning and Traffic Control Kit.'

P-22-25 June l, 2017 Revision 10

  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ROUTE ALERTING GUIDELINES AND WARNING MESSAGES Attachment 4 (Page 3 of3)

WARNING MESSAGES:

1. SHELTER IN PLACE:

"Your attention please! The South Texas Project nuclear power plant is experiencing operational problems.

Please go inside and close all doors and windows, turn off outside sources of ventilation. Tune to the National Weather Service (NOAA radio) or to radio . I station KKHA FM 92.5 for further information.

2. EVACUATION:

"Your attention please! The South Texas Project nuclear power plant is experiencing operational problems. For your safety, evacuate. Please read the evacuation information in your Matagorda County/STP Emergency Information pamphlet, or on public information postings.

You should evacuat.e in a (Northerly, Southerly, Easterly, Westerly) direction on highway (number or name) to the Reception Center at (name of Center- MRL\IIC Wellness & Rehabilitation or Palacios High School).

I NOTE I r

You must select the appropriate information to fill in for the shaded text above.

I

!

There is no need to hurry, but don't waste time. Go as soon as you can get ready.

"Tune to the National Weather Service (NOAA radio) or radio station KK.HA FM 92.5 for further information."

  • P-22-26 June 1, 2017 RevisionlO
  • WARNING and EVACUATION/TRAFFIC and ACCESS CONTROL Procedure 22 ACCESS CONTROL POINT LOG Attachment 5 (Page_ of__)

Officer in Charge Location of Control Point Date Entry Vehicle Dos.orTLD Destination/ Exit Time License No. YIN Name Representing Time

  • This form may be replaced with a DSHS form upon the arrival of the DSHS Contamination Control Team .
  • P-22-27 June I, 2017 Revision 10
  • Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 22 Emergency Operations Center Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control (Procedure 22, Rev 10)

Change Reference Change Reason Number Number

1. Global Remove: KMKS KMKS is the no longer the primary or backup EAS Station
2. Global Replaced: McAllister Junior High Location and name change of with MRMC Wellness & reception center Rehabilitation
3. P-22-26, Replaced: local phone book In the future all required public Attachment 4, With: Matagorda County/STP information will not be supplied in the Emergency Information pamphlet YP One telephone book; but in a Matagorda County/STP pamphlet which will be mailed out to households in the 10-miles EPZ.
4. Attachment 4, Replaced: "Tune to radio stations NOAA Weather Radio (NWS) is the Page 3 of3, KMKS 102.5 FM, KKHA FM 92.5 Primary EAS source and ICTCTIA is last paragraph and the National Weather Station the secondary backup (NWS) for further information."
  • With: "Tune to the National Weather Service (NOAA radio) or radio station KICTIA FM 92.5 .
  • J\J-~ \I 't.U\\

P.,e_ \..)\~\e:n \0

~Oil\'

STI 34475163 Z1808

  • MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ...................................................................... ,............................................................... P-24-2 2.0 Discussion ................................................................................................................................. P-24-2 3.0 References ................................................................................................................................. P-24-4 4.0 Equipment Required ................................................................................................................. P-24-4 5.0 Precautions and Limitations ...................................................................................................... P-24-4 6.0 Prerequisite~ .............................................................................................................................. P-24-5 7.0 Procedure .................................................................................................................................. P-24-5 8.0 Attachments ....................................................................................................................... :...... P-24-5 Attachment 1 - Matagorda County Sheriffs Checklist.. .......................................................... P-24-6 Attachment 2 - Sheriff Deputies Briefing Sheet .................................................................... P-24-19 Attachment 3 -BOC Briefing Sheet. ...................................................................................... P-24-21 Attachment 4-Recovery Activities List ................................................................................ P-24-22
  • Attachment 5 - Acronyms List ................................................................................................ P-24-23 Effective Date: June 1, 2017 APPROVED:

Sheriff

  • P-24-1 Junel,2017 Revision 11

_,

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • 1.0 Purpose 1.1 Procedure 24 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Sheriff in the Matagorda County Emergency Operations Center (EOC) in the event of a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS).

1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios, and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Sheriff.

2.0 Discussion 2.1 The Sheriff or his designee directs Law Enforcement activities throughout the County during a County wide disaster.

2.2 In the event of a Hostile Action Based (HAB) event, a Sheriffs Captain or above will be assigned to the Incident Command Post (ICP).

2.3 In the event Matagorda County Dispatch office receives an Accelerated Phone

  • 2.4 Call based on a Hostile Action Based event, the Emergency Management Director should consider activating the Emergency Operations Center.

The Sheriff serves as part of the Direction and Control Group when an emergency is declared in Matagorda County.

2.5 Responsibilities of the Sheriff include, but are not limited to the following:

2.5.1 Ensuring 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> coverage of the local warning point and the capability of the warning point to communicate with various County and City departments and State agencies during emergency response and recovery.

2.5.2 Overseeing the call out of the Matagorda County Emergency Response Organization.

2.5.3 Supervise the setup of the Emergency Operations Center.

2.5.4 Determining possible traffic and access control points and keeping the s,~erif:fs Office Dispatcher infornied.

2.5.5 Advising DPS, Pierce of types and quantities of Law Enforcement support that may be needed.

  • 2.5.6 Notifying Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas of any support that may be needed.

P-24-2 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • 2.5.7 2.5.8 Procedure 24 Maintaining regular and emergency communications systems.

Determining if additional Communications personnel are required.

2.5.9 Securing additional land line communications.

2.5.10 Coordinating the use of volunteer communication systems (amateur, industry, etc.).

2.5.11 Overseeing the activation of the public warning system involving sirens, community autodialer, and route alerting, when requested to implement these systems by the Emergency Management Director or designee.

2.5.12 Coordinating evacuation planning, and directing movement of people.

2.5.13 Directing Sheriffs Department personnel as needed in:

  • Maintaining law and order.
  • *
  • Protecting life and property.

Enforcing existing and emergency laws, ordinances, court orders, policies, price controls, and curfews.

Controlling access to affected emergency areas.

Avoiding hostile activity by utilizing alternate evacuation routes.

  • Facilitating in-bound response resources.
  • Assisting in rescue operations.
  • Establishing traffic and crowd control.
  • Performing weather watch service.

2.5.14 Assuring Sheriffs Office personnel are trained in radiological monitoring and are properly equipped.

2.5.15 Coordinating with other Law Enforcement agencies.

2.5.16 Maintaining procedures dealing with warning, communications, and Law Enforcement activities.

2.5.17 Ensuring Law Enforcement field teams (i.e., Sheriff Deputies, State Police, Local Police, etc.) are briefed on the responsibilities of the mission.

  • P-24-3 June r, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • 2.6 Procedure 24 The Local Warning Point is the designated location where Matagorda County receives warning messages from local industries and the National Weather Service. The Matagorda County local warning point is the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher. This is the 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> notification point for declared emergencies at STPEGS.

2.7 Recovery refers to the process of reducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency.

2.8 Return refers to reoccupation of areas cleared for unrestricted residence or use by previously evacuated or relocated populations.

3.0 References 3.1 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.

3.2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.

  • 3.3 3.4 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 13, 'Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation.'

Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 14, 'Protective Action Guides.'

3.5 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 20, 'Sheriffs Office Dispatcher.'

3.6 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 21, 'Communications Officer.'

3.7 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'

3.8 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System.'

4.0 .Equipment Required 4.1 None.

5.0 Precautions and Limitations

  • 5.1 The public must be notified in a timely manner of any decision by the Emergency Management Director to implement protective actions for the public.

P-24-4 June 1, 2017

  • Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • 6.0 Prerequisite§.

6.1 Procedure 24 A declared emergency by the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) Emergency Director has been received.

7 .0 Procedure 7 .1 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) by the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher, report to the EOC and implement Procedure 13, "Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation," to activate the BOC.

7.2 Upon completion of set up of the EOC, implement Attachment 1, "Matagorda County Sheriffs Checklist." Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position responsibilities.

8.0 Attachments 8 .1 Attachment 1, Matagorda County Sheriffs Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, Sheriff Deputies' Briefing Sheet

  • 8.3 8.4 8.5 Attachment 3, EOC Briefing Sheet Attachment 4, Recovery Activities List Attachment 5, Acronyms List I

I II '

  • .P-24-5 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 13)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. ALERT NOTE If this emergency is due to HOSTILE ACTION BASED event at STPEGS, immediately notify Bay City Police, Palacios Police and Wharton County Sheriff to start mobilization. If needed, contact Bay City Fire Chief and Matagorda EMS to standby. Matagorda County has Memorandums of Understanding with local Volunteer Fire Departments and neighboring counties. In addition, resource requests through DPS, Pierce can be obtained by completing Form 213 via WebEOC. Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination,

  • 1.

2.

Attachment 1, 'Matagorda County Sheriff Checklist' .

Report to the EOC Security Post, sign in and receive a badge.

Supervise the set up of the EOC by implementing Procedure 13,

'Emergency Operations Center Concept of Operations and Activation.'

3. Request Sheriffs Office staff to discontinue use ofEOC facsimile equipment for the duration of emergency condition.
4. Initiate Emergency Action Log.
a. Track telephone calls, key information obtained, actions taken, and any other information needed to document response actions taken.
b. Maintain the log until termination of the emergency.
5. If available, meet with the Emergency Management Director and/or the Emergency Management Coordinator to review the status of the emergency.
  • P-24-6 June I, 2017 Revision 11 .

l

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2of13)

ACTION TIME/LOG

6. Determine if additional communications personnel may be required as LOG additional staffing. (Ham Radio operators, radio operators, etc.) Provide this information to the Emergency Management Coordinator, and then ensure Communications Officer arranges for the necessary resources.
7. Determine status of department staff available to support the emergency response
8. Ensure sufficient Law Enforcement staff are placed on standby for the following emergency duties:
  • Joint Information Center Security
  • Reception Center Security and Traffic Control
  • Traffic and Access Control Points
  • Emergency Operations Center Security
  • 9.
  • Department of State Health Services Staging Area Security Route Alerting If the STPEGS plant conditions are degrading, direct the Dispatcher to contact mobile units to report to the Radiological Officer at the BOC, for issuance of Emergency Worker supplies.
10. Consider Law Enforcement needs if South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STPEGS) evacuation is ordered.

NOTE If road barriers are needed, request assistance from the Precinct Barns and/or City Warehouses.

11. Report any personnel or equipment shortages to the Emergency NIA Management Director or Emergency Management Coordinator.
12. Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
  • P-24-7 June 1, 2017 I

Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 13)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY NOTE NIA If emergency is due to HOSTILE ACTION BASED event at STPEGS, immediately notify Bay City Police, Palacios Police and Wharton County Sheriff to start mobilization. If needed, contact Bay City Fire Chief and Matagorda EMS to standby.

Matagorda County has Memorandums of Understanding with local Volunteer Fire Departments and neighboring counties. In addition, resource requests through DPS, Pierce can be obtained by completing Form 213 via WebEOC. Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination, Attachment 1,

'Matagorda County Sheriff Checklist' .

  • 1.

2.

Complete activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed.

Direct the Communications Officer to have mobile units report to the Radiological Officer at the EOC for issuance of Emergency Worker supplies.

3. Assign Sheriff Deputies (including reserves) or outside emergency service resources to the following emergency duties as needed:
  • Joint Information Center Security
  • Reception Center Security and Traffic Control
  • Traffic and Access Control Points
  • Emergency Operations Center Security
  • Route Alerting (if required)
  • DSHS Staging Area Security
4. Obtain a copy of the latest Offsite Agency Notification Message Form and review the wind direction. Review Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warnings and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control' to determine possible traffic and access control points.
  • P-24-8 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4of13)

ACTION TIME/LOG

a. If the wind direction has not been provided on the Offsite Agency Notification Message Form, ask the Emergency Management Coordinator to obtain this piece of data from the STPEGS.

NOTE During peak period at Matagorda Beach, consider establishing additional traffic control to expedite and facilitate traffic entering and exiting the area.

b. Coordinate closing FM 521 Park, Riverside Park, Rio Colorado Golf Course and Matagorda Beach with the Bay City Police, Game Wardens, and Precinct Constables, etc.
  • NOTE The STPEGS will utilize a site evacuation scheme (Plan A-D) LOG based on the wind direction and the activated Reception Center.

Refer to STPEGS, OERP01-ZV-IN05, Site Evacuation, located in the plant procedures or request assistance from the STPEGS Liaison.

5. Obtain information from the Emergency Management Director or Coordinator concerning any STPEGS site evacuations and establish Traffic and Access Control Points to support the evacuation.
6. Coordinate alerting the Exotic Isle community of the emergency situation at the STPEGS with Sheriff Deputies, Fish and Game, or the US Coast Guard.
a. Determine if the occupants will be able to leave the Isle on their own via barge, tram or personal craft.
b. Recommend they leave the Isle and assist them with departure, if needed.
c. Ensure occupants understand emergency workers may not be allowed into the area to assist, if the emergency escalates.
  • P-24-9 June 1,2017 Revision 11 L

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of 13)

ACTION TIME/LOG

d. Ensure the Public Information group is provided an updated status for local dissemination.
7. Brief Law Enforcement field teams in conjunction with the Radiological Officer (refer to Attachment 2, Sheriff Deputies' Briefing Sheet and to the Evacuation Warning Kits).
a. During patrol or from Traffic Control Point location, request each field team, if possible, to note the status of the STP evacuation traffic and report the information to the Dispatcher.
b. Request the Dispatcher log this information and report it to you or the Communications officer.
c. Relay this information to the EOC staff during the hourly
  • briefing.
8. When the need arises to initiate public warning, use Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public Warning System' and:
a. When deemed necessary by the Emergency Management Director, direct the Dispatcher to sound the sirens.
b. Direct the Communications Officer to initiate activation of the auto dialer.
9. Discuss with the Emergency Management Director and Emergency Management Coordinator the possible need to perform route alerting. If deemed necessary:
a. Determine areas and populations for route alerting.

'

b. Direct the Communications Officer to assign mobile units to perform route alerting for designated areas.
10. Coordinate with the Radiological Officer the distribution of dosimetry to the chemical plants in the 10 mile EPZ of STPEGS.

Dispatch mobile units to deliver the dosimetry, as appropriate.

  • P-24-10 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6of13)

ACTION TIME/LOG

11. In the event of an evacuation and to assist disabled vehicles:
a. Establish strategic locations along major routes with tow trucks carrying containers of gasoline and to clear route impediments.
b. Encourage gas stations to remain open during an evacuation.
12. If there are any shortages in equipment or manpower, arrange for augmented resources with DPS, Pierce, using Form 213.
13. If the Fire Services Coordinator is unavailable, direct the LOG Communications Officer to notify Fire Chiefs in potentially affected areas of the change in classification and the possible need
  • 14.

to support an evacuation.

If traffic on the Intracoastal Waterway and Colorado River needs to be stopped, then:

a. Dispatch the Sheriffs Office and/or Game Wardens boats to warn craft on the Waterway four miles on either side of the FM 2031 bridge at the town of Matagorda.
b. Notify the DPS, Pierce requesting Coast Guard assistance to restrict river and intracoastal waterway traffic using Form 213.
15. If the emergency is oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in NIA accordance with Section IV. Shift Turnover, of this checklist.
16. Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the NIA emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of the checklist.
  • P-24-11 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of 13)

ACTION TIME/LOG ill. GENERAL EMERGENCY

1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert and Section II, Site Area NIA Emergency, if not already completed.
2. Discuss with the Emergency Management Director or the Emergency Management Coordinator the need to initiate public warning. Use Annex W, Procedure 23, 'Activation of the Public W aming System' and:
a. When deemed necessary by the Emergency Management Director, direct the Dispatcher to sound the sirens.
b. Direct the Communications Officer to initiate activation of
  • the auto dialer.
3. Confer with the Emergency Management Director and the Emergency Management Coordinator to determine which Protective Response Zones are to be Evacuated or Shelter in Place.
4. Review Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control' to determine locations of traffic and access control points.
a. Review the Traffic and Access Control Points with the Radiological Officer to ensure no personnel will be placed in highly contaminated or hazardous areas.

NOTE If traffic and access control points had been previously established to support the STP evacuation, ensure the points meet the needs of the protective action. If not, move TACP personnel to the appropriate locations.

b. Direct the Communication Officer to assign mobile units or other Law Enforcement and support personnel to the traffic
  • and access control points .

P-24-12 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 8 of 13)

ACTION TIME/LOG

c. Direct the Status Board Keeper to indicate locations of control points on the Status Board or on W ebEOC and log the locations on the Emergency Action Log.
d. Determine with the Bay City Police Chief if a supplemental TCACP should be established to facilitate the flow of evacuation traffic at the intersection of SH 35 and SH 60. If yes, during the evacuation prohibit traffic from turning west on SH 35.
e. Ensure traffic and access control personnel provide the Dispatcher periodic updates on the evacuation traffic including when the evacuation is complete.
5. Initiate route alerting to special populations or the general public as directed by the Emergency Management Director or Coordinator.
a. Route alerting shall be performed in accordance with Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'
b. Direct the Communications Officer to assign mobile units to begin route alerting as needed to meet the requests of the Emergency Management Director.

NOTE The Public Information material includes two placards.

The resident has been instructed to put the appropriate placard in the window or door when they have been notified or if they require assistance.

6. At the completion of their assigned task or shift, direct route alerting and traffic and access control personnel to a Reception Center for decontamination should they be potentially contaminated.
  • P-24-13 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 9 of 13)

ACTION TIME/LOG

7. Contact DPS, Pierce to advise them of the activities underway LOG relating to public warning and protective actions, and to ensure the State EOC has made provisions to stop air, waterway, and rail traffic, with exceptions, should the County be currently involved in search and rescue or similar activities.
8. If normal teletype (TLETS) or radio communications are not LOG sufficient, establish other communications with DPS, Pierce.
9. Status and WebEOC Board Keepers informed of significant events.
10. When requested by the Emergency Management Director to NIA provide a status update at the hourly EOC briefing, provide the information in Attachment 3, BOC Briefing Sheet plus any additional information of value to the EOC staff.
  • 11. Interface with the Radiological Officer to determine special access
  • restrictions to the evacuated areas. Forward this information to the Dispatcher or Communications Officer for distribution to field personnel.
12. Interface with the Sheriffs Office Dispatcher concerning the status of dispatched units to traffic and access control points, and inform the following:
a. Emergency Management Coordinator
b. Status and WebEOC Board Keepers
c. Public Information Staff
  • P-24-14 Junel,2017 Revision 11

I MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 10of13)

ACTION TIME/LOG

)

13. Advise Law Enforcement and support personnel to report back to the EOC for debriefing prior to shift turnover.
14. Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the NIA emergency is terminated and recovery activities are implemented then refer to Sections V. Recovery, and VI. Termination, of this checklist, as appropriate.
  • P-24-15 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 11 of 13)

ACTION TIME/LOG IV. SIDFT TURNOVER

1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
a. Review of completed checklist Items
b. Review oflog
c. Status board Information
d. Manpower status
e. Locations of traffic and access control points
  • 2.

f.

g.

Location of the activated Reception Center Any action items Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator of the transfer of responsibilities to the oncoming shift replacement.

3. Inform the Sheriffs Officer Dispatcher of your shift replacement.
4. Update Staffing Board.
5. Agree to your return time.
6. Document names, date, and time of turnover. LOG
  • P-24-16 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 12 of 13)

ACTION TIME/LOG V. RECOVERY

1. Develop a list of activities and tasks which should be completed as part of recovery effort using Attachment 4, Recovery Activities List.
2. Provide a copy of the Recovery Activities List to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
3. Assist in the development of recovery plans. LOG
4. Maintain logs until termination of the event. NIA
  • P-24-17 June i, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

    • Procedure 24 MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF'S C:HECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 13 of 13)

ACTION TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION

1. When informed by the Emergency Management Director that access and control requirements are no longer needed, confer with the Radiological Officer as to whether additional personnel monitoring of individuals from the field should be conducted at the Reception Center.
a. Direct the Dispatcher or Communications Officer to inform Law Enforcement and support personnel of any special monitoring requirements.
2. Provide a list of supplies or forms needing replenishing to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
  • 3. Collect and organize, in chronological order, all documents, checklists, forms, and logs, including any documentation generated by Law Enforcement and support personnel.
a. Sign checklists and logs.
4. Write a summary of actions taken during event, with input from the Dispatcher, Communications Officer, and Law Enforcement Field Teams.
5. Provide the summary to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
6. Turnover all documentation generated during the emergency to the EOC Administrative Assistant.
  • P-24-18 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 SHERIFF DEPUTIES' BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 2 (Page 1 of2)

I. Reception Center

1. Traffic Control
a. Direct vehicles and evacuees through the facility.
b. Ensure emergencyvehicles (e.g., ambulances and wheelchair vans) enter the Reception Center using a separate entrance.
c. Coordinate traffic control and security with other Law Enforcement agencies or fire department volunteers.
2. Facility Security
a. Ensure internal and external facility operations are maintained.
b. Control access to contaminated parking areas and decontamination operations.
c. Ensure evacuees do not enter the Matagorda County Reception Center

'Registration Center' without a designated green slip of paper.

II. Joint Information Center (JIC)

1. Ensure media representative(s) present proper identification prior to facility entry.
2. Maintain a physical presence in and around the facility.
3. Communicate any civil disturbances or emergency services requirements via every day emergency response channels.
4. Control overall access to the facility during active operations .
  • P-24-19 June 1, 2017 Revision 11 l

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 SHERIFF DEPUTIES' BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 2 (Page 2 of2)

ID. Traffic and Access Control Point (TACP) Point Operations

1. When the decision is made to implement protective measures for the ten-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ), Sheriff Deputies will be dispatched to designated TCP/ACP's.
2. Upon direction from the Sheriff or designee, the deputy will set-up the TACP to facilitate the flow of traffic out of the zone and eventually to control access into the restricted area.
3. Make radio contact with the County/EOC Sheriffs Dispatcher or Communications Officer if in doubt as to whether a vehicle should be permitted to pass and ask if access should be allowed. The following organizations may get authorization to pass:
  • STP Nuclear Operating Company
  • *
  • The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Ambulance, fire, Law Enforcement, and rescue teams Department of State Health SerVices
  • Texas Department of Public Safety
  • Other individuals with valid business in.the evacuated zone may be permitted to enter on a case by case basis *
  • All other individuals without a valid reason to enter the restricted zone will be denied access.

NOTE Review with the Sheriff Deputies the Evacuation Warning Kits. The kits will be assigned to the Deputy prior to dispatch. The kits provide more detailed information on SheriffDeputyresponsibilities (e.g. TACP setup, authorization pass, etc.)

  • Ensure the Sheriff Deputies report to the Mon/Decon Supervisor at the Reception Center (Environmental Health staff) for additional instruction.

P-24-20 i June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 EOC BRIEFING SHEET Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 1)
1. Field Team/Location Field Team/Location Field Team/Location A. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ E. I. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

B. ________ F. J. - - - - - - - - - - -

c. ________ G. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ K. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

D. ________ H. L. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

2. Traffic and Access Control Points CP CP CP CP CP CP CP _ _CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP--CP CP CP
3. Protective Action Recommendations
4. Actions Initiated
  • 5.

6.

Evacuation Initiated At _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

From Areas _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Status of local industry protective actions _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

7. River and Intracoastal Waterway traffic controls initiated _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
8. Persons who have opted not to evacuate and, if known, the location.
9. Additional Information _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Sheriff or Designeec___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Date _ _ _ _ _ __ Time

  • P-24-21 June 1, 2017 Revision 11
  • MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF Procedure 24
  • RECOVERY ACTIVITIES LIST Attachment 4 (Page_ of_)

(Name) (EOC Position) (Date)

ITEM# LOCATION ACTION/DESCRJPTION ASSIGNED TO PRIORITY P-24-22 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

MATAGORDA COUNTY SHERIFF

  • Procedure 24 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 5 (Page 1of1)

Acronym A:imlies To ACP Access Control Point DHS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director EOC Emergency Operations Center EOF Emergency Operations Facility EPA Environmental Protection Agency EPD Electronic Personal Dosimeter

  • EPZ Emergency Planning Zone FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency ISD Independent School District JIC Joint Information Center KI Potassium Iodide NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS National Weather Service ORO Offsite Response Organization PAD Protective Action Decision PAG Protective Action Guide PAR Protective Action Recommendation PIO Public Information Officer soc State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station TDEM Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP Traffic Control Point TLD Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
  • P-24-23 June 1, 2017 Revision 11

r

  • Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 24 Emergency Operations Center Matagorda Sounty Sheriff (Procedure 24, Rev 11)

Change Reference Change Reason Number Number

1. Global Replaced: American Red Cross To denote true ownership of Reception Center Reception Center With: Matagorda County Reception Center
2. P-24-19 Replaced: white Change in color of contaminated/not 1.2.c With: green contaminated paper slips
3. P-24-23, Deleted: ARC American Red Cross No reference to ARC in procedure Attachment 5, 3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

"3~ \,'LO\\

fh.e._u\<.'.:>\.01'1 \ \

R:\EMERGENCY_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 24 - Matagorda County l

Sheriff\AN-W-P24 RU-Changes.doc (3/12/12)

..

"

c.\4() \~

  • STI 34475165 MATAGORDA COUNTY ANNEX W IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Z1808 I

I I

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR i Procedure 30 l Table of Contents

!

l 1.0 Purpose ............................................................................................................................ P-30-2 I I:

  • '

2.0 3.0 Discussion ....................................................................... :............................................... P-30-2 References ....................................................................................................................... P-3 0-3 I

!

4.0 Equipment Required ....................................................................................................... P-30-3 I

5.0 Precuations and Limitations ............................................................................................ P-30-3

~1*

' '

6.0 Prerequisites .................................................................................................................... P-30-3

'~

1 I

v 7.0 Procedures ....................................................................................................................... P-30-3 I'

!

8.0 Attachments .................................................................................................................... P-30-3 Attachment 1 - Fire Services Coordinator Checklist.. .................................................... P-30-4 I 1~':

Attachment 2 - Recovery Activities List. ..................................................................... P-30-11 .

Attachment 2-Acronynis List ..................................................................................... P-30-12

~

i

~l 1

Effective Date: June 1, 2017 I r:

',,*~

Ii i1:

APPROVED: I

~

(i i

~

J l

I County Judge I II

  • P-30-1 June 1, 2017 Revision8 I l

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR

  • 1.0 Purpose 1.1 Procedure 30 This procedure specifies the actions to be completed by the Fire Services Coordinator during a declared emergency at the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station {STPEGS).

1.2 This procedure implements the requirements of the Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios and the Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response, specific to the Fire Services Coordinator.

2.0 . Discussion 2.1 The Bay City Volunteer Fire Department Fire Chief will act as the Fire Services Coordinator during emergencies at the STPEGS.

2.2 If necessary, the Fire Services Coordinator may report to the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) to carry out the checklist, but it is not mandatory.

2.3 The Fire Services Coordinator will coordinate all activities conducted by County

  • Fire Departments, including search and rescue, warning, and evacuation assistance, incident command and radiation monitoring and decontamination support.

2.4 When a fire at the STPEGS is involved and County assistance has been requested by the STPEGS, incident command remains with the.~TPEGS Fire Brigade Leader.

2.5 Recovery refers to the process ofreducing radiation exposure rates and concentrations of radioactive material in the environment to acceptable levels for return by the general public for unconditional occupancy or use after the emergency phase of a radiological emergency.

2.6 Restricted zone refers to an area o.f controlled access from which the population has been evacuated or relocated.

  • P-30-2 June 1, 2017 Revision&

L

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR

  • 3.0 References 3 .1 Procedure 30 Emergency Management Basic Plan for Matagorda County, Bay City, and Palacios.
  • 3 .2 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Fixed Nuclear Facility Response.

3 .3 Emergency Management Plan, Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control Points.'

3.4 Emergency Management Plan All Hazards Annexes, Annex F, Firefighting 4.0 Equipment Required 4.1 None.

5.0 Precautions and Limitations 5.1 None.

  • 6.0 Prereguisites 6.1 An emergency has been declared by STPEGS and notification received from Matagorda County to mobilize.
7. 0 Procedure 7 .1 When notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at STPEGS, begin to implement Attachment 1, Fire Services Coordinator Checklist.

Use this checklist as a guide to assist in performing position activities.

NOTE When required by the checklist to make contacts with outside individuals or agencies, refer to the Emergency Communications Directory.

8.0 Attachments 8.1 Attachment 1, Fire Services Coordinator Checklist 8.2 Attachment 2, Recovery Activities List 8.3 Attachment 3, Acronyms List

  • P-30-3 June 1, 2017 Revision 8

~*

  • -*- --------------------------------

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 1 of7)

Name Date ACTION TIME/LOG I. ALERT NOTE If the emergency is a HOSTILE ACTION BASED (HAB) event at STPEGS, immediately notify all Matagorda County Volunteer Fire Departments to standby or mobilize to a designated staging area. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) is established with an Assistant Chief and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) established with a Volunteer Fire Department representative. If the ICP and OSA are established, ensure staff are provided a briefing, an Emergency Kit,

  • communications equipment, and assigned to the appropriate facility .

Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance Coordination, Attachment 5 "Fire Services Coordinator Checklist'; Attachment 6, 'Fire Services Coordinator ICP Checklist'; and Attachment 7, 'Fire Services Coordinator OSA Checklist'.

1. Initiate and maintain an Emergency Action Log to document contacts made and actions taken until the response activities are ended by the County Emergency Management Director.
2. Advise the Assistant Chief of the situation at the STPEGS.
3. Advise all mutual aid departments in the County of event at the STPEGS and ask them to be prepared for call out of personnel.
4. fuspect all vehicles and equipment.
5. Review call lists, equipment lists, and telephone numbers.
6. Keep Sheriff's Office Dispatcher informed of your location at all NIA times to receive further information.
7. Maintain the Alert classification activities until the emergency NIA
  • escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.
  • P-30-4 June 1, 2017 Revision8

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 2 of7)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY NOTE If the emergency is a HOSTILE ACTION BASED (HAB) event at STPEGS, immediatelynotify all Matagorda County Volunteer Fire Departments to standby or mobilize to a designated staging area. In addition, ensure an Incident Command Post (ICP) is established with an Assistant Chief and an Offsite Staging Area (OSA) established with a Volunteer Fire Department representative. If the ICP and OSA are established, ensure staff are provided a briefing, an Emergency Kit, communications equipment, and assigned to the appropriate facility. Refer to Procedure 75, Onsite Assistance

  • Coordination, Attachment 5 Fire Services Coordinator Checklist';

Attachment 6, 'Fire Services Coordinator ICP Checklist'; and Attachment 7, 'Fire Services Coordinator OSA Checklist'.

1. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, if not already completed.
2. Advise mutual aid departments of the upgrade and what, if any, assistance is likely to be needed.
3. Notify all County fire fighters of the upgrade and have them standby for possible call out.
4. Maintain contact with the Emergency Management Coordinator NIA intheEOC.
5. Review Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control' in the event fire services are needed to support route alerting or access control measures.

NOTE For additional information on establishing Incident Command in support of the South Texas Project, refer to Emergency Management Plan Annexes, Annex F Firefighting, Appendix 2, Coordinated

  • Firefighting Strategy for the South Texas Project Electric Generating Station.

P-30-5 June 1, 2017 Revision 8

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 3 of7)

ACTION TIME/LOG II. SITE AREA EMERGENCY

6. Prepare to provide fire and/or rescue and incident command as required support to the STPEGS, as necessary.
7. Ensure vehicles are fueled and be prepared to respond to a request from the County to support an evacuation of the general public.
8. Confer with the Radiological Officer in the EOC to determine if fire I response vehicles within the 10 mile radius of the plant should be relocated. II I
9. Provide personnel to assist at the Reception Center for monitoring LOG I and decontamination, if requested.

I

  • 10. Ensure all personnel report to their team leader for shift briefing.
11. If the event is oflong duration, perform shift turnovers in accordance with Section IV, Shift Turnover of this checklist.
12. Maintain the Site Area Emergency classification activities until the NIA NIA NIA I

!

Ii I!

I I

emergency escalates or terminates, then proceed with the appropriate sections of this checklist.

I Iij I

I I!

I!

i I

I I'

  • P-30-6 June 1, 2017 Revision 8 I

I I

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 4 of7)

ACTION TIME/LOG I

III. GENERAL EMERGENCY

1. Activate all fire response personnel immediately.
2. Report to or maintain contact with the Emergency Management NIA Coordinator in the BOC at all times.
3. Complete activities in Section I, Alert, and Section II, Site Area Emergency if not already completed.
4. Notify all mutual aid departments of the upgrade and that they should be on standby in the even assistance is needed.
5. When directed, assign personnel to assist Law Enforcement with LOG
  • notification and evacuation of the general public according to Annex W, Procedure 22, 'Warning and Evacuation/Traffic and Access Control.'
6. Assign personnel to assist in securing evacuated zones, if requested LOG by the Matagorda County Sheriff.
7. If the event involved a release ofradiation, ensure all potentially contaminated personnel report to the Reception Center prior to shift conclusion for monitoring and decontamination, if necessary.
8. Ensure all personnel report to their respective team leader for shift NIA turnover.
9. Maintain the General Emergency classification activities until the NIA event is tenninated or recovery is initiated then precede to the appropriate section of this checklist.
  • P-30-7 June 1, 2017 Revision 8

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 5 of7)

ACTION TIME/LOG IV. SHIFT TURNOVER

1. Provide a briefing of events to the relief person and include the following:
a. Review completed checklist
b. Review log
c. Discuss current conditions
2. Inform the Emergency Management Coordinator in the County EOC of the transfer of responsibilities to the incoming shift replacement.
3. Document names, date and time of turnover. LOG
  • P-30-8 June 1, 2017
  • Revision 8

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 6 of7)

ACTION T'EILOG V. RECOVERY

1. As personnel are released from other assignments, notify the Emergency Management Coordinator that personnel are available to assist with recovery activities.
2. Develop a list of activities and tasks which should be completed as a part of the recovery effort using Attachment 2, Recovery Activities List.
3. Provide a copy of the Recovery Activities List to the Emergency Management Coordinator.
  • i I
  • P-30-9 June 1, 2017 Revision 8

FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR

  • Procedure 30 FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR'S CHECKLIST Attachment 1 (Page 7 of7)

ACTION TIME/LOG VI. TERMINATION

1. Upon termination of the emergency, advise all activated personnel of the termination, including the mutual aid departments.
2. Collect all documents, checklists, and logs used during the event and forward them to the EOC Administrative Assistant or the Emergency Management Coordinator.
  • / i
  • P-30-10 June 1, 2017 Revisions

...._

  • FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR
  • Procedure 30 RECOVERY ACTIVITIES LIST Attachment 2 (Page_of_)

(Name) (Position) (Date)

ITEM# LOCATION ACTION/DESCRIPTION ASSIGNED TO PRIORITY

~

P-30-11 June 1, 2017 Revision8


*---,*--------*----*-*-------------~~~~~---------

  • FIRE SERVICES COORDINATOR Procedure 30 ACRONYMS LIST Attachment 3 (Page 1of1)

AcronYJl! Applies To ACP Access Control Point DRS Department of Homeland Security DPS Department of Public Safety DRD . Direct-Reading Dosimeter DSHS Department of State Health Services EAS Emergency Alert System EMC Emergency Management Coordinator EMD Emergency Management Director EOC Emergency Operations Center EOF Emergency Operations Facility EPA Environmental Protection Agency

Joint Information Center KI Potassium Iodide NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NWS National Weather Service ORO Offsite Response Organization PAD Protective Action Decision PAG Protective Action Guide PAR Protective Action Recommendation PIO Public Information Officer soc State Operations Center STPEGS South Texas Project Electric Generating Station

  • TDEM Texas Division of Emergency Management TCP Traffic Control Point TLD Thermoluminescent Dosimeter
  • P-30-12 June 1, 2017 Revision 8
  • Matagorda County Annex W Procedure Procedure 30 Emergency Operations Center Fire Services Coordinator (Procedure 30, Rev 8)

Change Reference Change Reason Number Number

1. Attachment 3 Deleted: ARC American Red Cross No reference to ARC in procedure 2.

3.

  • Jl.UUL \I 'LO\\

~~1..),-:;,,"an ~.

R:\EMERGENCY_RESPONSE\Shared Documents\County\Plans & Procedures\Annex W Procedures\Annex W-Proc 30 - Fire Services Coord\AN-W-P30 ROS Changes.doc (3/12/12)